blob: dfacba84efe38383fb8721ce5cbb7536cc72cd55 [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattnerb87b1b32007-08-10 20:18:51 +00001//===--- SemaChecking.cpp - Extra Semantic Checking -----------------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner5b12ab82007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattnerb87b1b32007-08-10 20:18:51 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000010// This file implements extra semantic analysis beyond what is enforced
Chris Lattnerb87b1b32007-08-10 20:18:51 +000011// by the C type system.
12//
13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14
John McCall83024632010-08-25 22:03:47 +000015#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
Chris Lattnerb87b1b32007-08-10 20:18:51 +000016#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +000017#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
John McCall28a0cf72010-08-25 07:42:41 +000018#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
Daniel Dunbar6e8aa532008-08-11 05:35:13 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Chandler Carruth3a022472012-12-04 09:13:33 +000020#include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
David Blaikie7555b6a2012-05-15 16:56:36 +000021#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
Ted Kremenekc81614d2007-08-20 16:18:38 +000022#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Ted Kremenek34f664d2008-06-16 18:00:42 +000023#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Mike Stump0c2ec772010-01-21 03:59:47 +000024#include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
25#include "clang/AST/StmtObjC.h"
Chandler Carruth3a022472012-12-04 09:13:33 +000026#include "clang/Analysis/Analyses/FormatString.h"
Jordan Rosea7d03842013-02-08 22:30:41 +000027#include "clang/Basic/CharInfo.h"
Eric Christopher8d0c6212010-04-17 02:26:23 +000028#include "clang/Basic/TargetBuiltins.h"
Nate Begeman4904e322010-06-08 02:47:44 +000029#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Chandler Carruth3a022472012-12-04 09:13:33 +000030#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
31#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
Chandler Carruth3a022472012-12-04 09:13:33 +000032#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
33#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
34#include "clang/Sema/Sema.h"
Chandler Carruth5553d0d2014-01-07 11:51:46 +000035#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
Richard Smithd7293d72013-08-05 18:49:43 +000036#include "llvm/ADT/SmallBitVector.h"
Chandler Carruth3a022472012-12-04 09:13:33 +000037#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
Dmitri Gribenko9feeef42013-01-30 12:06:08 +000038#include "llvm/Support/ConvertUTF.h"
Chandler Carruth3a022472012-12-04 09:13:33 +000039#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
Zhongxing Xu050379b2009-05-20 01:55:10 +000040#include <limits>
Chris Lattnerb87b1b32007-08-10 20:18:51 +000041using namespace clang;
John McCallaab3e412010-08-25 08:40:02 +000042using namespace sema;
Chris Lattnerb87b1b32007-08-10 20:18:51 +000043
Chris Lattnera26fb342009-02-18 17:49:48 +000044SourceLocation Sema::getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL,
45 unsigned ByteNo) const {
Chris Lattnere925d612010-11-17 07:37:15 +000046 return SL->getLocationOfByte(ByteNo, PP.getSourceManager(),
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +000047 PP.getLangOpts(), PP.getTargetInfo());
Chris Lattnera26fb342009-02-18 17:49:48 +000048}
49
John McCallbebede42011-02-26 05:39:39 +000050/// Checks that a call expression's argument count is the desired number.
51/// This is useful when doing custom type-checking. Returns true on error.
52static bool checkArgCount(Sema &S, CallExpr *call, unsigned desiredArgCount) {
53 unsigned argCount = call->getNumArgs();
54 if (argCount == desiredArgCount) return false;
55
56 if (argCount < desiredArgCount)
57 return S.Diag(call->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
58 << 0 /*function call*/ << desiredArgCount << argCount
59 << call->getSourceRange();
60
61 // Highlight all the excess arguments.
62 SourceRange range(call->getArg(desiredArgCount)->getLocStart(),
63 call->getArg(argCount - 1)->getLocEnd());
64
65 return S.Diag(range.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
66 << 0 /*function call*/ << desiredArgCount << argCount
67 << call->getArg(1)->getSourceRange();
68}
69
Julien Lerouge4a5b4442012-04-28 17:39:16 +000070/// Check that the first argument to __builtin_annotation is an integer
71/// and the second argument is a non-wide string literal.
72static bool SemaBuiltinAnnotation(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall) {
73 if (checkArgCount(S, TheCall, 2))
74 return true;
75
76 // First argument should be an integer.
77 Expr *ValArg = TheCall->getArg(0);
78 QualType Ty = ValArg->getType();
79 if (!Ty->isIntegerType()) {
80 S.Diag(ValArg->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_annotation_first_arg)
81 << ValArg->getSourceRange();
Julien Lerouge5a6b6982011-09-09 22:41:49 +000082 return true;
83 }
Julien Lerouge4a5b4442012-04-28 17:39:16 +000084
85 // Second argument should be a constant string.
86 Expr *StrArg = TheCall->getArg(1)->IgnoreParenCasts();
87 StringLiteral *Literal = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(StrArg);
88 if (!Literal || !Literal->isAscii()) {
89 S.Diag(StrArg->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_annotation_second_arg)
90 << StrArg->getSourceRange();
91 return true;
92 }
93
94 TheCall->setType(Ty);
Julien Lerouge5a6b6982011-09-09 22:41:49 +000095 return false;
96}
97
Richard Smith6cbd65d2013-07-11 02:27:57 +000098/// Check that the argument to __builtin_addressof is a glvalue, and set the
99/// result type to the corresponding pointer type.
100static bool SemaBuiltinAddressof(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall) {
101 if (checkArgCount(S, TheCall, 1))
102 return true;
103
104 ExprResult Arg(S.Owned(TheCall->getArg(0)));
105 QualType ResultType = S.CheckAddressOfOperand(Arg, TheCall->getLocStart());
106 if (ResultType.isNull())
107 return true;
108
109 TheCall->setArg(0, Arg.take());
110 TheCall->setType(ResultType);
111 return false;
112}
113
John McCalldadc5752010-08-24 06:29:42 +0000114ExprResult
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000115Sema::CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) {
John McCalldadc5752010-08-24 06:29:42 +0000116 ExprResult TheCallResult(Owned(TheCall));
Douglas Gregorae2fbad2008-11-17 20:34:05 +0000117
Chris Lattner3be167f2010-10-01 23:23:24 +0000118 // Find out if any arguments are required to be integer constant expressions.
119 unsigned ICEArguments = 0;
120 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
121 Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error, &ICEArguments);
122 if (Error != ASTContext::GE_None)
123 ICEArguments = 0; // Don't diagnose previously diagnosed errors.
124
125 // If any arguments are required to be ICE's, check and diagnose.
126 for (unsigned ArgNo = 0; ICEArguments != 0; ++ArgNo) {
127 // Skip arguments not required to be ICE's.
128 if ((ICEArguments & (1 << ArgNo)) == 0) continue;
129
130 llvm::APSInt Result;
131 if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, ArgNo, Result))
132 return true;
133 ICEArguments &= ~(1 << ArgNo);
134 }
135
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000136 switch (BuiltinID) {
Chris Lattner43be2e62007-12-19 23:59:04 +0000137 case Builtin::BI__builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString:
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +0000138 assert(TheCall->getNumArgs() == 1 &&
Chris Lattner2da14fb2007-12-20 00:26:33 +0000139 "Wrong # arguments to builtin CFStringMakeConstantString");
Chris Lattner6436fb62009-02-18 06:01:06 +0000140 if (CheckObjCString(TheCall->getArg(0)))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000141 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000142 break;
Ted Kremeneka174c522008-07-09 17:58:53 +0000143 case Builtin::BI__builtin_stdarg_start:
Chris Lattner43be2e62007-12-19 23:59:04 +0000144 case Builtin::BI__builtin_va_start:
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000145 if (SemaBuiltinVAStart(TheCall))
146 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000147 break;
Chris Lattner2da14fb2007-12-20 00:26:33 +0000148 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isgreater:
149 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isgreaterequal:
150 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isless:
151 case Builtin::BI__builtin_islessequal:
152 case Builtin::BI__builtin_islessgreater:
153 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isunordered:
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000154 if (SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(TheCall))
155 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000156 break;
Benjamin Kramer634fc102010-02-15 22:42:31 +0000157 case Builtin::BI__builtin_fpclassify:
158 if (SemaBuiltinFPClassification(TheCall, 6))
159 return ExprError();
160 break;
Eli Friedman7e4faac2009-08-31 20:06:00 +0000161 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isfinite:
162 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isinf:
163 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isinf_sign:
164 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isnan:
165 case Builtin::BI__builtin_isnormal:
Benjamin Kramer64aae502010-02-16 10:07:31 +0000166 if (SemaBuiltinFPClassification(TheCall, 1))
Eli Friedman7e4faac2009-08-31 20:06:00 +0000167 return ExprError();
168 break;
Eli Friedmana1b4ed82008-05-14 19:38:39 +0000169 case Builtin::BI__builtin_shufflevector:
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000170 return SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(TheCall);
171 // TheCall will be freed by the smart pointer here, but that's fine, since
172 // SemaBuiltinShuffleVector guts it, but then doesn't release it.
Daniel Dunbarb7257262008-07-21 22:59:13 +0000173 case Builtin::BI__builtin_prefetch:
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000174 if (SemaBuiltinPrefetch(TheCall))
175 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000176 break;
Daniel Dunbarb0d34c82008-09-03 21:13:56 +0000177 case Builtin::BI__builtin_object_size:
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000178 if (SemaBuiltinObjectSize(TheCall))
179 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000180 break;
Eli Friedmaneed8ad22009-05-03 04:46:36 +0000181 case Builtin::BI__builtin_longjmp:
182 if (SemaBuiltinLongjmp(TheCall))
183 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000184 break;
John McCallbebede42011-02-26 05:39:39 +0000185
186 case Builtin::BI__builtin_classify_type:
187 if (checkArgCount(*this, TheCall, 1)) return true;
188 TheCall->setType(Context.IntTy);
189 break;
Chris Lattner17c0eac2010-10-12 17:47:42 +0000190 case Builtin::BI__builtin_constant_p:
John McCallbebede42011-02-26 05:39:39 +0000191 if (checkArgCount(*this, TheCall, 1)) return true;
192 TheCall->setType(Context.IntTy);
Chris Lattner17c0eac2010-10-12 17:47:42 +0000193 break;
Chris Lattnerdc046542009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000194 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add:
Douglas Gregor73722482011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000195 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_1:
196 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_2:
197 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_4:
198 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_8:
199 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_16:
Chris Lattnerdc046542009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000200 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub:
Douglas Gregor73722482011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000201 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_1:
202 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_2:
203 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_4:
204 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_8:
205 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_16:
Chris Lattnerdc046542009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000206 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or:
Douglas Gregor73722482011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000207 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_1:
208 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_2:
209 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_4:
210 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_8:
211 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_16:
Chris Lattnerdc046542009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000212 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and:
Douglas Gregor73722482011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000213 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_1:
214 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_2:
215 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_4:
216 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_8:
217 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_16:
Chris Lattnerdc046542009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000218 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor:
Douglas Gregor73722482011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000219 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_1:
220 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_2:
221 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_4:
222 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_8:
223 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_16:
Chris Lattnerdc046542009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000224 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch:
Douglas Gregor73722482011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000225 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_1:
226 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_2:
227 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_4:
228 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_8:
229 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_16:
Chris Lattnerdc046542009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000230 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch:
Douglas Gregor73722482011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000231 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_1:
232 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_2:
233 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_4:
234 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_8:
235 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_16:
Chris Lattnerdc046542009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000236 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch:
Douglas Gregor73722482011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000237 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_1:
238 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_2:
239 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_4:
240 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_8:
241 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_16:
Chris Lattnerdc046542009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000242 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch:
Douglas Gregor73722482011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000243 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_1:
244 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_2:
245 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_4:
246 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_8:
247 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_16:
Chris Lattnerdc046542009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000248 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch:
Douglas Gregor73722482011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000249 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_1:
250 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_2:
251 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_4:
252 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_8:
253 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_16:
Chris Lattnerdc046542009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000254 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap:
Douglas Gregor73722482011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000255 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_1:
256 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_2:
257 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_4:
258 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_8:
259 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_16:
Chris Lattnerdc046542009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000260 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap:
Douglas Gregor73722482011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000261 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_1:
262 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_2:
263 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_4:
264 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_8:
265 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_16:
Chris Lattnerdc046542009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000266 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set:
Douglas Gregor73722482011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000267 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_1:
268 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_2:
269 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_4:
270 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_8:
271 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_16:
Chris Lattnerdc046542009-05-08 06:58:22 +0000272 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release:
Douglas Gregor73722482011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000273 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_1:
274 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_2:
275 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_4:
276 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_8:
277 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_16:
Chris Lattner9cb59fa2011-04-09 03:57:26 +0000278 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap:
Douglas Gregor73722482011-11-28 16:30:08 +0000279 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_1:
280 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_2:
281 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_4:
282 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_8:
283 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_16:
Benjamin Kramer62b95d82012-08-23 21:35:17 +0000284 return SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(TheCallResult);
Richard Smithfeea8832012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000285#define BUILTIN(ID, TYPE, ATTRS)
286#define ATOMIC_BUILTIN(ID, TYPE, ATTRS) \
287 case Builtin::BI##ID: \
Benjamin Kramer62b95d82012-08-23 21:35:17 +0000288 return SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(TheCallResult, AtomicExpr::AO##ID);
Richard Smithfeea8832012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000289#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.def"
Julien Lerouge5a6b6982011-09-09 22:41:49 +0000290 case Builtin::BI__builtin_annotation:
Julien Lerouge4a5b4442012-04-28 17:39:16 +0000291 if (SemaBuiltinAnnotation(*this, TheCall))
Julien Lerouge5a6b6982011-09-09 22:41:49 +0000292 return ExprError();
293 break;
Richard Smith6cbd65d2013-07-11 02:27:57 +0000294 case Builtin::BI__builtin_addressof:
295 if (SemaBuiltinAddressof(*this, TheCall))
296 return ExprError();
297 break;
Nate Begeman4904e322010-06-08 02:47:44 +0000298 }
299
300 // Since the target specific builtins for each arch overlap, only check those
301 // of the arch we are compiling for.
302 if (BuiltinID >= Builtin::FirstTSBuiltin) {
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000303 switch (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch()) {
Nate Begeman4904e322010-06-08 02:47:44 +0000304 case llvm::Triple::arm:
305 case llvm::Triple::thumb:
306 if (CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
307 return ExprError();
308 break;
Tim Northover2fe823a2013-08-01 09:23:19 +0000309 case llvm::Triple::aarch64:
310 if (CheckAArch64BuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
311 return ExprError();
312 break;
Simon Atanasyanecedf3d2012-07-08 09:30:00 +0000313 case llvm::Triple::mips:
314 case llvm::Triple::mipsel:
315 case llvm::Triple::mips64:
316 case llvm::Triple::mips64el:
317 if (CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
318 return ExprError();
319 break;
Nate Begeman4904e322010-06-08 02:47:44 +0000320 default:
321 break;
322 }
323 }
324
Benjamin Kramer62b95d82012-08-23 21:35:17 +0000325 return TheCallResult;
Nate Begeman4904e322010-06-08 02:47:44 +0000326}
327
Nate Begeman91e1fea2010-06-14 05:21:25 +0000328// Get the valid immediate range for the specified NEON type code.
Tim Northover3402dc72014-02-12 12:04:59 +0000329static unsigned RFT(unsigned t, bool shift = false, bool ForceQuad = false) {
Bob Wilson98bc98c2011-11-08 01:16:11 +0000330 NeonTypeFlags Type(t);
Tim Northover3402dc72014-02-12 12:04:59 +0000331 int IsQuad = ForceQuad ? true : Type.isQuad();
Bob Wilson98bc98c2011-11-08 01:16:11 +0000332 switch (Type.getEltType()) {
333 case NeonTypeFlags::Int8:
334 case NeonTypeFlags::Poly8:
335 return shift ? 7 : (8 << IsQuad) - 1;
336 case NeonTypeFlags::Int16:
337 case NeonTypeFlags::Poly16:
338 return shift ? 15 : (4 << IsQuad) - 1;
339 case NeonTypeFlags::Int32:
340 return shift ? 31 : (2 << IsQuad) - 1;
341 case NeonTypeFlags::Int64:
Kevin Qincaac85e2013-11-14 03:29:16 +0000342 case NeonTypeFlags::Poly64:
Bob Wilson98bc98c2011-11-08 01:16:11 +0000343 return shift ? 63 : (1 << IsQuad) - 1;
Kevin Qinfb79d7f2013-12-10 06:49:01 +0000344 case NeonTypeFlags::Poly128:
345 return shift ? 127 : (1 << IsQuad) - 1;
Bob Wilson98bc98c2011-11-08 01:16:11 +0000346 case NeonTypeFlags::Float16:
347 assert(!shift && "cannot shift float types!");
348 return (4 << IsQuad) - 1;
349 case NeonTypeFlags::Float32:
350 assert(!shift && "cannot shift float types!");
351 return (2 << IsQuad) - 1;
Tim Northover2fe823a2013-08-01 09:23:19 +0000352 case NeonTypeFlags::Float64:
353 assert(!shift && "cannot shift float types!");
354 return (1 << IsQuad) - 1;
Nate Begeman91e1fea2010-06-14 05:21:25 +0000355 }
David Blaikie8a40f702012-01-17 06:56:22 +0000356 llvm_unreachable("Invalid NeonTypeFlag!");
Nate Begeman91e1fea2010-06-14 05:21:25 +0000357}
358
Bob Wilsone4d77232011-11-08 05:04:11 +0000359/// getNeonEltType - Return the QualType corresponding to the elements of
360/// the vector type specified by the NeonTypeFlags. This is used to check
361/// the pointer arguments for Neon load/store intrinsics.
Kevin Qincaac85e2013-11-14 03:29:16 +0000362static QualType getNeonEltType(NeonTypeFlags Flags, ASTContext &Context,
363 bool IsAArch64) {
Bob Wilsone4d77232011-11-08 05:04:11 +0000364 switch (Flags.getEltType()) {
365 case NeonTypeFlags::Int8:
366 return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedCharTy : Context.SignedCharTy;
367 case NeonTypeFlags::Int16:
368 return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedShortTy : Context.ShortTy;
369 case NeonTypeFlags::Int32:
370 return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
371 case NeonTypeFlags::Int64:
372 return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
373 case NeonTypeFlags::Poly8:
Kevin Qincaac85e2013-11-14 03:29:16 +0000374 return IsAArch64 ? Context.UnsignedCharTy : Context.SignedCharTy;
Bob Wilsone4d77232011-11-08 05:04:11 +0000375 case NeonTypeFlags::Poly16:
Kevin Qincaac85e2013-11-14 03:29:16 +0000376 return IsAArch64 ? Context.UnsignedShortTy : Context.ShortTy;
377 case NeonTypeFlags::Poly64:
378 return Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Kevin Qinfb79d7f2013-12-10 06:49:01 +0000379 case NeonTypeFlags::Poly128:
380 break;
Bob Wilsone4d77232011-11-08 05:04:11 +0000381 case NeonTypeFlags::Float16:
Kevin Qincaac85e2013-11-14 03:29:16 +0000382 return Context.HalfTy;
Bob Wilsone4d77232011-11-08 05:04:11 +0000383 case NeonTypeFlags::Float32:
384 return Context.FloatTy;
Tim Northover2fe823a2013-08-01 09:23:19 +0000385 case NeonTypeFlags::Float64:
386 return Context.DoubleTy;
Bob Wilsone4d77232011-11-08 05:04:11 +0000387 }
David Blaikie8a40f702012-01-17 06:56:22 +0000388 llvm_unreachable("Invalid NeonTypeFlag!");
Bob Wilsone4d77232011-11-08 05:04:11 +0000389}
390
Tim Northover2fe823a2013-08-01 09:23:19 +0000391bool Sema::CheckAArch64BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID,
392 CallExpr *TheCall) {
393
394 llvm::APSInt Result;
395
396 uint64_t mask = 0;
397 unsigned TV = 0;
398 int PtrArgNum = -1;
399 bool HasConstPtr = false;
400 switch (BuiltinID) {
401#define GET_NEON_AARCH64_OVERLOAD_CHECK
402#include "clang/Basic/arm_neon.inc"
403#undef GET_NEON_AARCH64_OVERLOAD_CHECK
404 }
405
406 // For NEON intrinsics which are overloaded on vector element type, validate
407 // the immediate which specifies which variant to emit.
408 unsigned ImmArg = TheCall->getNumArgs() - 1;
409 if (mask) {
410 if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, ImmArg, Result))
411 return true;
412
413 TV = Result.getLimitedValue(64);
414 if ((TV > 63) || (mask & (1ULL << TV)) == 0)
415 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_invalid_neon_type_code)
416 << TheCall->getArg(ImmArg)->getSourceRange();
417 }
418
419 if (PtrArgNum >= 0) {
420 // Check that pointer arguments have the specified type.
421 Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(PtrArgNum);
422 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Arg))
423 Arg = ICE->getSubExpr();
424 ExprResult RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Arg);
425 QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType();
Kevin Qincaac85e2013-11-14 03:29:16 +0000426 QualType EltTy = getNeonEltType(NeonTypeFlags(TV), Context, true);
Tim Northover2fe823a2013-08-01 09:23:19 +0000427 if (HasConstPtr)
428 EltTy = EltTy.withConst();
429 QualType LHSTy = Context.getPointerType(EltTy);
430 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
431 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSTy, RHS);
432 if (RHS.isInvalid())
433 return true;
434 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Arg->getLocStart(), LHSTy, RHSTy,
435 RHS.get(), AA_Assigning))
436 return true;
437 }
438
439 // For NEON intrinsics which take an immediate value as part of the
440 // instruction, range check them here.
441 unsigned i = 0, l = 0, u = 0;
442 switch (BuiltinID) {
443 default:
444 return false;
445#define GET_NEON_AARCH64_IMMEDIATE_CHECK
446#include "clang/Basic/arm_neon.inc"
447#undef GET_NEON_AARCH64_IMMEDIATE_CHECK
448 }
449 ;
450
451 // We can't check the value of a dependent argument.
452 if (TheCall->getArg(i)->isTypeDependent() ||
453 TheCall->getArg(i)->isValueDependent())
454 return false;
455
456 // Check that the immediate argument is actually a constant.
457 if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, i, Result))
458 return true;
459
460 // Range check against the upper/lower values for this isntruction.
461 unsigned Val = Result.getZExtValue();
462 if (Val < l || Val > (u + l))
463 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_argument_invalid_range)
464 << l << u + l << TheCall->getArg(i)->getSourceRange();
465
466 return false;
467}
468
Tim Northover6aacd492013-07-16 09:47:53 +0000469bool Sema::CheckARMBuiltinExclusiveCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) {
470 assert((BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ldrex ||
471 BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_strex) &&
472 "unexpected ARM builtin");
473 bool IsLdrex = BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ldrex;
474
475 DeclRefExpr *DRE =cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts());
476
477 // Ensure that we have the proper number of arguments.
478 if (checkArgCount(*this, TheCall, IsLdrex ? 1 : 2))
479 return true;
480
481 // Inspect the pointer argument of the atomic builtin. This should always be
482 // a pointer type, whose element is an integral scalar or pointer type.
483 // Because it is a pointer type, we don't have to worry about any implicit
484 // casts here.
485 Expr *PointerArg = TheCall->getArg(IsLdrex ? 0 : 1);
486 ExprResult PointerArgRes = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(PointerArg);
487 if (PointerArgRes.isInvalid())
488 return true;
489 PointerArg = PointerArgRes.take();
490
491 const PointerType *pointerType = PointerArg->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
492 if (!pointerType) {
493 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer)
494 << PointerArg->getType() << PointerArg->getSourceRange();
495 return true;
496 }
497
498 // ldrex takes a "const volatile T*" and strex takes a "volatile T*". Our next
499 // task is to insert the appropriate casts into the AST. First work out just
500 // what the appropriate type is.
501 QualType ValType = pointerType->getPointeeType();
502 QualType AddrType = ValType.getUnqualifiedType().withVolatile();
503 if (IsLdrex)
504 AddrType.addConst();
505
506 // Issue a warning if the cast is dodgy.
507 CastKind CastNeeded = CK_NoOp;
508 if (!AddrType.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(ValType)) {
509 CastNeeded = CK_BitCast;
510 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers)
511 << PointerArg->getType()
512 << Context.getPointerType(AddrType)
513 << AA_Passing << PointerArg->getSourceRange();
514 }
515
516 // Finally, do the cast and replace the argument with the corrected version.
517 AddrType = Context.getPointerType(AddrType);
518 PointerArgRes = ImpCastExprToType(PointerArg, AddrType, CastNeeded);
519 if (PointerArgRes.isInvalid())
520 return true;
521 PointerArg = PointerArgRes.take();
522
523 TheCall->setArg(IsLdrex ? 0 : 1, PointerArg);
524
525 // In general, we allow ints, floats and pointers to be loaded and stored.
526 if (!ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isAnyPointerType() &&
527 !ValType->isBlockPointerType() && !ValType->isFloatingType()) {
528 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer_intfltptr)
529 << PointerArg->getType() << PointerArg->getSourceRange();
530 return true;
531 }
532
533 // But ARM doesn't have instructions to deal with 128-bit versions.
534 if (Context.getTypeSize(ValType) > 64) {
535 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_exclusive_builtin_pointer_size)
536 << PointerArg->getType() << PointerArg->getSourceRange();
537 return true;
538 }
539
540 switch (ValType.getObjCLifetime()) {
541 case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
542 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
543 // okay
544 break;
545
546 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
547 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
548 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
549 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_arc_atomic_ownership)
550 << ValType << PointerArg->getSourceRange();
551 return true;
552 }
553
554
555 if (IsLdrex) {
556 TheCall->setType(ValType);
557 return false;
558 }
559
560 // Initialize the argument to be stored.
561 ExprResult ValArg = TheCall->getArg(0);
562 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
563 Context, ValType, /*consume*/ false);
564 ValArg = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), ValArg);
565 if (ValArg.isInvalid())
566 return true;
Tim Northover6aacd492013-07-16 09:47:53 +0000567 TheCall->setArg(0, ValArg.get());
Tim Northover58d2bb12013-10-29 12:32:58 +0000568
569 // __builtin_arm_strex always returns an int. It's marked as such in the .def,
570 // but the custom checker bypasses all default analysis.
571 TheCall->setType(Context.IntTy);
Tim Northover6aacd492013-07-16 09:47:53 +0000572 return false;
573}
574
Nate Begeman4904e322010-06-08 02:47:44 +0000575bool Sema::CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) {
Nate Begeman55483092010-06-09 01:10:23 +0000576 llvm::APSInt Result;
577
Tim Northover6aacd492013-07-16 09:47:53 +0000578 if (BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ldrex ||
579 BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_strex) {
580 return CheckARMBuiltinExclusiveCall(BuiltinID, TheCall);
581 }
582
Richard Smith7d6d47b2012-08-14 01:28:02 +0000583 uint64_t mask = 0;
Nate Begeman91e1fea2010-06-14 05:21:25 +0000584 unsigned TV = 0;
Bob Wilson89d14242011-11-16 21:32:23 +0000585 int PtrArgNum = -1;
Bob Wilsone4d77232011-11-08 05:04:11 +0000586 bool HasConstPtr = false;
Nate Begeman55483092010-06-09 01:10:23 +0000587 switch (BuiltinID) {
Nate Begeman35f4c1c2010-06-17 04:17:01 +0000588#define GET_NEON_OVERLOAD_CHECK
589#include "clang/Basic/arm_neon.inc"
590#undef GET_NEON_OVERLOAD_CHECK
Nate Begeman55483092010-06-09 01:10:23 +0000591 }
592
Nate Begemand773fe62010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000593 // For NEON intrinsics which are overloaded on vector element type, validate
594 // the immediate which specifies which variant to emit.
Bob Wilsone4d77232011-11-08 05:04:11 +0000595 unsigned ImmArg = TheCall->getNumArgs()-1;
Nate Begemand773fe62010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000596 if (mask) {
Bob Wilsone4d77232011-11-08 05:04:11 +0000597 if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, ImmArg, Result))
Nate Begemand773fe62010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000598 return true;
599
Bob Wilson98bc98c2011-11-08 01:16:11 +0000600 TV = Result.getLimitedValue(64);
Richard Smith7d6d47b2012-08-14 01:28:02 +0000601 if ((TV > 63) || (mask & (1ULL << TV)) == 0)
Nate Begemand773fe62010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000602 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_invalid_neon_type_code)
Bob Wilsone4d77232011-11-08 05:04:11 +0000603 << TheCall->getArg(ImmArg)->getSourceRange();
604 }
605
Bob Wilson89d14242011-11-16 21:32:23 +0000606 if (PtrArgNum >= 0) {
Bob Wilsone4d77232011-11-08 05:04:11 +0000607 // Check that pointer arguments have the specified type.
Bob Wilson89d14242011-11-16 21:32:23 +0000608 Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(PtrArgNum);
609 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Arg))
610 Arg = ICE->getSubExpr();
611 ExprResult RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Arg);
612 QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType();
Kevin Qincaac85e2013-11-14 03:29:16 +0000613 QualType EltTy = getNeonEltType(NeonTypeFlags(TV), Context, false);
Bob Wilson89d14242011-11-16 21:32:23 +0000614 if (HasConstPtr)
615 EltTy = EltTy.withConst();
616 QualType LHSTy = Context.getPointerType(EltTy);
617 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
618 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSTy, RHS);
619 if (RHS.isInvalid())
620 return true;
621 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Arg->getLocStart(), LHSTy, RHSTy,
622 RHS.get(), AA_Assigning))
623 return true;
Nate Begemand773fe62010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000624 }
Nico Weber0e6daef2013-12-26 23:38:39 +0000625
Nate Begemand773fe62010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000626 // For NEON intrinsics which take an immediate value as part of the
627 // instruction, range check them here.
Nate Begeman91e1fea2010-06-14 05:21:25 +0000628 unsigned i = 0, l = 0, u = 0;
Nate Begemand773fe62010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000629 switch (BuiltinID) {
630 default: return false;
Nate Begeman1194bd22010-07-29 22:48:34 +0000631 case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ssat: i = 1; l = 1; u = 31; break;
632 case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_usat: i = 1; u = 31; break;
Nate Begemanf568b072010-08-03 21:32:34 +0000633 case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_vcvtr_f:
634 case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_vcvtr_d: i = 1; u = 1; break;
Weiming Zhao87bb4922013-11-12 21:42:50 +0000635 case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_dmb:
636 case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_dsb: l = 0; u = 15; break;
Nate Begeman35f4c1c2010-06-17 04:17:01 +0000637#define GET_NEON_IMMEDIATE_CHECK
638#include "clang/Basic/arm_neon.inc"
639#undef GET_NEON_IMMEDIATE_CHECK
Nate Begemand773fe62010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000640 };
641
Douglas Gregor98c3cfc2012-06-29 01:05:22 +0000642 // We can't check the value of a dependent argument.
643 if (TheCall->getArg(i)->isTypeDependent() ||
644 TheCall->getArg(i)->isValueDependent())
645 return false;
646
Nate Begeman91e1fea2010-06-14 05:21:25 +0000647 // Check that the immediate argument is actually a constant.
Nate Begemand773fe62010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000648 if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, i, Result))
649 return true;
650
Nate Begeman91e1fea2010-06-14 05:21:25 +0000651 // Range check against the upper/lower values for this isntruction.
Nate Begemand773fe62010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000652 unsigned Val = Result.getZExtValue();
Nate Begeman91e1fea2010-06-14 05:21:25 +0000653 if (Val < l || Val > (u + l))
Nate Begemand773fe62010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000654 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_argument_invalid_range)
Benjamin Kramere8394df2010-08-11 14:47:12 +0000655 << l << u+l << TheCall->getArg(i)->getSourceRange();
Nate Begemand773fe62010-06-13 04:47:52 +0000656
Nate Begemanf568b072010-08-03 21:32:34 +0000657 // FIXME: VFP Intrinsics should error if VFP not present.
Nate Begeman4904e322010-06-08 02:47:44 +0000658 return false;
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000659}
Daniel Dunbardd9b2d12008-10-02 18:44:07 +0000660
Simon Atanasyanecedf3d2012-07-08 09:30:00 +0000661bool Sema::CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) {
662 unsigned i = 0, l = 0, u = 0;
663 switch (BuiltinID) {
664 default: return false;
665 case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_wrdsp: i = 1; l = 0; u = 63; break;
666 case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_rddsp: i = 0; l = 0; u = 63; break;
Simon Atanasyan8f06f2f2012-08-27 12:29:20 +0000667 case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_append: i = 2; l = 0; u = 31; break;
668 case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_balign: i = 2; l = 0; u = 3; break;
669 case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_precr_sra_ph_w: i = 2; l = 0; u = 31; break;
670 case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_precr_sra_r_ph_w: i = 2; l = 0; u = 31; break;
671 case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_prepend: i = 2; l = 0; u = 31; break;
Simon Atanasyanecedf3d2012-07-08 09:30:00 +0000672 };
673
674 // We can't check the value of a dependent argument.
675 if (TheCall->getArg(i)->isTypeDependent() ||
676 TheCall->getArg(i)->isValueDependent())
677 return false;
678
679 // Check that the immediate argument is actually a constant.
680 llvm::APSInt Result;
681 if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, i, Result))
682 return true;
683
684 // Range check against the upper/lower values for this instruction.
685 unsigned Val = Result.getZExtValue();
686 if (Val < l || Val > u)
687 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_argument_invalid_range)
688 << l << u << TheCall->getArg(i)->getSourceRange();
689
690 return false;
691}
692
Richard Smith55ce3522012-06-25 20:30:08 +0000693/// Given a FunctionDecl's FormatAttr, attempts to populate the FomatStringInfo
694/// parameter with the FormatAttr's correct format_idx and firstDataArg.
695/// Returns true when the format fits the function and the FormatStringInfo has
696/// been populated.
697bool Sema::getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember,
698 FormatStringInfo *FSI) {
699 FSI->HasVAListArg = Format->getFirstArg() == 0;
700 FSI->FormatIdx = Format->getFormatIdx() - 1;
701 FSI->FirstDataArg = FSI->HasVAListArg ? 0 : Format->getFirstArg() - 1;
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000702
Richard Smith55ce3522012-06-25 20:30:08 +0000703 // The way the format attribute works in GCC, the implicit this argument
704 // of member functions is counted. However, it doesn't appear in our own
705 // lists, so decrement format_idx in that case.
706 if (IsCXXMember) {
707 if(FSI->FormatIdx == 0)
708 return false;
709 --FSI->FormatIdx;
710 if (FSI->FirstDataArg != 0)
711 --FSI->FirstDataArg;
712 }
713 return true;
714}
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000715
Ted Kremenekef9e7f82014-01-22 06:10:28 +0000716/// Checks if a the given expression evaluates to null.
717///
718/// \brief Returns true if the value evaluates to null.
719static bool CheckNonNullExpr(Sema &S,
720 const Expr *Expr) {
Ted Kremeneka146db32014-01-17 06:24:47 +0000721 // As a special case, transparent unions initialized with zero are
722 // considered null for the purposes of the nonnull attribute.
Ted Kremenekef9e7f82014-01-22 06:10:28 +0000723 if (const RecordType *UT = Expr->getType()->getAsUnionType()) {
Ted Kremeneka146db32014-01-17 06:24:47 +0000724 if (UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
725 if (const CompoundLiteralExpr *CLE =
Ted Kremenekef9e7f82014-01-22 06:10:28 +0000726 dyn_cast<CompoundLiteralExpr>(Expr))
Ted Kremeneka146db32014-01-17 06:24:47 +0000727 if (const InitListExpr *ILE =
728 dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(CLE->getInitializer()))
Ted Kremenekef9e7f82014-01-22 06:10:28 +0000729 Expr = ILE->getInit(0);
Ted Kremeneka146db32014-01-17 06:24:47 +0000730 }
731
732 bool Result;
Artyom Skrobov9f213442014-01-24 11:10:39 +0000733 return (!Expr->isValueDependent() &&
734 Expr->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Result, S.Context) &&
735 !Result);
Ted Kremenekef9e7f82014-01-22 06:10:28 +0000736}
737
738static void CheckNonNullArgument(Sema &S,
739 const Expr *ArgExpr,
740 SourceLocation CallSiteLoc) {
741 if (CheckNonNullExpr(S, ArgExpr))
Ted Kremeneka146db32014-01-17 06:24:47 +0000742 S.Diag(CallSiteLoc, diag::warn_null_arg) << ArgExpr->getSourceRange();
743}
744
Ted Kremenek2bc73332014-01-17 06:24:43 +0000745static void CheckNonNullArguments(Sema &S,
Ted Kremeneka146db32014-01-17 06:24:47 +0000746 const NamedDecl *FDecl,
Ted Kremenek2bc73332014-01-17 06:24:43 +0000747 const Expr * const *ExprArgs,
748 SourceLocation CallSiteLoc) {
Ted Kremenek9aedc152014-01-17 06:24:56 +0000749 // Check the attributes attached to the method/function itself.
Ted Kremeneka146db32014-01-17 06:24:47 +0000750 for (specific_attr_iterator<NonNullAttr>
751 I = FDecl->specific_attr_begin<NonNullAttr>(),
752 E = FDecl->specific_attr_end<NonNullAttr>(); I != E; ++I) {
Ted Kremenek2bc73332014-01-17 06:24:43 +0000753
Ted Kremeneka146db32014-01-17 06:24:47 +0000754 const NonNullAttr *NonNull = *I;
755 for (NonNullAttr::args_iterator i = NonNull->args_begin(),
756 e = NonNull->args_end();
757 i != e; ++i) {
758 CheckNonNullArgument(S, ExprArgs[*i], CallSiteLoc);
Ted Kremenek2bc73332014-01-17 06:24:43 +0000759 }
Ted Kremenek2bc73332014-01-17 06:24:43 +0000760 }
Ted Kremenek9aedc152014-01-17 06:24:56 +0000761
762 // Check the attributes on the parameters.
763 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl*> parms;
764 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(FDecl))
765 parms = FD->parameters();
766 else if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(FDecl))
767 parms = MD->parameters();
768
769 unsigned argIndex = 0;
770 for (ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl*>::iterator I = parms.begin(), E = parms.end();
771 I != E; ++I, ++argIndex) {
772 const ParmVarDecl *PVD = *I;
773 if (PVD->hasAttr<NonNullAttr>())
774 CheckNonNullArgument(S, ExprArgs[argIndex], CallSiteLoc);
775 }
Ted Kremenek2bc73332014-01-17 06:24:43 +0000776}
777
Richard Smith55ce3522012-06-25 20:30:08 +0000778/// Handles the checks for format strings, non-POD arguments to vararg
779/// functions, and NULL arguments passed to non-NULL parameters.
Alp Toker9cacbab2014-01-20 20:26:09 +0000780void Sema::checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
781 unsigned NumParams, bool IsMemberFunction,
782 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
Richard Smith55ce3522012-06-25 20:30:08 +0000783 VariadicCallType CallType) {
Richard Smithd7293d72013-08-05 18:49:43 +0000784 // FIXME: We should check as much as we can in the template definition.
Jordan Rose3c14b232012-10-02 01:49:54 +0000785 if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
786 return;
Daniel Dunbardd9b2d12008-10-02 18:44:07 +0000787
Ted Kremenekb8176da2010-09-09 04:33:05 +0000788 // Printf and scanf checking.
Richard Smithd7293d72013-08-05 18:49:43 +0000789 llvm::SmallBitVector CheckedVarArgs;
790 if (FDecl) {
Richard Trieu41bc0992013-06-22 00:20:41 +0000791 for (specific_attr_iterator<FormatAttr>
Benjamin Kramerf62e81d2013-08-08 11:08:26 +0000792 I = FDecl->specific_attr_begin<FormatAttr>(),
793 E = FDecl->specific_attr_end<FormatAttr>();
Benjamin Kramer989ab8b2013-08-09 09:39:17 +0000794 I != E; ++I) {
795 // Only create vector if there are format attributes.
796 CheckedVarArgs.resize(Args.size());
797
Benjamin Kramerf62e81d2013-08-08 11:08:26 +0000798 CheckFormatArguments(*I, Args, IsMemberFunction, CallType, Loc, Range,
799 CheckedVarArgs);
Benjamin Kramer989ab8b2013-08-09 09:39:17 +0000800 }
Richard Smithd7293d72013-08-05 18:49:43 +0000801 }
Richard Smith55ce3522012-06-25 20:30:08 +0000802
803 // Refuse POD arguments that weren't caught by the format string
804 // checks above.
Richard Smithd7293d72013-08-05 18:49:43 +0000805 if (CallType != VariadicDoesNotApply) {
Alp Toker9cacbab2014-01-20 20:26:09 +0000806 for (unsigned ArgIdx = NumParams; ArgIdx < Args.size(); ++ArgIdx) {
Ted Kremenek241f1ef2012-10-11 19:06:43 +0000807 // Args[ArgIdx] can be null in malformed code.
Richard Smithd7293d72013-08-05 18:49:43 +0000808 if (const Expr *Arg = Args[ArgIdx]) {
809 if (CheckedVarArgs.empty() || !CheckedVarArgs[ArgIdx])
810 checkVariadicArgument(Arg, CallType);
811 }
Ted Kremenek241f1ef2012-10-11 19:06:43 +0000812 }
Richard Smithd7293d72013-08-05 18:49:43 +0000813 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000814
Richard Trieu41bc0992013-06-22 00:20:41 +0000815 if (FDecl) {
Ted Kremeneka146db32014-01-17 06:24:47 +0000816 CheckNonNullArguments(*this, FDecl, Args.data(), Loc);
Dmitri Gribenkoe4a5a902012-08-17 00:08:38 +0000817
Richard Trieu41bc0992013-06-22 00:20:41 +0000818 // Type safety checking.
819 for (specific_attr_iterator<ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr>
820 i = FDecl->specific_attr_begin<ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr>(),
821 e = FDecl->specific_attr_end<ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr>();
822 i != e; ++i) {
823 CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(*i, Args.data());
824 }
Dmitri Gribenkoe4a5a902012-08-17 00:08:38 +0000825 }
Richard Smith55ce3522012-06-25 20:30:08 +0000826}
827
828/// CheckConstructorCall - Check a constructor call for correctness and safety
829/// properties not enforced by the C type system.
Dmitri Gribenko765396f2013-01-13 20:46:02 +0000830void Sema::CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
831 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
Richard Smith55ce3522012-06-25 20:30:08 +0000832 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
833 SourceLocation Loc) {
834 VariadicCallType CallType =
835 Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicConstructor : VariadicDoesNotApply;
Alp Toker9cacbab2014-01-20 20:26:09 +0000836 checkCall(FDecl, Args, Proto->getNumParams(),
Richard Smith55ce3522012-06-25 20:30:08 +0000837 /*IsMemberFunction=*/true, Loc, SourceRange(), CallType);
838}
839
840/// CheckFunctionCall - Check a direct function call for various correctness
841/// and safety properties not strictly enforced by the C type system.
842bool Sema::CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
843 const FunctionProtoType *Proto) {
Eli Friedman726d11c2012-10-11 00:30:58 +0000844 bool IsMemberOperatorCall = isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(TheCall) &&
845 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl);
846 bool IsMemberFunction = isa<CXXMemberCallExpr>(TheCall) ||
847 IsMemberOperatorCall;
Richard Smith55ce3522012-06-25 20:30:08 +0000848 VariadicCallType CallType = getVariadicCallType(FDecl, Proto,
849 TheCall->getCallee());
Alp Toker9cacbab2014-01-20 20:26:09 +0000850 unsigned NumParams = Proto ? Proto->getNumParams() : 0;
Eli Friedman726d11c2012-10-11 00:30:58 +0000851 Expr** Args = TheCall->getArgs();
852 unsigned NumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs();
Eli Friedmanadf42182012-10-11 00:34:15 +0000853 if (IsMemberOperatorCall) {
Eli Friedman726d11c2012-10-11 00:30:58 +0000854 // If this is a call to a member operator, hide the first argument
855 // from checkCall.
856 // FIXME: Our choice of AST representation here is less than ideal.
857 ++Args;
858 --NumArgs;
859 }
Alp Toker9cacbab2014-01-20 20:26:09 +0000860 checkCall(FDecl, llvm::makeArrayRef<const Expr *>(Args, NumArgs), NumParams,
Richard Smith55ce3522012-06-25 20:30:08 +0000861 IsMemberFunction, TheCall->getRParenLoc(),
862 TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange(), CallType);
863
864 IdentifierInfo *FnInfo = FDecl->getIdentifier();
865 // None of the checks below are needed for functions that don't have
866 // simple names (e.g., C++ conversion functions).
867 if (!FnInfo)
868 return false;
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000869
Anna Zaks22122702012-01-17 00:37:07 +0000870 unsigned CMId = FDecl->getMemoryFunctionKind();
871 if (CMId == 0)
Anna Zaks201d4892012-01-13 21:52:01 +0000872 return false;
Ted Kremenek6865f772011-08-18 20:55:45 +0000873
Anna Zaks201d4892012-01-13 21:52:01 +0000874 // Handle memory setting and copying functions.
Anna Zaks22122702012-01-17 00:37:07 +0000875 if (CMId == Builtin::BIstrlcpy || CMId == Builtin::BIstrlcat)
Ted Kremenek6865f772011-08-18 20:55:45 +0000876 CheckStrlcpycatArguments(TheCall, FnInfo);
Anna Zaks314cd092012-02-01 19:08:57 +0000877 else if (CMId == Builtin::BIstrncat)
878 CheckStrncatArguments(TheCall, FnInfo);
Anna Zaks201d4892012-01-13 21:52:01 +0000879 else
Anna Zaks22122702012-01-17 00:37:07 +0000880 CheckMemaccessArguments(TheCall, CMId, FnInfo);
Chandler Carruth53caa4d2011-04-27 07:05:31 +0000881
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000882 return false;
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +0000883}
884
Jean-Daniel Dupas0ae6e672012-01-17 20:03:31 +0000885bool Sema::CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation lbrac,
Dmitri Gribenko1debc462013-05-05 19:42:09 +0000886 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args) {
Richard Smith55ce3522012-06-25 20:30:08 +0000887 VariadicCallType CallType =
888 Method->isVariadic() ? VariadicMethod : VariadicDoesNotApply;
Jean-Daniel Dupas0ae6e672012-01-17 20:03:31 +0000889
Dmitri Gribenko1debc462013-05-05 19:42:09 +0000890 checkCall(Method, Args, Method->param_size(),
Richard Smith55ce3522012-06-25 20:30:08 +0000891 /*IsMemberFunction=*/false,
892 lbrac, Method->getSourceRange(), CallType);
Jean-Daniel Dupas0ae6e672012-01-17 20:03:31 +0000893
894 return false;
895}
896
Richard Trieu664c4c62013-06-20 21:03:13 +0000897bool Sema::CheckPointerCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
898 const FunctionProtoType *Proto) {
Fariborz Jahanianc1585be2009-05-18 21:05:18 +0000899 const VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NDecl);
900 if (!V)
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000901 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000902
Fariborz Jahanianc1585be2009-05-18 21:05:18 +0000903 QualType Ty = V->getType();
Richard Trieu664c4c62013-06-20 21:03:13 +0000904 if (!Ty->isBlockPointerType() && !Ty->isFunctionPointerType())
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000905 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000906
Richard Trieu664c4c62013-06-20 21:03:13 +0000907 VariadicCallType CallType;
Richard Trieu72ae1732013-06-20 23:21:54 +0000908 if (!Proto || !Proto->isVariadic()) {
Richard Trieu664c4c62013-06-20 21:03:13 +0000909 CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply;
910 } else if (Ty->isBlockPointerType()) {
911 CallType = VariadicBlock;
912 } else { // Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
913 CallType = VariadicFunction;
914 }
Alp Toker9cacbab2014-01-20 20:26:09 +0000915 unsigned NumParams = Proto ? Proto->getNumParams() : 0;
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000916
Alp Toker9cacbab2014-01-20 20:26:09 +0000917 checkCall(NDecl, llvm::makeArrayRef<const Expr *>(TheCall->getArgs(),
918 TheCall->getNumArgs()),
919 NumParams, /*IsMemberFunction=*/false, TheCall->getRParenLoc(),
Richard Smith55ce3522012-06-25 20:30:08 +0000920 TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange(), CallType);
Alp Toker9cacbab2014-01-20 20:26:09 +0000921
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000922 return false;
Fariborz Jahanianc1585be2009-05-18 21:05:18 +0000923}
924
Richard Trieu41bc0992013-06-22 00:20:41 +0000925/// Checks function calls when a FunctionDecl or a NamedDecl is not available,
926/// such as function pointers returned from functions.
927bool Sema::CheckOtherCall(CallExpr *TheCall, const FunctionProtoType *Proto) {
928 VariadicCallType CallType = getVariadicCallType(/*FDecl=*/0, Proto,
929 TheCall->getCallee());
Alp Toker9cacbab2014-01-20 20:26:09 +0000930 unsigned NumParams = Proto ? Proto->getNumParams() : 0;
Richard Trieu41bc0992013-06-22 00:20:41 +0000931
Alp Toker9cacbab2014-01-20 20:26:09 +0000932 checkCall(/*FDecl=*/0, llvm::makeArrayRef<const Expr *>(
933 TheCall->getArgs(), TheCall->getNumArgs()),
934 NumParams, /*IsMemberFunction=*/false, TheCall->getRParenLoc(),
Richard Trieu41bc0992013-06-22 00:20:41 +0000935 TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange(), CallType);
936
937 return false;
938}
939
Richard Smithfeea8832012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000940ExprResult Sema::SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult,
941 AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op) {
Eli Friedmandf14b3a2011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000942 CallExpr *TheCall = cast<CallExpr>(TheCallResult.get());
943 DeclRefExpr *DRE =cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts());
Eli Friedmandf14b3a2011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000944
Richard Smithfeea8832012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000945 // All these operations take one of the following forms:
946 enum {
947 // C __c11_atomic_init(A *, C)
948 Init,
949 // C __c11_atomic_load(A *, int)
950 Load,
951 // void __atomic_load(A *, CP, int)
952 Copy,
953 // C __c11_atomic_add(A *, M, int)
954 Arithmetic,
955 // C __atomic_exchange_n(A *, CP, int)
956 Xchg,
957 // void __atomic_exchange(A *, C *, CP, int)
958 GNUXchg,
959 // bool __c11_atomic_compare_exchange_strong(A *, C *, CP, int, int)
960 C11CmpXchg,
961 // bool __atomic_compare_exchange(A *, C *, CP, bool, int, int)
962 GNUCmpXchg
963 } Form = Init;
964 const unsigned NumArgs[] = { 2, 2, 3, 3, 3, 4, 5, 6 };
965 const unsigned NumVals[] = { 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 2, 2, 3 };
966 // where:
967 // C is an appropriate type,
968 // A is volatile _Atomic(C) for __c11 builtins and is C for GNU builtins,
969 // CP is C for __c11 builtins and GNU _n builtins and is C * otherwise,
970 // M is C if C is an integer, and ptrdiff_t if C is a pointer, and
971 // the int parameters are for orderings.
Eli Friedmandf14b3a2011-10-11 02:20:01 +0000972
Richard Smithfeea8832012-04-12 05:08:17 +0000973 assert(AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_init == 0 &&
974 AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_xor + 1 == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load
975 && "need to update code for modified C11 atomics");
976 bool IsC11 = Op >= AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_init &&
977 Op <= AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_xor;
978 bool IsN = Op == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load_n ||
979 Op == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_store_n ||
980 Op == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_exchange_n ||
981 Op == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_compare_exchange_n;
982 bool IsAddSub = false;
983
984 switch (Op) {
985 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_init:
986 Form = Init;
987 break;
988
989 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_load:
990 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load_n:
991 Form = Load;
992 break;
993
994 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_store:
995 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load:
996 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_store:
997 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_store_n:
998 Form = Copy;
999 break;
1000
1001 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_add:
1002 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_sub:
1003 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_add:
1004 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_sub:
1005 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_add_fetch:
1006 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_sub_fetch:
1007 IsAddSub = true;
1008 // Fall through.
1009 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_and:
1010 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_or:
1011 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_xor:
1012 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_and:
1013 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_or:
1014 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_xor:
Richard Smithd65cee92012-04-13 06:31:38 +00001015 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_nand:
Richard Smithfeea8832012-04-12 05:08:17 +00001016 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_and_fetch:
1017 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_or_fetch:
1018 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_xor_fetch:
Richard Smithd65cee92012-04-13 06:31:38 +00001019 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_nand_fetch:
Richard Smithfeea8832012-04-12 05:08:17 +00001020 Form = Arithmetic;
1021 break;
1022
1023 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_exchange:
1024 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_exchange_n:
1025 Form = Xchg;
1026 break;
1027
1028 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_exchange:
1029 Form = GNUXchg;
1030 break;
1031
1032 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_compare_exchange_strong:
1033 case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_compare_exchange_weak:
1034 Form = C11CmpXchg;
1035 break;
1036
1037 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_compare_exchange:
1038 case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_compare_exchange_n:
1039 Form = GNUCmpXchg;
1040 break;
1041 }
1042
1043 // Check we have the right number of arguments.
1044 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < NumArgs[Form]) {
Eli Friedmandf14b3a2011-10-11 02:20:01 +00001045 Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
Richard Smithfeea8832012-04-12 05:08:17 +00001046 << 0 << NumArgs[Form] << TheCall->getNumArgs()
Eli Friedmandf14b3a2011-10-11 02:20:01 +00001047 << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange();
1048 return ExprError();
Richard Smithfeea8832012-04-12 05:08:17 +00001049 } else if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > NumArgs[Form]) {
1050 Diag(TheCall->getArg(NumArgs[Form])->getLocStart(),
Eli Friedmandf14b3a2011-10-11 02:20:01 +00001051 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
Richard Smithfeea8832012-04-12 05:08:17 +00001052 << 0 << NumArgs[Form] << TheCall->getNumArgs()
Eli Friedmandf14b3a2011-10-11 02:20:01 +00001053 << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange();
1054 return ExprError();
1055 }
1056
Richard Smithfeea8832012-04-12 05:08:17 +00001057 // Inspect the first argument of the atomic operation.
Eli Friedman8d3e43f2011-10-14 22:48:56 +00001058 Expr *Ptr = TheCall->getArg(0);
Eli Friedmandf14b3a2011-10-11 02:20:01 +00001059 Ptr = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Ptr).get();
1060 const PointerType *pointerType = Ptr->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
1061 if (!pointerType) {
Richard Smithfeea8832012-04-12 05:08:17 +00001062 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer)
Eli Friedmandf14b3a2011-10-11 02:20:01 +00001063 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
1064 return ExprError();
1065 }
1066
Richard Smithfeea8832012-04-12 05:08:17 +00001067 // For a __c11 builtin, this should be a pointer to an _Atomic type.
1068 QualType AtomTy = pointerType->getPointeeType(); // 'A'
1069 QualType ValType = AtomTy; // 'C'
1070 if (IsC11) {
1071 if (!AtomTy->isAtomicType()) {
1072 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_atomic)
1073 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
1074 return ExprError();
1075 }
Richard Smithe00921a2012-09-15 06:09:58 +00001076 if (AtomTy.isConstQualified()) {
1077 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_non_const_atomic)
1078 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
1079 return ExprError();
1080 }
Richard Smithfeea8832012-04-12 05:08:17 +00001081 ValType = AtomTy->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType();
Eli Friedmandf14b3a2011-10-11 02:20:01 +00001082 }
Eli Friedmandf14b3a2011-10-11 02:20:01 +00001083
Richard Smithfeea8832012-04-12 05:08:17 +00001084 // For an arithmetic operation, the implied arithmetic must be well-formed.
1085 if (Form == Arithmetic) {
1086 // gcc does not enforce these rules for GNU atomics, but we do so for sanity.
1087 if (IsAddSub && !ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isPointerType()) {
1088 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_atomic_int_or_ptr)
1089 << IsC11 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
1090 return ExprError();
1091 }
1092 if (!IsAddSub && !ValType->isIntegerType()) {
1093 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_bitwise_needs_atomic_int)
1094 << IsC11 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
1095 return ExprError();
1096 }
1097 } else if (IsN && !ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isPointerType()) {
1098 // For __atomic_*_n operations, the value type must be a scalar integral or
1099 // pointer type which is 1, 2, 4, 8 or 16 bytes in length.
Eli Friedmandf14b3a2011-10-11 02:20:01 +00001100 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_atomic_int_or_ptr)
Richard Smithfeea8832012-04-12 05:08:17 +00001101 << IsC11 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
1102 return ExprError();
1103 }
1104
Eli Friedmanaa769812013-09-11 03:49:34 +00001105 if (!IsC11 && !AtomTy.isTriviallyCopyableType(Context) &&
1106 !AtomTy->isScalarType()) {
Richard Smithfeea8832012-04-12 05:08:17 +00001107 // For GNU atomics, require a trivially-copyable type. This is not part of
1108 // the GNU atomics specification, but we enforce it for sanity.
1109 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_trivial_copy)
Eli Friedmandf14b3a2011-10-11 02:20:01 +00001110 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
1111 return ExprError();
1112 }
1113
Richard Smithfeea8832012-04-12 05:08:17 +00001114 // FIXME: For any builtin other than a load, the ValType must not be
1115 // const-qualified.
Eli Friedmandf14b3a2011-10-11 02:20:01 +00001116
1117 switch (ValType.getObjCLifetime()) {
1118 case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
1119 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
1120 // okay
1121 break;
1122
1123 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
1124 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
1125 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
Richard Smithfeea8832012-04-12 05:08:17 +00001126 // FIXME: Can this happen? By this point, ValType should be known
1127 // to be trivially copyable.
Eli Friedmandf14b3a2011-10-11 02:20:01 +00001128 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_arc_atomic_ownership)
1129 << ValType << Ptr->getSourceRange();
1130 return ExprError();
1131 }
1132
1133 QualType ResultType = ValType;
Richard Smithfeea8832012-04-12 05:08:17 +00001134 if (Form == Copy || Form == GNUXchg || Form == Init)
Eli Friedmandf14b3a2011-10-11 02:20:01 +00001135 ResultType = Context.VoidTy;
Richard Smithfeea8832012-04-12 05:08:17 +00001136 else if (Form == C11CmpXchg || Form == GNUCmpXchg)
Eli Friedmandf14b3a2011-10-11 02:20:01 +00001137 ResultType = Context.BoolTy;
1138
Richard Smithfeea8832012-04-12 05:08:17 +00001139 // The type of a parameter passed 'by value'. In the GNU atomics, such
1140 // arguments are actually passed as pointers.
1141 QualType ByValType = ValType; // 'CP'
1142 if (!IsC11 && !IsN)
1143 ByValType = Ptr->getType();
1144
Eli Friedmandf14b3a2011-10-11 02:20:01 +00001145 // The first argument --- the pointer --- has a fixed type; we
1146 // deduce the types of the rest of the arguments accordingly. Walk
1147 // the remaining arguments, converting them to the deduced value type.
Richard Smithfeea8832012-04-12 05:08:17 +00001148 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumArgs[Form]; ++i) {
Eli Friedmandf14b3a2011-10-11 02:20:01 +00001149 QualType Ty;
Richard Smithfeea8832012-04-12 05:08:17 +00001150 if (i < NumVals[Form] + 1) {
1151 switch (i) {
1152 case 1:
1153 // The second argument is the non-atomic operand. For arithmetic, this
1154 // is always passed by value, and for a compare_exchange it is always
1155 // passed by address. For the rest, GNU uses by-address and C11 uses
1156 // by-value.
1157 assert(Form != Load);
1158 if (Form == Init || (Form == Arithmetic && ValType->isIntegerType()))
1159 Ty = ValType;
1160 else if (Form == Copy || Form == Xchg)
1161 Ty = ByValType;
1162 else if (Form == Arithmetic)
1163 Ty = Context.getPointerDiffType();
1164 else
1165 Ty = Context.getPointerType(ValType.getUnqualifiedType());
1166 break;
1167 case 2:
1168 // The third argument to compare_exchange / GNU exchange is a
1169 // (pointer to a) desired value.
1170 Ty = ByValType;
1171 break;
1172 case 3:
1173 // The fourth argument to GNU compare_exchange is a 'weak' flag.
1174 Ty = Context.BoolTy;
1175 break;
1176 }
Eli Friedmandf14b3a2011-10-11 02:20:01 +00001177 } else {
1178 // The order(s) are always converted to int.
1179 Ty = Context.IntTy;
1180 }
Richard Smithfeea8832012-04-12 05:08:17 +00001181
Eli Friedmandf14b3a2011-10-11 02:20:01 +00001182 InitializedEntity Entity =
1183 InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, Ty, false);
Richard Smithfeea8832012-04-12 05:08:17 +00001184 ExprResult Arg = TheCall->getArg(i);
Eli Friedmandf14b3a2011-10-11 02:20:01 +00001185 Arg = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg);
1186 if (Arg.isInvalid())
1187 return true;
1188 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg.get());
1189 }
1190
Richard Smithfeea8832012-04-12 05:08:17 +00001191 // Permute the arguments into a 'consistent' order.
Eli Friedman8d3e43f2011-10-14 22:48:56 +00001192 SmallVector<Expr*, 5> SubExprs;
1193 SubExprs.push_back(Ptr);
Richard Smithfeea8832012-04-12 05:08:17 +00001194 switch (Form) {
1195 case Init:
1196 // Note, AtomicExpr::getVal1() has a special case for this atomic.
David Chisnallfa35df62012-01-16 17:27:18 +00001197 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1
Richard Smithfeea8832012-04-12 05:08:17 +00001198 break;
1199 case Load:
1200 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Order
1201 break;
1202 case Copy:
1203 case Arithmetic:
1204 case Xchg:
Eli Friedman8d3e43f2011-10-14 22:48:56 +00001205 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(2)); // Order
1206 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1
Richard Smithfeea8832012-04-12 05:08:17 +00001207 break;
1208 case GNUXchg:
1209 // Note, AtomicExpr::getVal2() has a special case for this atomic.
1210 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(3)); // Order
1211 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1
1212 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(2)); // Val2
1213 break;
1214 case C11CmpXchg:
Eli Friedman8d3e43f2011-10-14 22:48:56 +00001215 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(3)); // Order
1216 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1
Eli Friedman8d3e43f2011-10-14 22:48:56 +00001217 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(4)); // OrderFail
David Chisnall891ec282012-03-29 17:58:59 +00001218 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(2)); // Val2
Richard Smithfeea8832012-04-12 05:08:17 +00001219 break;
1220 case GNUCmpXchg:
1221 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(4)); // Order
1222 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1
1223 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(5)); // OrderFail
1224 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(2)); // Val2
1225 SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(3)); // Weak
1226 break;
Eli Friedmandf14b3a2011-10-11 02:20:01 +00001227 }
Fariborz Jahanian615de762013-05-28 17:37:39 +00001228
1229 AtomicExpr *AE = new (Context) AtomicExpr(TheCall->getCallee()->getLocStart(),
1230 SubExprs, ResultType, Op,
1231 TheCall->getRParenLoc());
1232
1233 if ((Op == AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_load ||
1234 (Op == AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_store)) &&
1235 Context.AtomicUsesUnsupportedLibcall(AE))
1236 Diag(AE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_load_store_uses_lib) <<
1237 ((Op == AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_load) ? 0 : 1);
Eli Friedman8d3e43f2011-10-14 22:48:56 +00001238
Fariborz Jahanian615de762013-05-28 17:37:39 +00001239 return Owned(AE);
Eli Friedmandf14b3a2011-10-11 02:20:01 +00001240}
1241
1242
John McCall29ad95b2011-08-27 01:09:30 +00001243/// checkBuiltinArgument - Given a call to a builtin function, perform
1244/// normal type-checking on the given argument, updating the call in
1245/// place. This is useful when a builtin function requires custom
1246/// type-checking for some of its arguments but not necessarily all of
1247/// them.
1248///
1249/// Returns true on error.
1250static bool checkBuiltinArgument(Sema &S, CallExpr *E, unsigned ArgIndex) {
1251 FunctionDecl *Fn = E->getDirectCallee();
1252 assert(Fn && "builtin call without direct callee!");
1253
1254 ParmVarDecl *Param = Fn->getParamDecl(ArgIndex);
1255 InitializedEntity Entity =
1256 InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(S.Context, Param);
1257
1258 ExprResult Arg = E->getArg(0);
1259 Arg = S.PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg);
1260 if (Arg.isInvalid())
1261 return true;
1262
1263 E->setArg(ArgIndex, Arg.take());
1264 return false;
1265}
1266
Chris Lattnerdc046542009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001267/// SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded - We have a call to a function like
1268/// __sync_fetch_and_add, which is an overloaded function based on the pointer
1269/// type of its first argument. The main ActOnCallExpr routines have already
1270/// promoted the types of arguments because all of these calls are prototyped as
1271/// void(...).
1272///
1273/// This function goes through and does final semantic checking for these
1274/// builtins,
John McCalldadc5752010-08-24 06:29:42 +00001275ExprResult
1276Sema::SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult) {
Chandler Carruth741e5ce2010-07-09 18:59:35 +00001277 CallExpr *TheCall = (CallExpr *)TheCallResult.get();
Chris Lattnerdc046542009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001278 DeclRefExpr *DRE =cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts());
1279 FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
1280
1281 // Ensure that we have at least one argument to do type inference from.
Chandler Carruth741e5ce2010-07-09 18:59:35 +00001282 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 1) {
1283 Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
1284 << 0 << 1 << TheCall->getNumArgs()
1285 << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange();
1286 return ExprError();
1287 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001288
Chris Lattnerdc046542009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001289 // Inspect the first argument of the atomic builtin. This should always be
1290 // a pointer type, whose element is an integral scalar or pointer type.
1291 // Because it is a pointer type, we don't have to worry about any implicit
1292 // casts here.
Chandler Carruth741e5ce2010-07-09 18:59:35 +00001293 // FIXME: We don't allow floating point scalars as input.
Chris Lattnerdc046542009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001294 Expr *FirstArg = TheCall->getArg(0);
Eli Friedman844f9452012-01-23 02:35:22 +00001295 ExprResult FirstArgResult = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(FirstArg);
1296 if (FirstArgResult.isInvalid())
1297 return ExprError();
1298 FirstArg = FirstArgResult.take();
1299 TheCall->setArg(0, FirstArg);
1300
John McCall31168b02011-06-15 23:02:42 +00001301 const PointerType *pointerType = FirstArg->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
1302 if (!pointerType) {
Chandler Carruth741e5ce2010-07-09 18:59:35 +00001303 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer)
1304 << FirstArg->getType() << FirstArg->getSourceRange();
1305 return ExprError();
1306 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001307
John McCall31168b02011-06-15 23:02:42 +00001308 QualType ValType = pointerType->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnerbb3bcd82010-09-17 21:12:38 +00001309 if (!ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isAnyPointerType() &&
Chandler Carruth741e5ce2010-07-09 18:59:35 +00001310 !ValType->isBlockPointerType()) {
1311 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer_intptr)
1312 << FirstArg->getType() << FirstArg->getSourceRange();
1313 return ExprError();
1314 }
Chris Lattnerdc046542009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001315
John McCall31168b02011-06-15 23:02:42 +00001316 switch (ValType.getObjCLifetime()) {
1317 case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
1318 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
1319 // okay
1320 break;
1321
1322 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
1323 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
1324 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscff00d92011-06-24 00:08:59 +00001325 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_arc_atomic_ownership)
John McCall31168b02011-06-15 23:02:42 +00001326 << ValType << FirstArg->getSourceRange();
1327 return ExprError();
1328 }
1329
John McCallb50451a2011-10-05 07:41:44 +00001330 // Strip any qualifiers off ValType.
1331 ValType = ValType.getUnqualifiedType();
1332
Chandler Carruth3973af72010-07-18 20:54:12 +00001333 // The majority of builtins return a value, but a few have special return
1334 // types, so allow them to override appropriately below.
1335 QualType ResultType = ValType;
1336
Chris Lattnerdc046542009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001337 // We need to figure out which concrete builtin this maps onto. For example,
1338 // __sync_fetch_and_add with a 2 byte object turns into
1339 // __sync_fetch_and_add_2.
1340#define BUILTIN_ROW(x) \
1341 { Builtin::BI##x##_1, Builtin::BI##x##_2, Builtin::BI##x##_4, \
1342 Builtin::BI##x##_8, Builtin::BI##x##_16 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001343
Chris Lattnerdc046542009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001344 static const unsigned BuiltinIndices[][5] = {
1345 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_add),
1346 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_sub),
1347 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_or),
1348 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_and),
1349 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_xor),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001350
Chris Lattnerdc046542009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001351 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_add_and_fetch),
1352 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_sub_and_fetch),
1353 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_and_and_fetch),
1354 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_or_and_fetch),
1355 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_xor_and_fetch),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001356
Chris Lattnerdc046542009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001357 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_val_compare_and_swap),
1358 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_bool_compare_and_swap),
1359 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_lock_test_and_set),
Chris Lattner9cb59fa2011-04-09 03:57:26 +00001360 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_lock_release),
1361 BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_swap)
Chris Lattnerdc046542009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001362 };
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001363#undef BUILTIN_ROW
1364
Chris Lattnerdc046542009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001365 // Determine the index of the size.
1366 unsigned SizeIndex;
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00001367 switch (Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ValType).getQuantity()) {
Chris Lattnerdc046542009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001368 case 1: SizeIndex = 0; break;
1369 case 2: SizeIndex = 1; break;
1370 case 4: SizeIndex = 2; break;
1371 case 8: SizeIndex = 3; break;
1372 case 16: SizeIndex = 4; break;
1373 default:
Chandler Carruth741e5ce2010-07-09 18:59:35 +00001374 Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_pointer_size)
1375 << FirstArg->getType() << FirstArg->getSourceRange();
1376 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerdc046542009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001377 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001378
Chris Lattnerdc046542009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001379 // Each of these builtins has one pointer argument, followed by some number of
1380 // values (0, 1 or 2) followed by a potentially empty varags list of stuff
1381 // that we ignore. Find out which row of BuiltinIndices to read from as well
1382 // as the number of fixed args.
Douglas Gregor15fc9562009-09-12 00:22:50 +00001383 unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID();
Chris Lattnerdc046542009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001384 unsigned BuiltinIndex, NumFixed = 1;
1385 switch (BuiltinID) {
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00001386 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown overloaded atomic builtin!");
Douglas Gregor73722482011-11-28 16:30:08 +00001387 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add:
1388 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_1:
1389 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_2:
1390 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_4:
1391 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_8:
1392 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_16:
1393 BuiltinIndex = 0;
1394 break;
1395
1396 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub:
1397 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_1:
1398 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_2:
1399 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_4:
1400 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_8:
1401 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_16:
1402 BuiltinIndex = 1;
1403 break;
1404
1405 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or:
1406 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_1:
1407 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_2:
1408 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_4:
1409 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_8:
1410 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_16:
1411 BuiltinIndex = 2;
1412 break;
1413
1414 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and:
1415 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_1:
1416 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_2:
1417 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_4:
1418 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_8:
1419 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_16:
1420 BuiltinIndex = 3;
1421 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001422
Douglas Gregor73722482011-11-28 16:30:08 +00001423 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor:
1424 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_1:
1425 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_2:
1426 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_4:
1427 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_8:
1428 case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_16:
1429 BuiltinIndex = 4;
1430 break;
1431
1432 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch:
1433 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_1:
1434 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_2:
1435 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_4:
1436 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_8:
1437 case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_16:
1438 BuiltinIndex = 5;
1439 break;
1440
1441 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch:
1442 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_1:
1443 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_2:
1444 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_4:
1445 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_8:
1446 case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_16:
1447 BuiltinIndex = 6;
1448 break;
1449
1450 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch:
1451 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_1:
1452 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_2:
1453 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_4:
1454 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_8:
1455 case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_16:
1456 BuiltinIndex = 7;
1457 break;
1458
1459 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch:
1460 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_1:
1461 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_2:
1462 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_4:
1463 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_8:
1464 case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_16:
1465 BuiltinIndex = 8;
1466 break;
1467
1468 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch:
1469 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_1:
1470 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_2:
1471 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_4:
1472 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_8:
1473 case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_16:
1474 BuiltinIndex = 9;
1475 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001476
Chris Lattnerdc046542009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001477 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap:
Douglas Gregor73722482011-11-28 16:30:08 +00001478 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_1:
1479 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_2:
1480 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_4:
1481 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_8:
1482 case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_16:
Daniel Dunbar3f540c0d2010-03-25 17:13:09 +00001483 BuiltinIndex = 10;
Chris Lattnerdc046542009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001484 NumFixed = 2;
1485 break;
Douglas Gregor73722482011-11-28 16:30:08 +00001486
Chris Lattnerdc046542009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001487 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap:
Douglas Gregor73722482011-11-28 16:30:08 +00001488 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_1:
1489 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_2:
1490 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_4:
1491 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_8:
1492 case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_16:
Daniel Dunbar3f540c0d2010-03-25 17:13:09 +00001493 BuiltinIndex = 11;
Chris Lattnerdc046542009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001494 NumFixed = 2;
Chandler Carruth3973af72010-07-18 20:54:12 +00001495 ResultType = Context.BoolTy;
Chris Lattnerdc046542009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001496 break;
Douglas Gregor73722482011-11-28 16:30:08 +00001497
1498 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set:
1499 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_1:
1500 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_2:
1501 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_4:
1502 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_8:
1503 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_16:
1504 BuiltinIndex = 12;
1505 break;
1506
Chris Lattnerdc046542009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001507 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release:
Douglas Gregor73722482011-11-28 16:30:08 +00001508 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_1:
1509 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_2:
1510 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_4:
1511 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_8:
1512 case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_16:
Daniel Dunbar3f540c0d2010-03-25 17:13:09 +00001513 BuiltinIndex = 13;
Chris Lattnerdc046542009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001514 NumFixed = 0;
Chandler Carruth3973af72010-07-18 20:54:12 +00001515 ResultType = Context.VoidTy;
Chris Lattnerdc046542009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001516 break;
Douglas Gregor73722482011-11-28 16:30:08 +00001517
1518 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap:
1519 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_1:
1520 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_2:
1521 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_4:
1522 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_8:
1523 case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_16:
1524 BuiltinIndex = 14;
1525 break;
Chris Lattnerdc046542009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001526 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001527
Chris Lattnerdc046542009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001528 // Now that we know how many fixed arguments we expect, first check that we
1529 // have at least that many.
Chandler Carruth741e5ce2010-07-09 18:59:35 +00001530 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 1+NumFixed) {
1531 Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
1532 << 0 << 1+NumFixed << TheCall->getNumArgs()
1533 << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange();
1534 return ExprError();
1535 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001536
Chris Lattner5b9241b2009-05-08 15:36:58 +00001537 // Get the decl for the concrete builtin from this, we can tell what the
1538 // concrete integer type we should convert to is.
1539 unsigned NewBuiltinID = BuiltinIndices[BuiltinIndex][SizeIndex];
1540 const char *NewBuiltinName = Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(NewBuiltinID);
Abramo Bagnara6cba23a2012-09-22 09:05:22 +00001541 FunctionDecl *NewBuiltinDecl;
1542 if (NewBuiltinID == BuiltinID)
1543 NewBuiltinDecl = FDecl;
1544 else {
1545 // Perform builtin lookup to avoid redeclaring it.
1546 DeclarationName DN(&Context.Idents.get(NewBuiltinName));
1547 LookupResult Res(*this, DN, DRE->getLocStart(), LookupOrdinaryName);
1548 LookupName(Res, TUScope, /*AllowBuiltinCreation=*/true);
1549 assert(Res.getFoundDecl());
1550 NewBuiltinDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Res.getFoundDecl());
1551 if (NewBuiltinDecl == 0)
1552 return ExprError();
1553 }
Chandler Carruth741e5ce2010-07-09 18:59:35 +00001554
John McCallcf142162010-08-07 06:22:56 +00001555 // The first argument --- the pointer --- has a fixed type; we
1556 // deduce the types of the rest of the arguments accordingly. Walk
1557 // the remaining arguments, converting them to the deduced value type.
Chris Lattnerdc046542009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001558 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumFixed; ++i) {
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001559 ExprResult Arg = TheCall->getArg(i+1);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001560
Chris Lattnerdc046542009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001561 // GCC does an implicit conversion to the pointer or integer ValType. This
1562 // can fail in some cases (1i -> int**), check for this error case now.
John McCallb50451a2011-10-05 07:41:44 +00001563 // Initialize the argument.
1564 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context,
1565 ValType, /*consume*/ false);
1566 Arg = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg);
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001567 if (Arg.isInvalid())
Chandler Carruth741e5ce2010-07-09 18:59:35 +00001568 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001569
Chris Lattnerdc046542009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001570 // Okay, we have something that *can* be converted to the right type. Check
1571 // to see if there is a potentially weird extension going on here. This can
1572 // happen when you do an atomic operation on something like an char* and
1573 // pass in 42. The 42 gets converted to char. This is even more strange
1574 // for things like 45.123 -> char, etc.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001575 // FIXME: Do this check.
John McCallb50451a2011-10-05 07:41:44 +00001576 TheCall->setArg(i+1, Arg.take());
Chris Lattnerdc046542009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001577 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001578
Douglas Gregor6b3bcf22011-09-09 16:51:10 +00001579 ASTContext& Context = this->getASTContext();
1580
1581 // Create a new DeclRefExpr to refer to the new decl.
1582 DeclRefExpr* NewDRE = DeclRefExpr::Create(
1583 Context,
1584 DRE->getQualifierLoc(),
Abramo Bagnara7945c982012-01-27 09:46:47 +00001585 SourceLocation(),
Douglas Gregor6b3bcf22011-09-09 16:51:10 +00001586 NewBuiltinDecl,
John McCall113bee02012-03-10 09:33:50 +00001587 /*enclosing*/ false,
Douglas Gregor6b3bcf22011-09-09 16:51:10 +00001588 DRE->getLocation(),
Eli Friedman34866c72012-08-31 00:14:07 +00001589 Context.BuiltinFnTy,
Douglas Gregor6b3bcf22011-09-09 16:51:10 +00001590 DRE->getValueKind());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001591
Chris Lattnerdc046542009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001592 // Set the callee in the CallExpr.
Eli Friedman34866c72012-08-31 00:14:07 +00001593 // FIXME: This loses syntactic information.
1594 QualType CalleePtrTy = Context.getPointerType(NewBuiltinDecl->getType());
1595 ExprResult PromotedCall = ImpCastExprToType(NewDRE, CalleePtrTy,
1596 CK_BuiltinFnToFnPtr);
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001597 TheCall->setCallee(PromotedCall.take());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001598
Chandler Carruthbc8cab12010-07-18 07:23:17 +00001599 // Change the result type of the call to match the original value type. This
1600 // is arbitrary, but the codegen for these builtins ins design to handle it
1601 // gracefully.
Chandler Carruth3973af72010-07-18 20:54:12 +00001602 TheCall->setType(ResultType);
Chandler Carruth741e5ce2010-07-09 18:59:35 +00001603
Benjamin Kramer62b95d82012-08-23 21:35:17 +00001604 return TheCallResult;
Chris Lattnerdc046542009-05-08 06:58:22 +00001605}
1606
Chris Lattner6436fb62009-02-18 06:01:06 +00001607/// CheckObjCString - Checks that the argument to the builtin
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00001608/// CFString constructor is correct
Steve Narofffb46e862009-04-13 20:26:29 +00001609/// Note: It might also make sense to do the UTF-16 conversion here (would
1610/// simplify the backend).
Chris Lattner6436fb62009-02-18 06:01:06 +00001611bool Sema::CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg) {
Chris Lattnerf2660962008-02-13 01:02:39 +00001612 Arg = Arg->IgnoreParenCasts();
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00001613 StringLiteral *Literal = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(Arg);
1614
Douglas Gregorfb65e592011-07-27 05:40:30 +00001615 if (!Literal || !Literal->isAscii()) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001616 Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), diag::err_cfstring_literal_not_string_constant)
1617 << Arg->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssona3a9c432007-08-17 15:44:17 +00001618 return true;
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00001619 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001620
Fariborz Jahanian56603ef2010-09-07 19:38:13 +00001621 if (Literal->containsNonAsciiOrNull()) {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00001622 StringRef String = Literal->getString();
Fariborz Jahanian56603ef2010-09-07 19:38:13 +00001623 unsigned NumBytes = String.size();
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00001624 SmallVector<UTF16, 128> ToBuf(NumBytes);
Roman Divackye6377112012-09-06 15:59:27 +00001625 const UTF8 *FromPtr = (const UTF8 *)String.data();
Fariborz Jahanian56603ef2010-09-07 19:38:13 +00001626 UTF16 *ToPtr = &ToBuf[0];
1627
1628 ConversionResult Result = ConvertUTF8toUTF16(&FromPtr, FromPtr + NumBytes,
1629 &ToPtr, ToPtr + NumBytes,
1630 strictConversion);
1631 // Check for conversion failure.
1632 if (Result != conversionOK)
1633 Diag(Arg->getLocStart(),
1634 diag::warn_cfstring_truncated) << Arg->getSourceRange();
1635 }
Anders Carlssona3a9c432007-08-17 15:44:17 +00001636 return false;
Chris Lattnerb87b1b32007-08-10 20:18:51 +00001637}
1638
Chris Lattnere202e6a2007-12-20 00:05:45 +00001639/// SemaBuiltinVAStart - Check the arguments to __builtin_va_start for validity.
1640/// Emit an error and return true on failure, return false on success.
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00001641bool Sema::SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall) {
1642 Expr *Fn = TheCall->getCallee();
1643 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > 2) {
Chris Lattnercedef8d2008-11-21 18:44:24 +00001644 Diag(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001645 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
Eric Christopher2a5aaff2010-04-16 04:56:46 +00001646 << 0 /*function call*/ << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs()
1647 << Fn->getSourceRange()
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001648 << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001649 (*(TheCall->arg_end()-1))->getLocEnd());
Chris Lattner43be2e62007-12-19 23:59:04 +00001650 return true;
1651 }
Eli Friedmanbb2b3be2008-12-15 22:05:35 +00001652
1653 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 2) {
Eric Christopherabf1e182010-04-16 04:48:22 +00001654 return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(),
1655 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
1656 << 0 /*function call*/ << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs();
Eli Friedmanbb2b3be2008-12-15 22:05:35 +00001657 }
1658
John McCall29ad95b2011-08-27 01:09:30 +00001659 // Type-check the first argument normally.
1660 if (checkBuiltinArgument(*this, TheCall, 0))
1661 return true;
1662
Chris Lattnere202e6a2007-12-20 00:05:45 +00001663 // Determine whether the current function is variadic or not.
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +00001664 BlockScopeInfo *CurBlock = getCurBlock();
Chris Lattnere202e6a2007-12-20 00:05:45 +00001665 bool isVariadic;
Steve Naroff439a3e42009-04-15 19:33:47 +00001666 if (CurBlock)
John McCall8e346702010-06-04 19:02:56 +00001667 isVariadic = CurBlock->TheDecl->isVariadic();
Ted Kremenek186a0742010-04-29 16:49:01 +00001668 else if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
1669 isVariadic = FD->isVariadic();
1670 else
Argyrios Kyrtzidis853fbea2008-06-28 06:07:14 +00001671 isVariadic = getCurMethodDecl()->isVariadic();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001672
Chris Lattnere202e6a2007-12-20 00:05:45 +00001673 if (!isVariadic) {
Chris Lattner43be2e62007-12-19 23:59:04 +00001674 Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_va_start_used_in_non_variadic_function);
1675 return true;
1676 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001677
Chris Lattner43be2e62007-12-19 23:59:04 +00001678 // Verify that the second argument to the builtin is the last argument of the
1679 // current function or method.
1680 bool SecondArgIsLastNamedArgument = false;
Anders Carlsson73cc5072008-02-13 01:22:59 +00001681 const Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(1)->IgnoreParenCasts();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001682
Nico Weber9eea7642013-05-24 23:31:57 +00001683 // These are valid if SecondArgIsLastNamedArgument is false after the next
1684 // block.
1685 QualType Type;
1686 SourceLocation ParamLoc;
1687
Anders Carlsson6a8350b2008-02-11 04:20:54 +00001688 if (const DeclRefExpr *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Arg)) {
1689 if (const ParmVarDecl *PV = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(DR->getDecl())) {
Chris Lattner43be2e62007-12-19 23:59:04 +00001690 // FIXME: This isn't correct for methods (results in bogus warning).
1691 // Get the last formal in the current function.
Anders Carlsson6a8350b2008-02-11 04:20:54 +00001692 const ParmVarDecl *LastArg;
Steve Naroff439a3e42009-04-15 19:33:47 +00001693 if (CurBlock)
1694 LastArg = *(CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end()-1);
1695 else if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
Chris Lattner79413952008-12-04 23:50:19 +00001696 LastArg = *(FD->param_end()-1);
Chris Lattner43be2e62007-12-19 23:59:04 +00001697 else
Argyrios Kyrtzidis853fbea2008-06-28 06:07:14 +00001698 LastArg = *(getCurMethodDecl()->param_end()-1);
Chris Lattner43be2e62007-12-19 23:59:04 +00001699 SecondArgIsLastNamedArgument = PV == LastArg;
Nico Weber9eea7642013-05-24 23:31:57 +00001700
1701 Type = PV->getType();
1702 ParamLoc = PV->getLocation();
Chris Lattner43be2e62007-12-19 23:59:04 +00001703 }
1704 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001705
Chris Lattner43be2e62007-12-19 23:59:04 +00001706 if (!SecondArgIsLastNamedArgument)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001707 Diag(TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner43be2e62007-12-19 23:59:04 +00001708 diag::warn_second_parameter_of_va_start_not_last_named_argument);
Nico Weber9eea7642013-05-24 23:31:57 +00001709 else if (Type->isReferenceType()) {
1710 Diag(Arg->getLocStart(),
1711 diag::warn_va_start_of_reference_type_is_undefined);
1712 Diag(ParamLoc, diag::note_parameter_type) << Type;
1713 }
1714
Enea Zaffanellab1b1b8a2013-11-07 08:14:26 +00001715 TheCall->setType(Context.VoidTy);
Chris Lattner43be2e62007-12-19 23:59:04 +00001716 return false;
Eli Friedmanf8353032008-05-20 08:23:37 +00001717}
Chris Lattner43be2e62007-12-19 23:59:04 +00001718
Chris Lattner2da14fb2007-12-20 00:26:33 +00001719/// SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare - Handle functions like __builtin_isgreater and
1720/// friends. This is declared to take (...), so we have to check everything.
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00001721bool Sema::SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall) {
1722 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 2)
Chris Lattnercedef8d2008-11-21 18:44:24 +00001723 return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
Eric Christopherabf1e182010-04-16 04:48:22 +00001724 << 0 << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs()/*function call*/;
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00001725 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > 2)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001726 return Diag(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001727 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
Eric Christopher2a5aaff2010-04-16 04:56:46 +00001728 << 0 /*function call*/ << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs()
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001729 << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(),
1730 (*(TheCall->arg_end()-1))->getLocEnd());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001731
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001732 ExprResult OrigArg0 = TheCall->getArg(0);
1733 ExprResult OrigArg1 = TheCall->getArg(1);
Douglas Gregorc25f7662009-05-19 22:10:17 +00001734
Chris Lattner2da14fb2007-12-20 00:26:33 +00001735 // Do standard promotions between the two arguments, returning their common
1736 // type.
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00001737 QualType Res = UsualArithmeticConversions(OrigArg0, OrigArg1, false);
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001738 if (OrigArg0.isInvalid() || OrigArg1.isInvalid())
1739 return true;
Daniel Dunbar96f86772009-02-19 19:28:43 +00001740
1741 // Make sure any conversions are pushed back into the call; this is
1742 // type safe since unordered compare builtins are declared as "_Bool
1743 // foo(...)".
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001744 TheCall->setArg(0, OrigArg0.get());
1745 TheCall->setArg(1, OrigArg1.get());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001746
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001747 if (OrigArg0.get()->isTypeDependent() || OrigArg1.get()->isTypeDependent())
Douglas Gregorc25f7662009-05-19 22:10:17 +00001748 return false;
1749
Chris Lattner2da14fb2007-12-20 00:26:33 +00001750 // If the common type isn't a real floating type, then the arguments were
1751 // invalid for this operation.
Eli Friedman93ee5ca2012-06-16 02:19:17 +00001752 if (Res.isNull() || !Res->isRealFloatingType())
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001753 return Diag(OrigArg0.get()->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001754 diag::err_typecheck_call_invalid_ordered_compare)
John Wiegley01296292011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001755 << OrigArg0.get()->getType() << OrigArg1.get()->getType()
1756 << SourceRange(OrigArg0.get()->getLocStart(), OrigArg1.get()->getLocEnd());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001757
Chris Lattner2da14fb2007-12-20 00:26:33 +00001758 return false;
1759}
1760
Benjamin Kramer634fc102010-02-15 22:42:31 +00001761/// SemaBuiltinSemaBuiltinFPClassification - Handle functions like
1762/// __builtin_isnan and friends. This is declared to take (...), so we have
Benjamin Kramer64aae502010-02-16 10:07:31 +00001763/// to check everything. We expect the last argument to be a floating point
1764/// value.
1765bool Sema::SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs) {
1766 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < NumArgs)
Eli Friedman7e4faac2009-08-31 20:06:00 +00001767 return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
Eric Christopherabf1e182010-04-16 04:48:22 +00001768 << 0 << NumArgs << TheCall->getNumArgs()/*function call*/;
Benjamin Kramer64aae502010-02-16 10:07:31 +00001769 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > NumArgs)
1770 return Diag(TheCall->getArg(NumArgs)->getLocStart(),
Eli Friedman7e4faac2009-08-31 20:06:00 +00001771 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
Eric Christopher2a5aaff2010-04-16 04:56:46 +00001772 << 0 /*function call*/ << NumArgs << TheCall->getNumArgs()
Benjamin Kramer64aae502010-02-16 10:07:31 +00001773 << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(NumArgs)->getLocStart(),
Eli Friedman7e4faac2009-08-31 20:06:00 +00001774 (*(TheCall->arg_end()-1))->getLocEnd());
1775
Benjamin Kramer64aae502010-02-16 10:07:31 +00001776 Expr *OrigArg = TheCall->getArg(NumArgs-1);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001777
Eli Friedman7e4faac2009-08-31 20:06:00 +00001778 if (OrigArg->isTypeDependent())
1779 return false;
1780
Chris Lattner68784ef2010-05-06 05:50:07 +00001781 // This operation requires a non-_Complex floating-point number.
Eli Friedman7e4faac2009-08-31 20:06:00 +00001782 if (!OrigArg->getType()->isRealFloatingType())
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001783 return Diag(OrigArg->getLocStart(),
Eli Friedman7e4faac2009-08-31 20:06:00 +00001784 diag::err_typecheck_call_invalid_unary_fp)
1785 << OrigArg->getType() << OrigArg->getSourceRange();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001786
Chris Lattner68784ef2010-05-06 05:50:07 +00001787 // If this is an implicit conversion from float -> double, remove it.
1788 if (ImplicitCastExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(OrigArg)) {
1789 Expr *CastArg = Cast->getSubExpr();
1790 if (CastArg->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float)) {
1791 assert(Cast->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) &&
1792 "promotion from float to double is the only expected cast here");
1793 Cast->setSubExpr(0);
Chris Lattner68784ef2010-05-06 05:50:07 +00001794 TheCall->setArg(NumArgs-1, CastArg);
Chris Lattner68784ef2010-05-06 05:50:07 +00001795 }
1796 }
1797
Eli Friedman7e4faac2009-08-31 20:06:00 +00001798 return false;
1799}
1800
Eli Friedmana1b4ed82008-05-14 19:38:39 +00001801/// SemaBuiltinShuffleVector - Handle __builtin_shufflevector.
1802// This is declared to take (...), so we have to check everything.
John McCalldadc5752010-08-24 06:29:42 +00001803ExprResult Sema::SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall) {
Nate Begemana0110022010-06-08 00:16:34 +00001804 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 2)
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001805 return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(),
Eric Christopherabf1e182010-04-16 04:48:22 +00001806 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
Craig Topper304602a2013-07-28 21:50:10 +00001807 << 0 /*function call*/ << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs()
1808 << TheCall->getSourceRange());
Eli Friedmana1b4ed82008-05-14 19:38:39 +00001809
Nate Begemana0110022010-06-08 00:16:34 +00001810 // Determine which of the following types of shufflevector we're checking:
1811 // 1) unary, vector mask: (lhs, mask)
1812 // 2) binary, vector mask: (lhs, rhs, mask)
1813 // 3) binary, scalar mask: (lhs, rhs, index, ..., index)
1814 QualType resType = TheCall->getArg(0)->getType();
1815 unsigned numElements = 0;
Craig Topper61d01cc2013-07-19 04:46:31 +00001816
Douglas Gregorc25f7662009-05-19 22:10:17 +00001817 if (!TheCall->getArg(0)->isTypeDependent() &&
1818 !TheCall->getArg(1)->isTypeDependent()) {
Nate Begemana0110022010-06-08 00:16:34 +00001819 QualType LHSType = TheCall->getArg(0)->getType();
1820 QualType RHSType = TheCall->getArg(1)->getType();
Craig Topper61d01cc2013-07-19 04:46:31 +00001821
Craig Topperbaca3892013-07-29 06:47:04 +00001822 if (!LHSType->isVectorType() || !RHSType->isVectorType())
1823 return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
1824 diag::err_shufflevector_non_vector)
1825 << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(0)->getLocStart(),
1826 TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocEnd()));
Craig Topper61d01cc2013-07-19 04:46:31 +00001827
Nate Begemana0110022010-06-08 00:16:34 +00001828 numElements = LHSType->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements();
1829 unsigned numResElements = TheCall->getNumArgs() - 2;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001830
Nate Begemana0110022010-06-08 00:16:34 +00001831 // Check to see if we have a call with 2 vector arguments, the unary shuffle
1832 // with mask. If so, verify that RHS is an integer vector type with the
1833 // same number of elts as lhs.
1834 if (TheCall->getNumArgs() == 2) {
Sylvestre Ledru8e5d82e2013-07-06 08:00:09 +00001835 if (!RHSType->hasIntegerRepresentation() ||
Nate Begemana0110022010-06-08 00:16:34 +00001836 RHSType->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements() != numElements)
Craig Topperbaca3892013-07-29 06:47:04 +00001837 return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
1838 diag::err_shufflevector_incompatible_vector)
1839 << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocStart(),
1840 TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocEnd()));
Craig Topper61d01cc2013-07-19 04:46:31 +00001841 } else if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LHSType, RHSType)) {
Craig Topperbaca3892013-07-29 06:47:04 +00001842 return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
1843 diag::err_shufflevector_incompatible_vector)
1844 << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(0)->getLocStart(),
1845 TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocEnd()));
Nate Begemana0110022010-06-08 00:16:34 +00001846 } else if (numElements != numResElements) {
1847 QualType eltType = LHSType->getAs<VectorType>()->getElementType();
Chris Lattner37141f42010-06-23 06:00:24 +00001848 resType = Context.getVectorType(eltType, numResElements,
Bob Wilsonaeb56442010-11-10 21:56:12 +00001849 VectorType::GenericVector);
Douglas Gregorc25f7662009-05-19 22:10:17 +00001850 }
Eli Friedmana1b4ed82008-05-14 19:38:39 +00001851 }
1852
1853 for (unsigned i = 2; i < TheCall->getNumArgs(); i++) {
Douglas Gregorc25f7662009-05-19 22:10:17 +00001854 if (TheCall->getArg(i)->isTypeDependent() ||
1855 TheCall->getArg(i)->isValueDependent())
1856 continue;
1857
Nate Begemana0110022010-06-08 00:16:34 +00001858 llvm::APSInt Result(32);
1859 if (!TheCall->getArg(i)->isIntegerConstantExpr(Result, Context))
1860 return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
Craig Topper304602a2013-07-28 21:50:10 +00001861 diag::err_shufflevector_nonconstant_argument)
1862 << TheCall->getArg(i)->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001863
Craig Topper50ad5b72013-08-03 17:40:38 +00001864 // Allow -1 which will be translated to undef in the IR.
1865 if (Result.isSigned() && Result.isAllOnesValue())
1866 continue;
1867
Chris Lattner7ab824e2008-08-10 02:05:13 +00001868 if (Result.getActiveBits() > 64 || Result.getZExtValue() >= numElements*2)
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001869 return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
Craig Topper304602a2013-07-28 21:50:10 +00001870 diag::err_shufflevector_argument_too_large)
1871 << TheCall->getArg(i)->getSourceRange());
Eli Friedmana1b4ed82008-05-14 19:38:39 +00001872 }
1873
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00001874 SmallVector<Expr*, 32> exprs;
Eli Friedmana1b4ed82008-05-14 19:38:39 +00001875
Chris Lattner7ab824e2008-08-10 02:05:13 +00001876 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TheCall->getNumArgs(); i != e; i++) {
Eli Friedmana1b4ed82008-05-14 19:38:39 +00001877 exprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(i));
1878 TheCall->setArg(i, 0);
1879 }
1880
Benjamin Kramerc215e762012-08-24 11:54:20 +00001881 return Owned(new (Context) ShuffleVectorExpr(Context, exprs, resType,
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00001882 TheCall->getCallee()->getLocStart(),
1883 TheCall->getRParenLoc()));
Eli Friedmana1b4ed82008-05-14 19:38:39 +00001884}
Chris Lattner43be2e62007-12-19 23:59:04 +00001885
Hal Finkelc4d7c822013-09-18 03:29:45 +00001886/// SemaConvertVectorExpr - Handle __builtin_convertvector
1887ExprResult Sema::SemaConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1888 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
1889 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
1890 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue;
1891 ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
1892 QualType DstTy = TInfo->getType();
1893 QualType SrcTy = E->getType();
1894
1895 if (!SrcTy->isVectorType() && !SrcTy->isDependentType())
1896 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc,
1897 diag::err_convertvector_non_vector)
1898 << E->getSourceRange());
1899 if (!DstTy->isVectorType() && !DstTy->isDependentType())
1900 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc,
1901 diag::err_convertvector_non_vector_type));
1902
1903 if (!SrcTy->isDependentType() && !DstTy->isDependentType()) {
1904 unsigned SrcElts = SrcTy->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements();
1905 unsigned DstElts = DstTy->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements();
1906 if (SrcElts != DstElts)
1907 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc,
1908 diag::err_convertvector_incompatible_vector)
1909 << E->getSourceRange());
1910 }
1911
1912 return Owned(new (Context) ConvertVectorExpr(E, TInfo, DstTy, VK, OK,
1913 BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc));
1914
1915}
1916
Daniel Dunbarb7257262008-07-21 22:59:13 +00001917/// SemaBuiltinPrefetch - Handle __builtin_prefetch.
1918// This is declared to take (const void*, ...) and can take two
1919// optional constant int args.
1920bool Sema::SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001921 unsigned NumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs();
Daniel Dunbarb7257262008-07-21 22:59:13 +00001922
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001923 if (NumArgs > 3)
Eric Christopher2a5aaff2010-04-16 04:56:46 +00001924 return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(),
1925 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most)
1926 << 0 /*function call*/ << 3 << NumArgs
1927 << TheCall->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbarb7257262008-07-21 22:59:13 +00001928
1929 // Argument 0 is checked for us and the remaining arguments must be
1930 // constant integers.
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001931 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumArgs; ++i) {
Daniel Dunbarb7257262008-07-21 22:59:13 +00001932 Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(i);
Douglas Gregor98c3cfc2012-06-29 01:05:22 +00001933
1934 // We can't check the value of a dependent argument.
1935 if (Arg->isTypeDependent() || Arg->isValueDependent())
1936 continue;
1937
Eli Friedman5efba262009-12-04 00:30:06 +00001938 llvm::APSInt Result;
Eric Christopher8d0c6212010-04-17 02:26:23 +00001939 if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, i, Result))
1940 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001941
Daniel Dunbarb7257262008-07-21 22:59:13 +00001942 // FIXME: gcc issues a warning and rewrites these to 0. These
1943 // seems especially odd for the third argument since the default
1944 // is 3.
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001945 if (i == 1) {
Eli Friedman5efba262009-12-04 00:30:06 +00001946 if (Result.getLimitedValue() > 1)
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001947 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_argument_invalid_range)
Chris Lattnerd545ad12009-09-23 06:06:36 +00001948 << "0" << "1" << Arg->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbarb7257262008-07-21 22:59:13 +00001949 } else {
Eli Friedman5efba262009-12-04 00:30:06 +00001950 if (Result.getLimitedValue() > 3)
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001951 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_argument_invalid_range)
Chris Lattnerd545ad12009-09-23 06:06:36 +00001952 << "0" << "3" << Arg->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbarb7257262008-07-21 22:59:13 +00001953 }
1954 }
1955
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001956 return false;
Daniel Dunbarb7257262008-07-21 22:59:13 +00001957}
1958
Eric Christopher8d0c6212010-04-17 02:26:23 +00001959/// SemaBuiltinConstantArg - Handle a check if argument ArgNum of CallExpr
1960/// TheCall is a constant expression.
1961bool Sema::SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
1962 llvm::APSInt &Result) {
1963 Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(ArgNum);
1964 DeclRefExpr *DRE =cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts());
1965 FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
1966
1967 if (Arg->isTypeDependent() || Arg->isValueDependent()) return false;
1968
1969 if (!Arg->isIntegerConstantExpr(Result, Context))
1970 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_constant_integer_arg_type)
Eric Christopher63448c32010-04-19 18:23:02 +00001971 << FDecl->getDeclName() << Arg->getSourceRange();
Eric Christopher8d0c6212010-04-17 02:26:23 +00001972
Chris Lattnerd545ad12009-09-23 06:06:36 +00001973 return false;
1974}
1975
Daniel Dunbarb0d34c82008-09-03 21:13:56 +00001976/// SemaBuiltinObjectSize - Handle __builtin_object_size(void *ptr,
1977/// int type). This simply type checks that type is one of the defined
1978/// constants (0-3).
Chris Lattner57540c52011-04-15 05:22:18 +00001979// For compatibility check 0-3, llvm only handles 0 and 2.
Daniel Dunbarb0d34c82008-09-03 21:13:56 +00001980bool Sema::SemaBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *TheCall) {
Eric Christopher8d0c6212010-04-17 02:26:23 +00001981 llvm::APSInt Result;
Douglas Gregor98c3cfc2012-06-29 01:05:22 +00001982
1983 // We can't check the value of a dependent argument.
1984 if (TheCall->getArg(1)->isTypeDependent() ||
1985 TheCall->getArg(1)->isValueDependent())
1986 return false;
1987
Eric Christopher8d0c6212010-04-17 02:26:23 +00001988 // Check constant-ness first.
1989 if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, 1, Result))
1990 return true;
1991
Daniel Dunbarb0d34c82008-09-03 21:13:56 +00001992 Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(1);
Daniel Dunbarb0d34c82008-09-03 21:13:56 +00001993 if (Result.getSExtValue() < 0 || Result.getSExtValue() > 3) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001994 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_argument_invalid_range)
1995 << "0" << "3" << SourceRange(Arg->getLocStart(), Arg->getLocEnd());
Daniel Dunbarb0d34c82008-09-03 21:13:56 +00001996 }
1997
1998 return false;
1999}
2000
Eli Friedmanc97d0142009-05-03 06:04:26 +00002001/// SemaBuiltinLongjmp - Handle __builtin_longjmp(void *env[5], int val).
Eli Friedmaneed8ad22009-05-03 04:46:36 +00002002/// This checks that val is a constant 1.
2003bool Sema::SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall) {
2004 Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(1);
Eric Christopher8d0c6212010-04-17 02:26:23 +00002005 llvm::APSInt Result;
Douglas Gregorc25f7662009-05-19 22:10:17 +00002006
Eric Christopher8d0c6212010-04-17 02:26:23 +00002007 // TODO: This is less than ideal. Overload this to take a value.
2008 if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, 1, Result))
2009 return true;
2010
2011 if (Result != 1)
Eli Friedmaneed8ad22009-05-03 04:46:36 +00002012 return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_longjmp_invalid_val)
2013 << SourceRange(Arg->getLocStart(), Arg->getLocEnd());
2014
2015 return false;
2016}
2017
Richard Smithd7293d72013-08-05 18:49:43 +00002018namespace {
2019enum StringLiteralCheckType {
2020 SLCT_NotALiteral,
2021 SLCT_UncheckedLiteral,
2022 SLCT_CheckedLiteral
2023};
2024}
2025
Richard Smith55ce3522012-06-25 20:30:08 +00002026// Determine if an expression is a string literal or constant string.
2027// If this function returns false on the arguments to a function expecting a
2028// format string, we will usually need to emit a warning.
2029// True string literals are then checked by CheckFormatString.
Richard Smithd7293d72013-08-05 18:49:43 +00002030static StringLiteralCheckType
2031checkFormatStringExpr(Sema &S, const Expr *E, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
2032 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
2033 unsigned firstDataArg, Sema::FormatStringType Type,
2034 Sema::VariadicCallType CallType, bool InFunctionCall,
2035 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs) {
Ted Kremenek808829352010-09-09 03:51:39 +00002036 tryAgain:
Douglas Gregorc25f7662009-05-19 22:10:17 +00002037 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
Richard Smith55ce3522012-06-25 20:30:08 +00002038 return SLCT_NotALiteral;
Ted Kremenek6dfeb552009-01-12 23:09:09 +00002039
Jean-Daniel Dupas028573e72012-01-30 08:46:47 +00002040 E = E->IgnoreParenCasts();
Peter Collingbourne91147592011-04-15 00:35:48 +00002041
Richard Smithd7293d72013-08-05 18:49:43 +00002042 if (E->isNullPointerConstant(S.Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull))
David Blaikie59fe3f82012-02-10 21:07:25 +00002043 // Technically -Wformat-nonliteral does not warn about this case.
2044 // The behavior of printf and friends in this case is implementation
2045 // dependent. Ideally if the format string cannot be null then
2046 // it should have a 'nonnull' attribute in the function prototype.
Richard Smithd7293d72013-08-05 18:49:43 +00002047 return SLCT_UncheckedLiteral;
David Blaikie59fe3f82012-02-10 21:07:25 +00002048
Ted Kremenek6dfeb552009-01-12 23:09:09 +00002049 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
John McCallc07a0c72011-02-17 10:25:35 +00002050 case Stmt::BinaryConditionalOperatorClass:
Ted Kremenek6dfeb552009-01-12 23:09:09 +00002051 case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
Richard Smith55ce3522012-06-25 20:30:08 +00002052 // The expression is a literal if both sub-expressions were, and it was
2053 // completely checked only if both sub-expressions were checked.
2054 const AbstractConditionalOperator *C =
2055 cast<AbstractConditionalOperator>(E);
2056 StringLiteralCheckType Left =
Richard Smithd7293d72013-08-05 18:49:43 +00002057 checkFormatStringExpr(S, C->getTrueExpr(), Args,
Richard Smith55ce3522012-06-25 20:30:08 +00002058 HasVAListArg, format_idx, firstDataArg,
Richard Smithd7293d72013-08-05 18:49:43 +00002059 Type, CallType, InFunctionCall, CheckedVarArgs);
Richard Smith55ce3522012-06-25 20:30:08 +00002060 if (Left == SLCT_NotALiteral)
2061 return SLCT_NotALiteral;
2062 StringLiteralCheckType Right =
Richard Smithd7293d72013-08-05 18:49:43 +00002063 checkFormatStringExpr(S, C->getFalseExpr(), Args,
Richard Smith55ce3522012-06-25 20:30:08 +00002064 HasVAListArg, format_idx, firstDataArg,
Richard Smithd7293d72013-08-05 18:49:43 +00002065 Type, CallType, InFunctionCall, CheckedVarArgs);
Richard Smith55ce3522012-06-25 20:30:08 +00002066 return Left < Right ? Left : Right;
Ted Kremenek6dfeb552009-01-12 23:09:09 +00002067 }
2068
2069 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass: {
Ted Kremenek808829352010-09-09 03:51:39 +00002070 E = cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr();
2071 goto tryAgain;
Ted Kremenek6dfeb552009-01-12 23:09:09 +00002072 }
2073
John McCallc07a0c72011-02-17 10:25:35 +00002074 case Stmt::OpaqueValueExprClass:
2075 if (const Expr *src = cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)->getSourceExpr()) {
2076 E = src;
2077 goto tryAgain;
2078 }
Richard Smith55ce3522012-06-25 20:30:08 +00002079 return SLCT_NotALiteral;
John McCallc07a0c72011-02-17 10:25:35 +00002080
Ted Kremeneka8890832011-02-24 23:03:04 +00002081 case Stmt::PredefinedExprClass:
2082 // While __func__, etc., are technically not string literals, they
2083 // cannot contain format specifiers and thus are not a security
2084 // liability.
Richard Smith55ce3522012-06-25 20:30:08 +00002085 return SLCT_UncheckedLiteral;
Ted Kremeneka8890832011-02-24 23:03:04 +00002086
Ted Kremenekdfd72c22009-03-20 21:35:28 +00002087 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: {
2088 const DeclRefExpr *DR = cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002089
Ted Kremenekdfd72c22009-03-20 21:35:28 +00002090 // As an exception, do not flag errors for variables binding to
2091 // const string literals.
2092 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DR->getDecl())) {
2093 bool isConstant = false;
2094 QualType T = DR->getType();
Ted Kremenek6dfeb552009-01-12 23:09:09 +00002095
Richard Smithd7293d72013-08-05 18:49:43 +00002096 if (const ArrayType *AT = S.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) {
2097 isConstant = AT->getElementType().isConstant(S.Context);
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00002098 } else if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Richard Smithd7293d72013-08-05 18:49:43 +00002099 isConstant = T.isConstant(S.Context) &&
2100 PT->getPointeeType().isConstant(S.Context);
Jean-Daniel Dupasd5f7ef42012-01-25 10:35:33 +00002101 } else if (T->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
2102 // In ObjC, there is usually no "const ObjectPointer" type,
2103 // so don't check if the pointee type is constant.
Richard Smithd7293d72013-08-05 18:49:43 +00002104 isConstant = T.isConstant(S.Context);
Ted Kremenekdfd72c22009-03-20 21:35:28 +00002105 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002106
Ted Kremenekdfd72c22009-03-20 21:35:28 +00002107 if (isConstant) {
Matt Beaumont-Gayd8735082012-05-11 22:10:59 +00002108 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getAnyInitializer()) {
2109 // Look through initializers like const char c[] = { "foo" }
2110 if (const InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) {
2111 if (InitList->isStringLiteralInit())
2112 Init = InitList->getInit(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
2113 }
Richard Smithd7293d72013-08-05 18:49:43 +00002114 return checkFormatStringExpr(S, Init, Args,
Richard Smith55ce3522012-06-25 20:30:08 +00002115 HasVAListArg, format_idx,
Jordan Rose3e0ec582012-07-19 18:10:23 +00002116 firstDataArg, Type, CallType,
Richard Smithd7293d72013-08-05 18:49:43 +00002117 /*InFunctionCall*/false, CheckedVarArgs);
Matt Beaumont-Gayd8735082012-05-11 22:10:59 +00002118 }
Ted Kremenekdfd72c22009-03-20 21:35:28 +00002119 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002120
Anders Carlssonb012ca92009-06-28 19:55:58 +00002121 // For vprintf* functions (i.e., HasVAListArg==true), we add a
2122 // special check to see if the format string is a function parameter
2123 // of the function calling the printf function. If the function
2124 // has an attribute indicating it is a printf-like function, then we
2125 // should suppress warnings concerning non-literals being used in a call
2126 // to a vprintf function. For example:
2127 //
2128 // void
2129 // logmessage(char const *fmt __attribute__ (format (printf, 1, 2)), ...){
2130 // va_list ap;
2131 // va_start(ap, fmt);
2132 // vprintf(fmt, ap); // Do NOT emit a warning about "fmt".
2133 // ...
Richard Smithd7293d72013-08-05 18:49:43 +00002134 // }
Jean-Daniel Dupas58dab682012-02-21 20:00:53 +00002135 if (HasVAListArg) {
2136 if (const ParmVarDecl *PV = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(VD)) {
2137 if (const NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PV->getDeclContext())) {
2138 int PVIndex = PV->getFunctionScopeIndex() + 1;
2139 for (specific_attr_iterator<FormatAttr>
2140 i = ND->specific_attr_begin<FormatAttr>(),
2141 e = ND->specific_attr_end<FormatAttr>(); i != e ; ++i) {
2142 FormatAttr *PVFormat = *i;
2143 // adjust for implicit parameter
2144 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ND))
2145 if (MD->isInstance())
2146 ++PVIndex;
2147 // We also check if the formats are compatible.
2148 // We can't pass a 'scanf' string to a 'printf' function.
2149 if (PVIndex == PVFormat->getFormatIdx() &&
Richard Smithd7293d72013-08-05 18:49:43 +00002150 Type == S.GetFormatStringType(PVFormat))
Richard Smith55ce3522012-06-25 20:30:08 +00002151 return SLCT_UncheckedLiteral;
Jean-Daniel Dupas58dab682012-02-21 20:00:53 +00002152 }
2153 }
2154 }
2155 }
Ted Kremenekdfd72c22009-03-20 21:35:28 +00002156 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002157
Richard Smith55ce3522012-06-25 20:30:08 +00002158 return SLCT_NotALiteral;
Ted Kremenekdfd72c22009-03-20 21:35:28 +00002159 }
Ted Kremenek6dfeb552009-01-12 23:09:09 +00002160
Jean-Daniel Dupas6255bd12012-02-07 19:01:42 +00002161 case Stmt::CallExprClass:
2162 case Stmt::CXXMemberCallExprClass: {
Anders Carlssonf0a7f3b2009-06-27 04:05:33 +00002163 const CallExpr *CE = cast<CallExpr>(E);
Jean-Daniel Dupas6255bd12012-02-07 19:01:42 +00002164 if (const NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamedDecl>(CE->getCalleeDecl())) {
2165 if (const FormatArgAttr *FA = ND->getAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) {
2166 unsigned ArgIndex = FA->getFormatIdx();
2167 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ND))
2168 if (MD->isInstance())
2169 --ArgIndex;
2170 const Expr *Arg = CE->getArg(ArgIndex - 1);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002171
Richard Smithd7293d72013-08-05 18:49:43 +00002172 return checkFormatStringExpr(S, Arg, Args,
Richard Smith55ce3522012-06-25 20:30:08 +00002173 HasVAListArg, format_idx, firstDataArg,
Richard Smithd7293d72013-08-05 18:49:43 +00002174 Type, CallType, InFunctionCall,
2175 CheckedVarArgs);
Jordan Rose97c6f2b2012-06-04 23:52:23 +00002176 } else if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND)) {
2177 unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID();
2178 if (BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString ||
2179 BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin___NSStringMakeConstantString) {
2180 const Expr *Arg = CE->getArg(0);
Richard Smithd7293d72013-08-05 18:49:43 +00002181 return checkFormatStringExpr(S, Arg, Args,
Richard Smith55ce3522012-06-25 20:30:08 +00002182 HasVAListArg, format_idx,
Jordan Rose3e0ec582012-07-19 18:10:23 +00002183 firstDataArg, Type, CallType,
Richard Smithd7293d72013-08-05 18:49:43 +00002184 InFunctionCall, CheckedVarArgs);
Jordan Rose97c6f2b2012-06-04 23:52:23 +00002185 }
Anders Carlssonf0a7f3b2009-06-27 04:05:33 +00002186 }
2187 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002188
Richard Smith55ce3522012-06-25 20:30:08 +00002189 return SLCT_NotALiteral;
Anders Carlssonf0a7f3b2009-06-27 04:05:33 +00002190 }
Ted Kremenekdfd72c22009-03-20 21:35:28 +00002191 case Stmt::ObjCStringLiteralClass:
2192 case Stmt::StringLiteralClass: {
2193 const StringLiteral *StrE = NULL;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002194
Ted Kremenekdfd72c22009-03-20 21:35:28 +00002195 if (const ObjCStringLiteral *ObjCFExpr = dyn_cast<ObjCStringLiteral>(E))
Ted Kremenek6dfeb552009-01-12 23:09:09 +00002196 StrE = ObjCFExpr->getString();
2197 else
Ted Kremenekdfd72c22009-03-20 21:35:28 +00002198 StrE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002199
Ted Kremenek6dfeb552009-01-12 23:09:09 +00002200 if (StrE) {
Richard Smithd7293d72013-08-05 18:49:43 +00002201 S.CheckFormatString(StrE, E, Args, HasVAListArg, format_idx, firstDataArg,
2202 Type, InFunctionCall, CallType, CheckedVarArgs);
Richard Smith55ce3522012-06-25 20:30:08 +00002203 return SLCT_CheckedLiteral;
Ted Kremenek6dfeb552009-01-12 23:09:09 +00002204 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002205
Richard Smith55ce3522012-06-25 20:30:08 +00002206 return SLCT_NotALiteral;
Ted Kremenek6dfeb552009-01-12 23:09:09 +00002207 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002208
Ted Kremenekdfd72c22009-03-20 21:35:28 +00002209 default:
Richard Smith55ce3522012-06-25 20:30:08 +00002210 return SLCT_NotALiteral;
Ted Kremenek6dfeb552009-01-12 23:09:09 +00002211 }
2212}
2213
Jean-Daniel Dupas028573e72012-01-30 08:46:47 +00002214Sema::FormatStringType Sema::GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format) {
Aaron Ballmanf58070b2013-09-03 21:02:22 +00002215 return llvm::StringSwitch<FormatStringType>(Format->getType()->getName())
Jean-Daniel Dupas028573e72012-01-30 08:46:47 +00002216 .Case("scanf", FST_Scanf)
2217 .Cases("printf", "printf0", FST_Printf)
2218 .Cases("NSString", "CFString", FST_NSString)
2219 .Case("strftime", FST_Strftime)
2220 .Case("strfmon", FST_Strfmon)
2221 .Cases("kprintf", "cmn_err", "vcmn_err", "zcmn_err", FST_Kprintf)
2222 .Default(FST_Unknown);
2223}
2224
Jordan Rose3e0ec582012-07-19 18:10:23 +00002225/// CheckFormatArguments - Check calls to printf and scanf (and similar
Ted Kremenek02087932010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002226/// functions) for correct use of format strings.
Richard Smith55ce3522012-06-25 20:30:08 +00002227/// Returns true if a format string has been fully checked.
Dmitri Gribenko765396f2013-01-13 20:46:02 +00002228bool Sema::CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format,
2229 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
2230 bool IsCXXMember,
Jordan Rose3e0ec582012-07-19 18:10:23 +00002231 VariadicCallType CallType,
Richard Smithd7293d72013-08-05 18:49:43 +00002232 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
2233 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs) {
Richard Smith55ce3522012-06-25 20:30:08 +00002234 FormatStringInfo FSI;
2235 if (getFormatStringInfo(Format, IsCXXMember, &FSI))
Dmitri Gribenko765396f2013-01-13 20:46:02 +00002236 return CheckFormatArguments(Args, FSI.HasVAListArg, FSI.FormatIdx,
Richard Smith55ce3522012-06-25 20:30:08 +00002237 FSI.FirstDataArg, GetFormatStringType(Format),
Richard Smithd7293d72013-08-05 18:49:43 +00002238 CallType, Loc, Range, CheckedVarArgs);
Richard Smith55ce3522012-06-25 20:30:08 +00002239 return false;
Jean-Daniel Dupas0ae6e672012-01-17 20:03:31 +00002240}
Sebastian Redl6eedcc12009-11-17 18:02:24 +00002241
Dmitri Gribenko765396f2013-01-13 20:46:02 +00002242bool Sema::CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
Jean-Daniel Dupas028573e72012-01-30 08:46:47 +00002243 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
2244 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type,
Jordan Rose3e0ec582012-07-19 18:10:23 +00002245 VariadicCallType CallType,
Richard Smithd7293d72013-08-05 18:49:43 +00002246 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
2247 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs) {
Ted Kremenek02087932010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002248 // CHECK: printf/scanf-like function is called with no format string.
Dmitri Gribenko765396f2013-01-13 20:46:02 +00002249 if (format_idx >= Args.size()) {
Jean-Daniel Dupas0ae6e672012-01-17 20:03:31 +00002250 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_format_string) << Range;
Richard Smith55ce3522012-06-25 20:30:08 +00002251 return false;
Ted Kremeneke68f1aa2007-08-14 17:39:48 +00002252 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002253
Jean-Daniel Dupas0ae6e672012-01-17 20:03:31 +00002254 const Expr *OrigFormatExpr = Args[format_idx]->IgnoreParenCasts();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002255
Chris Lattnerb87b1b32007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002256 // CHECK: format string is not a string literal.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002257 //
Ted Kremeneke68f1aa2007-08-14 17:39:48 +00002258 // Dynamically generated format strings are difficult to
2259 // automatically vet at compile time. Requiring that format strings
2260 // are string literals: (1) permits the checking of format strings by
2261 // the compiler and thereby (2) can practically remove the source of
2262 // many format string exploits.
Ted Kremenek34f664d2008-06-16 18:00:42 +00002263
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002264 // Format string can be either ObjC string (e.g. @"%d") or
Ted Kremenek34f664d2008-06-16 18:00:42 +00002265 // C string (e.g. "%d")
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002266 // ObjC string uses the same format specifiers as C string, so we can use
Ted Kremenek34f664d2008-06-16 18:00:42 +00002267 // the same format string checking logic for both ObjC and C strings.
Richard Smith55ce3522012-06-25 20:30:08 +00002268 StringLiteralCheckType CT =
Richard Smithd7293d72013-08-05 18:49:43 +00002269 checkFormatStringExpr(*this, OrigFormatExpr, Args, HasVAListArg,
2270 format_idx, firstDataArg, Type, CallType,
2271 /*IsFunctionCall*/true, CheckedVarArgs);
Richard Smith55ce3522012-06-25 20:30:08 +00002272 if (CT != SLCT_NotALiteral)
2273 // Literal format string found, check done!
2274 return CT == SLCT_CheckedLiteral;
Ted Kremenek34f664d2008-06-16 18:00:42 +00002275
Jean-Daniel Dupas6567f482012-02-07 23:10:53 +00002276 // Strftime is particular as it always uses a single 'time' argument,
2277 // so it is safe to pass a non-literal string.
2278 if (Type == FST_Strftime)
Richard Smith55ce3522012-06-25 20:30:08 +00002279 return false;
Jean-Daniel Dupas6567f482012-02-07 23:10:53 +00002280
Jean-Daniel Dupas537aa1a2012-01-30 19:46:17 +00002281 // Do not emit diag when the string param is a macro expansion and the
2282 // format is either NSString or CFString. This is a hack to prevent
2283 // diag when using the NSLocalizedString and CFCopyLocalizedString macros
2284 // which are usually used in place of NS and CF string literals.
Jean-Daniel Dupas2b7da832012-05-04 21:08:08 +00002285 if (Type == FST_NSString &&
2286 SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(Args[format_idx]->getLocStart()))
Richard Smith55ce3522012-06-25 20:30:08 +00002287 return false;
Jean-Daniel Dupas537aa1a2012-01-30 19:46:17 +00002288
Chris Lattnercc5d1c22009-04-29 04:59:47 +00002289 // If there are no arguments specified, warn with -Wformat-security, otherwise
2290 // warn only with -Wformat-nonliteral.
Eli Friedman0e5d6772013-06-18 18:10:01 +00002291 if (Args.size() == firstDataArg)
Jean-Daniel Dupas0ae6e672012-01-17 20:03:31 +00002292 Diag(Args[format_idx]->getLocStart(),
Ted Kremenek02087932010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002293 diag::warn_format_nonliteral_noargs)
Chris Lattnercc5d1c22009-04-29 04:59:47 +00002294 << OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange();
2295 else
Jean-Daniel Dupas0ae6e672012-01-17 20:03:31 +00002296 Diag(Args[format_idx]->getLocStart(),
Ted Kremenek02087932010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002297 diag::warn_format_nonliteral)
Chris Lattnercc5d1c22009-04-29 04:59:47 +00002298 << OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange();
Richard Smith55ce3522012-06-25 20:30:08 +00002299 return false;
Ted Kremenek6dfeb552009-01-12 23:09:09 +00002300}
Ted Kremeneke68f1aa2007-08-14 17:39:48 +00002301
Ted Kremenekab278de2010-01-28 23:39:18 +00002302namespace {
Ted Kremenek02087932010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002303class CheckFormatHandler : public analyze_format_string::FormatStringHandler {
2304protected:
Ted Kremenekab278de2010-01-28 23:39:18 +00002305 Sema &S;
2306 const StringLiteral *FExpr;
2307 const Expr *OrigFormatExpr;
Ted Kremenek4d745dd2010-03-25 03:59:12 +00002308 const unsigned FirstDataArg;
Ted Kremenekab278de2010-01-28 23:39:18 +00002309 const unsigned NumDataArgs;
Ted Kremenekab278de2010-01-28 23:39:18 +00002310 const char *Beg; // Start of format string.
Ted Kremenek5739de72010-01-29 01:06:55 +00002311 const bool HasVAListArg;
Dmitri Gribenko765396f2013-01-13 20:46:02 +00002312 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args;
Ted Kremenek5739de72010-01-29 01:06:55 +00002313 unsigned FormatIdx;
Richard Smithd7293d72013-08-05 18:49:43 +00002314 llvm::SmallBitVector CoveredArgs;
Ted Kremenekd1668192010-02-27 01:41:03 +00002315 bool usesPositionalArgs;
2316 bool atFirstArg;
Richard Trieu03cf7b72011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002317 bool inFunctionCall;
Jordan Rose3e0ec582012-07-19 18:10:23 +00002318 Sema::VariadicCallType CallType;
Richard Smithd7293d72013-08-05 18:49:43 +00002319 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs;
Ted Kremenekc8b188d2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00002320public:
Ted Kremenek02087932010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002321 CheckFormatHandler(Sema &s, const StringLiteral *fexpr,
Ted Kremenek4d745dd2010-03-25 03:59:12 +00002322 const Expr *origFormatExpr, unsigned firstDataArg,
Jordan Rose97c6f2b2012-06-04 23:52:23 +00002323 unsigned numDataArgs, const char *beg, bool hasVAListArg,
Dmitri Gribenko765396f2013-01-13 20:46:02 +00002324 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
Jordan Rose3e0ec582012-07-19 18:10:23 +00002325 unsigned formatIdx, bool inFunctionCall,
Richard Smithd7293d72013-08-05 18:49:43 +00002326 Sema::VariadicCallType callType,
2327 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs)
Ted Kremenekab278de2010-01-28 23:39:18 +00002328 : S(s), FExpr(fexpr), OrigFormatExpr(origFormatExpr),
Jordan Rose97c6f2b2012-06-04 23:52:23 +00002329 FirstDataArg(firstDataArg), NumDataArgs(numDataArgs),
2330 Beg(beg), HasVAListArg(hasVAListArg),
Dmitri Gribenko765396f2013-01-13 20:46:02 +00002331 Args(Args), FormatIdx(formatIdx),
Richard Trieu03cf7b72011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002332 usesPositionalArgs(false), atFirstArg(true),
Richard Smithd7293d72013-08-05 18:49:43 +00002333 inFunctionCall(inFunctionCall), CallType(callType),
2334 CheckedVarArgs(CheckedVarArgs) {
2335 CoveredArgs.resize(numDataArgs);
2336 CoveredArgs.reset();
2337 }
Ted Kremenekc8b188d2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00002338
Ted Kremenek019d2242010-01-29 01:50:07 +00002339 void DoneProcessing();
Ted Kremenekc8b188d2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00002340
Ted Kremenek02087932010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002341 void HandleIncompleteSpecifier(const char *startSpecifier,
2342 unsigned specifierLen);
Hans Wennborgc9dd9462012-02-22 10:17:01 +00002343
Jordan Rose92303592012-09-08 04:00:03 +00002344 void HandleInvalidLengthModifier(
2345 const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
2346 const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
Jordan Rose2f9cc042012-09-08 04:00:12 +00002347 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen, unsigned DiagID);
Jordan Rose92303592012-09-08 04:00:03 +00002348
Hans Wennborgc9dd9462012-02-22 10:17:01 +00002349 void HandleNonStandardLengthModifier(
Jordan Rose2f9cc042012-09-08 04:00:12 +00002350 const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
Hans Wennborgc9dd9462012-02-22 10:17:01 +00002351 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
2352
2353 void HandleNonStandardConversionSpecifier(
2354 const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
2355 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
2356
Hans Wennborgaa8c61c2012-03-09 10:10:54 +00002357 virtual void HandlePosition(const char *startPos, unsigned posLen);
2358
Ted Kremenekd1668192010-02-27 01:41:03 +00002359 virtual void HandleInvalidPosition(const char *startSpecifier,
2360 unsigned specifierLen,
Ted Kremenek02087932010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002361 analyze_format_string::PositionContext p);
Ted Kremenekd1668192010-02-27 01:41:03 +00002362
2363 virtual void HandleZeroPosition(const char *startPos, unsigned posLen);
2364
Ted Kremenekab278de2010-01-28 23:39:18 +00002365 void HandleNullChar(const char *nullCharacter);
Ted Kremenekc8b188d2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00002366
Richard Trieu03cf7b72011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002367 template <typename Range>
2368 static void EmitFormatDiagnostic(Sema &S, bool inFunctionCall,
2369 const Expr *ArgumentExpr,
2370 PartialDiagnostic PDiag,
2371 SourceLocation StringLoc,
2372 bool IsStringLocation, Range StringRange,
Dmitri Gribenko44ebbd52013-05-05 00:41:58 +00002373 ArrayRef<FixItHint> Fixit = None);
Richard Trieu03cf7b72011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002374
Ted Kremenek02087932010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002375protected:
Ted Kremenekce815422010-07-19 21:25:57 +00002376 bool HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(unsigned argIndex, SourceLocation Loc,
2377 const char *startSpec,
2378 unsigned specifierLen,
2379 const char *csStart, unsigned csLen);
Richard Trieu03cf7b72011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002380
2381 void HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(SourceLocation Loc,
2382 const char *startSpec,
2383 unsigned specifierLen);
Ted Kremenekce815422010-07-19 21:25:57 +00002384
Ted Kremenek8d9842d2010-01-29 20:55:36 +00002385 SourceRange getFormatStringRange();
Ted Kremenek02087932010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002386 CharSourceRange getSpecifierRange(const char *startSpecifier,
2387 unsigned specifierLen);
Ted Kremenekab278de2010-01-28 23:39:18 +00002388 SourceLocation getLocationOfByte(const char *x);
Ted Kremenekc8b188d2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00002389
Ted Kremenek5739de72010-01-29 01:06:55 +00002390 const Expr *getDataArg(unsigned i) const;
Ted Kremenek6adb7e32010-07-26 19:45:42 +00002391
2392 bool CheckNumArgs(const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
2393 const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
2394 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen,
2395 unsigned argIndex);
Richard Trieu03cf7b72011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002396
2397 template <typename Range>
2398 void EmitFormatDiagnostic(PartialDiagnostic PDiag, SourceLocation StringLoc,
2399 bool IsStringLocation, Range StringRange,
Dmitri Gribenko44ebbd52013-05-05 00:41:58 +00002400 ArrayRef<FixItHint> Fixit = None);
Richard Trieu03cf7b72011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002401
2402 void CheckPositionalAndNonpositionalArgs(
2403 const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier *FS);
Ted Kremenekab278de2010-01-28 23:39:18 +00002404};
2405}
2406
Ted Kremenek02087932010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002407SourceRange CheckFormatHandler::getFormatStringRange() {
Ted Kremenekab278de2010-01-28 23:39:18 +00002408 return OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange();
2409}
2410
Ted Kremenek02087932010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002411CharSourceRange CheckFormatHandler::
2412getSpecifierRange(const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen) {
Tom Care3f272b82010-06-21 21:21:01 +00002413 SourceLocation Start = getLocationOfByte(startSpecifier);
2414 SourceLocation End = getLocationOfByte(startSpecifier + specifierLen - 1);
2415
2416 // Advance the end SourceLocation by one due to half-open ranges.
Argyrios Kyrtzidise6e67de2011-09-19 20:40:19 +00002417 End = End.getLocWithOffset(1);
Tom Care3f272b82010-06-21 21:21:01 +00002418
2419 return CharSourceRange::getCharRange(Start, End);
Ted Kremenek8d9842d2010-01-29 20:55:36 +00002420}
2421
Ted Kremenek02087932010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002422SourceLocation CheckFormatHandler::getLocationOfByte(const char *x) {
Ted Kremenekc8b188d2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00002423 return S.getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(FExpr, x - Beg);
Ted Kremenekab278de2010-01-28 23:39:18 +00002424}
2425
Ted Kremenek02087932010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002426void CheckFormatHandler::HandleIncompleteSpecifier(const char *startSpecifier,
2427 unsigned specifierLen){
Richard Trieu03cf7b72011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002428 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_incomplete_specifier),
2429 getLocationOfByte(startSpecifier),
2430 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2431 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
Ted Kremenekc22f78d2010-01-29 03:16:21 +00002432}
2433
Jordan Rose92303592012-09-08 04:00:03 +00002434void CheckFormatHandler::HandleInvalidLengthModifier(
2435 const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
2436 const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
Jordan Rose2f9cc042012-09-08 04:00:12 +00002437 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen, unsigned DiagID) {
Jordan Rose92303592012-09-08 04:00:03 +00002438 using namespace analyze_format_string;
2439
2440 const LengthModifier &LM = FS.getLengthModifier();
2441 CharSourceRange LMRange = getSpecifierRange(LM.getStart(), LM.getLength());
2442
2443 // See if we know how to fix this length modifier.
David Blaikie05785d12013-02-20 22:23:23 +00002444 Optional<LengthModifier> FixedLM = FS.getCorrectedLengthModifier();
Jordan Rose92303592012-09-08 04:00:03 +00002445 if (FixedLM) {
Jordan Rose2f9cc042012-09-08 04:00:12 +00002446 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(DiagID) << LM.toString() << CS.toString(),
Jordan Rose92303592012-09-08 04:00:03 +00002447 getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()),
2448 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2449 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
2450
2451 S.Diag(getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()), diag::note_format_fix_specifier)
2452 << FixedLM->toString()
2453 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(LMRange, FixedLM->toString());
2454
2455 } else {
Jordan Rose2f9cc042012-09-08 04:00:12 +00002456 FixItHint Hint;
2457 if (DiagID == diag::warn_format_nonsensical_length)
2458 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(LMRange);
2459
2460 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(DiagID) << LM.toString() << CS.toString(),
Jordan Rose92303592012-09-08 04:00:03 +00002461 getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()),
2462 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2463 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
Jordan Rose2f9cc042012-09-08 04:00:12 +00002464 Hint);
Jordan Rose92303592012-09-08 04:00:03 +00002465 }
2466}
2467
Hans Wennborgc9dd9462012-02-22 10:17:01 +00002468void CheckFormatHandler::HandleNonStandardLengthModifier(
Jordan Rose2f9cc042012-09-08 04:00:12 +00002469 const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
Hans Wennborgc9dd9462012-02-22 10:17:01 +00002470 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen) {
Jordan Rose2f9cc042012-09-08 04:00:12 +00002471 using namespace analyze_format_string;
2472
2473 const LengthModifier &LM = FS.getLengthModifier();
2474 CharSourceRange LMRange = getSpecifierRange(LM.getStart(), LM.getLength());
2475
2476 // See if we know how to fix this length modifier.
David Blaikie05785d12013-02-20 22:23:23 +00002477 Optional<LengthModifier> FixedLM = FS.getCorrectedLengthModifier();
Jordan Rose2f9cc042012-09-08 04:00:12 +00002478 if (FixedLM) {
2479 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard)
2480 << LM.toString() << 0,
2481 getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()),
2482 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2483 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
2484
2485 S.Diag(getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()), diag::note_format_fix_specifier)
2486 << FixedLM->toString()
2487 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(LMRange, FixedLM->toString());
2488
2489 } else {
2490 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard)
2491 << LM.toString() << 0,
2492 getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()),
2493 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2494 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
2495 }
Hans Wennborgc9dd9462012-02-22 10:17:01 +00002496}
2497
2498void CheckFormatHandler::HandleNonStandardConversionSpecifier(
2499 const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
2500 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen) {
Jordan Rose4c266aa2012-09-13 02:11:15 +00002501 using namespace analyze_format_string;
2502
2503 // See if we know how to fix this conversion specifier.
David Blaikie05785d12013-02-20 22:23:23 +00002504 Optional<ConversionSpecifier> FixedCS = CS.getStandardSpecifier();
Jordan Rose4c266aa2012-09-13 02:11:15 +00002505 if (FixedCS) {
2506 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard)
2507 << CS.toString() << /*conversion specifier*/1,
2508 getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
2509 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2510 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
2511
2512 CharSourceRange CSRange = getSpecifierRange(CS.getStart(), CS.getLength());
2513 S.Diag(getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()), diag::note_format_fix_specifier)
2514 << FixedCS->toString()
2515 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(CSRange, FixedCS->toString());
2516 } else {
2517 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard)
2518 << CS.toString() << /*conversion specifier*/1,
2519 getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
2520 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2521 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
2522 }
Hans Wennborgc9dd9462012-02-22 10:17:01 +00002523}
2524
Hans Wennborgaa8c61c2012-03-09 10:10:54 +00002525void CheckFormatHandler::HandlePosition(const char *startPos,
2526 unsigned posLen) {
2527 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard_positional_arg),
2528 getLocationOfByte(startPos),
2529 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2530 getSpecifierRange(startPos, posLen));
2531}
2532
Ted Kremenekd1668192010-02-27 01:41:03 +00002533void
Ted Kremenek02087932010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002534CheckFormatHandler::HandleInvalidPosition(const char *startPos, unsigned posLen,
2535 analyze_format_string::PositionContext p) {
Richard Trieu03cf7b72011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002536 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_invalid_positional_specifier)
2537 << (unsigned) p,
2538 getLocationOfByte(startPos), /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2539 getSpecifierRange(startPos, posLen));
Ted Kremenekd1668192010-02-27 01:41:03 +00002540}
2541
Ted Kremenek02087932010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002542void CheckFormatHandler::HandleZeroPosition(const char *startPos,
Ted Kremenekd1668192010-02-27 01:41:03 +00002543 unsigned posLen) {
Richard Trieu03cf7b72011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002544 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_zero_positional_specifier),
2545 getLocationOfByte(startPos),
2546 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2547 getSpecifierRange(startPos, posLen));
Ted Kremenekd1668192010-02-27 01:41:03 +00002548}
2549
Ted Kremenek02087932010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002550void CheckFormatHandler::HandleNullChar(const char *nullCharacter) {
Jordan Rose97c6f2b2012-06-04 23:52:23 +00002551 if (!isa<ObjCStringLiteral>(OrigFormatExpr)) {
Ted Kremenek0d5b9ef2011-03-15 21:18:48 +00002552 // The presence of a null character is likely an error.
Richard Trieu03cf7b72011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002553 EmitFormatDiagnostic(
2554 S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_format_string_contains_null_char),
2555 getLocationOfByte(nullCharacter), /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2556 getFormatStringRange());
Ted Kremenek0d5b9ef2011-03-15 21:18:48 +00002557 }
Ted Kremenek02087932010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002558}
Ted Kremenekc8b188d2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00002559
Jordan Rose58bbe422012-07-19 18:10:08 +00002560// Note that this may return NULL if there was an error parsing or building
2561// one of the argument expressions.
Ted Kremenek02087932010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002562const Expr *CheckFormatHandler::getDataArg(unsigned i) const {
Jean-Daniel Dupas0ae6e672012-01-17 20:03:31 +00002563 return Args[FirstDataArg + i];
Ted Kremenek02087932010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002564}
2565
2566void CheckFormatHandler::DoneProcessing() {
2567 // Does the number of data arguments exceed the number of
2568 // format conversions in the format string?
2569 if (!HasVAListArg) {
2570 // Find any arguments that weren't covered.
2571 CoveredArgs.flip();
2572 signed notCoveredArg = CoveredArgs.find_first();
2573 if (notCoveredArg >= 0) {
2574 assert((unsigned)notCoveredArg < NumDataArgs);
Jordan Rose58bbe422012-07-19 18:10:08 +00002575 if (const Expr *E = getDataArg((unsigned) notCoveredArg)) {
2576 SourceLocation Loc = E->getLocStart();
2577 if (!S.getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(Loc)) {
2578 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_data_arg_not_used),
2579 Loc, /*IsStringLocation*/false,
2580 getFormatStringRange());
2581 }
Bob Wilson23cd4342012-05-03 19:47:19 +00002582 }
Ted Kremenek02087932010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002583 }
2584 }
2585}
2586
Ted Kremenekce815422010-07-19 21:25:57 +00002587bool
2588CheckFormatHandler::HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(unsigned argIndex,
2589 SourceLocation Loc,
2590 const char *startSpec,
2591 unsigned specifierLen,
2592 const char *csStart,
2593 unsigned csLen) {
2594
2595 bool keepGoing = true;
2596 if (argIndex < NumDataArgs) {
2597 // Consider the argument coverered, even though the specifier doesn't
2598 // make sense.
2599 CoveredArgs.set(argIndex);
2600 }
2601 else {
2602 // If argIndex exceeds the number of data arguments we
2603 // don't issue a warning because that is just a cascade of warnings (and
2604 // they may have intended '%%' anyway). We don't want to continue processing
2605 // the format string after this point, however, as we will like just get
2606 // gibberish when trying to match arguments.
2607 keepGoing = false;
2608 }
2609
Richard Trieu03cf7b72011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002610 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_invalid_conversion)
2611 << StringRef(csStart, csLen),
2612 Loc, /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2613 getSpecifierRange(startSpec, specifierLen));
Ted Kremenekce815422010-07-19 21:25:57 +00002614
2615 return keepGoing;
2616}
2617
Richard Trieu03cf7b72011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002618void
2619CheckFormatHandler::HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(SourceLocation Loc,
2620 const char *startSpec,
2621 unsigned specifierLen) {
2622 EmitFormatDiagnostic(
2623 S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_mix_positional_nonpositional_args),
2624 Loc, /*isStringLoc*/true, getSpecifierRange(startSpec, specifierLen));
2625}
2626
Ted Kremenek6adb7e32010-07-26 19:45:42 +00002627bool
2628CheckFormatHandler::CheckNumArgs(
2629 const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
2630 const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
2631 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen, unsigned argIndex) {
2632
2633 if (argIndex >= NumDataArgs) {
Richard Trieu03cf7b72011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002634 PartialDiagnostic PDiag = FS.usesPositionalArg()
2635 ? (S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_positional_arg_exceeds_data_args)
2636 << (argIndex+1) << NumDataArgs)
2637 : S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_insufficient_data_args);
2638 EmitFormatDiagnostic(
2639 PDiag, getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()), /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2640 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
Ted Kremenek6adb7e32010-07-26 19:45:42 +00002641 return false;
2642 }
2643 return true;
2644}
2645
Richard Trieu03cf7b72011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002646template<typename Range>
2647void CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(PartialDiagnostic PDiag,
2648 SourceLocation Loc,
2649 bool IsStringLocation,
2650 Range StringRange,
Jordan Roseaee34382012-09-05 22:56:26 +00002651 ArrayRef<FixItHint> FixIt) {
Jean-Daniel Dupas0ae6e672012-01-17 20:03:31 +00002652 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S, inFunctionCall, Args[FormatIdx], PDiag,
Richard Trieu03cf7b72011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002653 Loc, IsStringLocation, StringRange, FixIt);
2654}
2655
2656/// \brief If the format string is not within the funcion call, emit a note
2657/// so that the function call and string are in diagnostic messages.
2658///
Dmitri Gribenkoadba9be2012-08-23 17:58:28 +00002659/// \param InFunctionCall if true, the format string is within the function
Richard Trieu03cf7b72011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002660/// call and only one diagnostic message will be produced. Otherwise, an
2661/// extra note will be emitted pointing to location of the format string.
2662///
2663/// \param ArgumentExpr the expression that is passed as the format string
2664/// argument in the function call. Used for getting locations when two
2665/// diagnostics are emitted.
2666///
2667/// \param PDiag the callee should already have provided any strings for the
2668/// diagnostic message. This function only adds locations and fixits
2669/// to diagnostics.
2670///
2671/// \param Loc primary location for diagnostic. If two diagnostics are
2672/// required, one will be at Loc and a new SourceLocation will be created for
2673/// the other one.
2674///
2675/// \param IsStringLocation if true, Loc points to the format string should be
2676/// used for the note. Otherwise, Loc points to the argument list and will
2677/// be used with PDiag.
2678///
2679/// \param StringRange some or all of the string to highlight. This is
2680/// templated so it can accept either a CharSourceRange or a SourceRange.
2681///
Dmitri Gribenkoadba9be2012-08-23 17:58:28 +00002682/// \param FixIt optional fix it hint for the format string.
Richard Trieu03cf7b72011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002683template<typename Range>
2684void CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(Sema &S, bool InFunctionCall,
2685 const Expr *ArgumentExpr,
2686 PartialDiagnostic PDiag,
2687 SourceLocation Loc,
2688 bool IsStringLocation,
2689 Range StringRange,
Jordan Roseaee34382012-09-05 22:56:26 +00002690 ArrayRef<FixItHint> FixIt) {
2691 if (InFunctionCall) {
2692 const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &D = S.Diag(Loc, PDiag);
2693 D << StringRange;
2694 for (ArrayRef<FixItHint>::iterator I = FixIt.begin(), E = FixIt.end();
2695 I != E; ++I) {
2696 D << *I;
2697 }
2698 } else {
Richard Trieu03cf7b72011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002699 S.Diag(IsStringLocation ? ArgumentExpr->getExprLoc() : Loc, PDiag)
2700 << ArgumentExpr->getSourceRange();
Jordan Roseaee34382012-09-05 22:56:26 +00002701
2702 const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Note =
2703 S.Diag(IsStringLocation ? Loc : StringRange.getBegin(),
2704 diag::note_format_string_defined);
2705
2706 Note << StringRange;
2707 for (ArrayRef<FixItHint>::iterator I = FixIt.begin(), E = FixIt.end();
2708 I != E; ++I) {
2709 Note << *I;
2710 }
Richard Trieu03cf7b72011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002711 }
2712}
2713
Ted Kremenek02087932010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002714//===--- CHECK: Printf format string checking ------------------------------===//
2715
2716namespace {
2717class CheckPrintfHandler : public CheckFormatHandler {
Jordan Rose97c6f2b2012-06-04 23:52:23 +00002718 bool ObjCContext;
Ted Kremenek02087932010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002719public:
2720 CheckPrintfHandler(Sema &s, const StringLiteral *fexpr,
2721 const Expr *origFormatExpr, unsigned firstDataArg,
Jordan Rose97c6f2b2012-06-04 23:52:23 +00002722 unsigned numDataArgs, bool isObjC,
Ted Kremenek02087932010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002723 const char *beg, bool hasVAListArg,
Dmitri Gribenko765396f2013-01-13 20:46:02 +00002724 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
Jordan Rose3e0ec582012-07-19 18:10:23 +00002725 unsigned formatIdx, bool inFunctionCall,
Richard Smithd7293d72013-08-05 18:49:43 +00002726 Sema::VariadicCallType CallType,
2727 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs)
2728 : CheckFormatHandler(s, fexpr, origFormatExpr, firstDataArg,
2729 numDataArgs, beg, hasVAListArg, Args,
2730 formatIdx, inFunctionCall, CallType, CheckedVarArgs),
2731 ObjCContext(isObjC)
Jordan Rose3e0ec582012-07-19 18:10:23 +00002732 {}
2733
Ted Kremenek02087932010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002734
2735 bool HandleInvalidPrintfConversionSpecifier(
2736 const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
2737 const char *startSpecifier,
2738 unsigned specifierLen);
2739
2740 bool HandlePrintfSpecifier(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
2741 const char *startSpecifier,
2742 unsigned specifierLen);
Richard Smith55ce3522012-06-25 20:30:08 +00002743 bool checkFormatExpr(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
2744 const char *StartSpecifier,
2745 unsigned SpecifierLen,
2746 const Expr *E);
2747
Ted Kremenek02087932010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002748 bool HandleAmount(const analyze_format_string::OptionalAmount &Amt, unsigned k,
2749 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
2750 void HandleInvalidAmount(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
2751 const analyze_printf::OptionalAmount &Amt,
2752 unsigned type,
2753 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
2754 void HandleFlag(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
2755 const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag,
2756 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
2757 void HandleIgnoredFlag(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
2758 const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &ignoredFlag,
2759 const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag,
2760 const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
Hans Wennborgc3b3da02012-08-07 08:11:26 +00002761 bool checkForCStrMembers(const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT,
Richard Smith55ce3522012-06-25 20:30:08 +00002762 const Expr *E, const CharSourceRange &CSR);
2763
Ted Kremenek02087932010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002764};
2765}
2766
2767bool CheckPrintfHandler::HandleInvalidPrintfConversionSpecifier(
2768 const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
2769 const char *startSpecifier,
2770 unsigned specifierLen) {
Ted Kremenekf03e6d852010-07-20 20:04:27 +00002771 const analyze_printf::PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS =
Ted Kremenekce815422010-07-19 21:25:57 +00002772 FS.getConversionSpecifier();
Ted Kremenek02087932010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002773
Ted Kremenekce815422010-07-19 21:25:57 +00002774 return HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(FS.getArgIndex(),
2775 getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
2776 startSpecifier, specifierLen,
2777 CS.getStart(), CS.getLength());
Ted Kremenek94af5752010-01-29 02:40:24 +00002778}
2779
Ted Kremenek02087932010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002780bool CheckPrintfHandler::HandleAmount(
2781 const analyze_format_string::OptionalAmount &Amt,
2782 unsigned k, const char *startSpecifier,
2783 unsigned specifierLen) {
Ted Kremenek5739de72010-01-29 01:06:55 +00002784
2785 if (Amt.hasDataArgument()) {
Ted Kremenek5739de72010-01-29 01:06:55 +00002786 if (!HasVAListArg) {
Ted Kremenek4a49d982010-02-26 19:18:41 +00002787 unsigned argIndex = Amt.getArgIndex();
2788 if (argIndex >= NumDataArgs) {
Richard Trieu03cf7b72011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002789 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_asterisk_missing_arg)
2790 << k,
2791 getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()),
2792 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2793 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
Ted Kremenek5739de72010-01-29 01:06:55 +00002794 // Don't do any more checking. We will just emit
2795 // spurious errors.
2796 return false;
2797 }
Ted Kremenekc8b188d2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00002798
Ted Kremenek5739de72010-01-29 01:06:55 +00002799 // Type check the data argument. It should be an 'int'.
Ted Kremenek605b0112010-01-29 23:32:22 +00002800 // Although not in conformance with C99, we also allow the argument to be
2801 // an 'unsigned int' as that is a reasonably safe case. GCC also
2802 // doesn't emit a warning for that case.
Ted Kremenek4a49d982010-02-26 19:18:41 +00002803 CoveredArgs.set(argIndex);
2804 const Expr *Arg = getDataArg(argIndex);
Jordan Rose58bbe422012-07-19 18:10:08 +00002805 if (!Arg)
2806 return false;
2807
Ted Kremenek5739de72010-01-29 01:06:55 +00002808 QualType T = Arg->getType();
Ted Kremenekc8b188d2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00002809
Hans Wennborgc3b3da02012-08-07 08:11:26 +00002810 const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT = Amt.getArgType(S.Context);
2811 assert(AT.isValid());
Ted Kremenekc8b188d2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00002812
Hans Wennborgc3b3da02012-08-07 08:11:26 +00002813 if (!AT.matchesType(S.Context, T)) {
Richard Trieu03cf7b72011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002814 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_asterisk_wrong_type)
Hans Wennborgc3b3da02012-08-07 08:11:26 +00002815 << k << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context)
Richard Trieu03cf7b72011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002816 << T << Arg->getSourceRange(),
2817 getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()),
2818 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2819 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
Ted Kremenek5739de72010-01-29 01:06:55 +00002820 // Don't do any more checking. We will just emit
2821 // spurious errors.
2822 return false;
2823 }
2824 }
2825 }
2826 return true;
2827}
Ted Kremenek5739de72010-01-29 01:06:55 +00002828
Tom Careb49ec692010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002829void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleInvalidAmount(
Ted Kremenek02087932010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002830 const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
Tom Careb49ec692010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002831 const analyze_printf::OptionalAmount &Amt,
2832 unsigned type,
2833 const char *startSpecifier,
2834 unsigned specifierLen) {
Ted Kremenekf03e6d852010-07-20 20:04:27 +00002835 const analyze_printf::PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS =
2836 FS.getConversionSpecifier();
Tom Careb49ec692010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002837
Richard Trieu03cf7b72011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002838 FixItHint fixit =
2839 Amt.getHowSpecified() == analyze_printf::OptionalAmount::Constant
2840 ? FixItHint::CreateRemoval(getSpecifierRange(Amt.getStart(),
2841 Amt.getConstantLength()))
2842 : FixItHint();
2843
2844 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_nonsensical_optional_amount)
2845 << type << CS.toString(),
2846 getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()),
2847 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2848 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
2849 fixit);
Tom Careb49ec692010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002850}
2851
Ted Kremenek02087932010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002852void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleFlag(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
Tom Careb49ec692010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002853 const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag,
2854 const char *startSpecifier,
2855 unsigned specifierLen) {
2856 // Warn about pointless flag with a fixit removal.
Ted Kremenekf03e6d852010-07-20 20:04:27 +00002857 const analyze_printf::PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS =
2858 FS.getConversionSpecifier();
Richard Trieu03cf7b72011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002859 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_nonsensical_flag)
2860 << flag.toString() << CS.toString(),
2861 getLocationOfByte(flag.getPosition()),
2862 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2863 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
2864 FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
2865 getSpecifierRange(flag.getPosition(), 1)));
Tom Careb49ec692010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002866}
2867
2868void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleIgnoredFlag(
Ted Kremenek02087932010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002869 const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
Tom Careb49ec692010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002870 const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &ignoredFlag,
2871 const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag,
2872 const char *startSpecifier,
2873 unsigned specifierLen) {
2874 // Warn about ignored flag with a fixit removal.
Richard Trieu03cf7b72011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002875 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_ignored_flag)
2876 << ignoredFlag.toString() << flag.toString(),
2877 getLocationOfByte(ignoredFlag.getPosition()),
2878 /*IsStringLocation*/true,
2879 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
2880 FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
2881 getSpecifierRange(ignoredFlag.getPosition(), 1)));
Tom Careb49ec692010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002882}
2883
Richard Smith55ce3522012-06-25 20:30:08 +00002884// Determines if the specified is a C++ class or struct containing
2885// a member with the specified name and kind (e.g. a CXXMethodDecl named
2886// "c_str()").
2887template<typename MemberKind>
2888static llvm::SmallPtrSet<MemberKind*, 1>
2889CXXRecordMembersNamed(StringRef Name, Sema &S, QualType Ty) {
2890 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
2891 llvm::SmallPtrSet<MemberKind*, 1> Results;
2892
2893 if (!RT)
2894 return Results;
2895 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
2896 if (!RD)
2897 return Results;
2898
2899 LookupResult R(S, &S.PP.getIdentifierTable().get(Name), SourceLocation(),
2900 Sema::LookupMemberName);
2901
2902 // We just need to include all members of the right kind turned up by the
2903 // filter, at this point.
2904 if (S.LookupQualifiedName(R, RT->getDecl()))
2905 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
2906 NamedDecl *decl = (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl();
2907 if (MemberKind *FK = dyn_cast<MemberKind>(decl))
2908 Results.insert(FK);
2909 }
2910 return Results;
2911}
2912
2913// Check if a (w)string was passed when a (w)char* was needed, and offer a
Hans Wennborgc3b3da02012-08-07 08:11:26 +00002914// better diagnostic if so. AT is assumed to be valid.
Richard Smith55ce3522012-06-25 20:30:08 +00002915// Returns true when a c_str() conversion method is found.
2916bool CheckPrintfHandler::checkForCStrMembers(
Hans Wennborgc3b3da02012-08-07 08:11:26 +00002917 const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT, const Expr *E,
Richard Smith55ce3522012-06-25 20:30:08 +00002918 const CharSourceRange &CSR) {
2919 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXMethodDecl*, 1> MethodSet;
2920
2921 MethodSet Results =
2922 CXXRecordMembersNamed<CXXMethodDecl>("c_str", S, E->getType());
2923
2924 for (MethodSet::iterator MI = Results.begin(), ME = Results.end();
2925 MI != ME; ++MI) {
2926 const CXXMethodDecl *Method = *MI;
2927 if (Method->getNumParams() == 0 &&
Alp Toker314cc812014-01-25 16:55:45 +00002928 AT.matchesType(S.Context, Method->getReturnType())) {
Richard Smith55ce3522012-06-25 20:30:08 +00002929 // FIXME: Suggest parens if the expression needs them.
2930 SourceLocation EndLoc =
2931 S.getPreprocessor().getLocForEndOfToken(E->getLocEnd());
2932 S.Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::note_printf_c_str)
2933 << "c_str()"
2934 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ".c_str()");
2935 return true;
2936 }
2937 }
2938
2939 return false;
2940}
2941
Ted Kremenekab278de2010-01-28 23:39:18 +00002942bool
Ted Kremenek02087932010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002943CheckPrintfHandler::HandlePrintfSpecifier(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier
Ted Kremenekd31b2632010-02-11 09:27:41 +00002944 &FS,
Ted Kremenekab278de2010-01-28 23:39:18 +00002945 const char *startSpecifier,
2946 unsigned specifierLen) {
2947
Ted Kremenekf03e6d852010-07-20 20:04:27 +00002948 using namespace analyze_format_string;
Ted Kremenekd1668192010-02-27 01:41:03 +00002949 using namespace analyze_printf;
Ted Kremenekf03e6d852010-07-20 20:04:27 +00002950 const PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS = FS.getConversionSpecifier();
Ted Kremenekab278de2010-01-28 23:39:18 +00002951
Ted Kremenek6cd69422010-07-19 22:01:06 +00002952 if (FS.consumesDataArgument()) {
2953 if (atFirstArg) {
2954 atFirstArg = false;
2955 usesPositionalArgs = FS.usesPositionalArg();
2956 }
2957 else if (usesPositionalArgs != FS.usesPositionalArg()) {
Richard Trieu03cf7b72011-10-28 00:41:25 +00002958 HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
2959 startSpecifier, specifierLen);
Ted Kremenek6cd69422010-07-19 22:01:06 +00002960 return false;
2961 }
Ted Kremenek5739de72010-01-29 01:06:55 +00002962 }
Ted Kremenekc8b188d2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00002963
Ted Kremenekd1668192010-02-27 01:41:03 +00002964 // First check if the field width, precision, and conversion specifier
2965 // have matching data arguments.
2966 if (!HandleAmount(FS.getFieldWidth(), /* field width */ 0,
2967 startSpecifier, specifierLen)) {
2968 return false;
2969 }
2970
2971 if (!HandleAmount(FS.getPrecision(), /* precision */ 1,
2972 startSpecifier, specifierLen)) {
Ted Kremenek5739de72010-01-29 01:06:55 +00002973 return false;
2974 }
2975
Ted Kremenek8d9842d2010-01-29 20:55:36 +00002976 if (!CS.consumesDataArgument()) {
2977 // FIXME: Technically specifying a precision or field width here
2978 // makes no sense. Worth issuing a warning at some point.
Ted Kremenekfb45d352010-02-10 02:16:30 +00002979 return true;
Ted Kremenek8d9842d2010-01-29 20:55:36 +00002980 }
Ted Kremenekc8b188d2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00002981
Ted Kremenek4a49d982010-02-26 19:18:41 +00002982 // Consume the argument.
2983 unsigned argIndex = FS.getArgIndex();
Ted Kremenek09597b42010-02-27 08:34:51 +00002984 if (argIndex < NumDataArgs) {
2985 // The check to see if the argIndex is valid will come later.
2986 // We set the bit here because we may exit early from this
2987 // function if we encounter some other error.
2988 CoveredArgs.set(argIndex);
2989 }
Ted Kremenek4a49d982010-02-26 19:18:41 +00002990
2991 // Check for using an Objective-C specific conversion specifier
2992 // in a non-ObjC literal.
Jordan Rose97c6f2b2012-06-04 23:52:23 +00002993 if (!ObjCContext && CS.isObjCArg()) {
Ted Kremenek02087932010-07-16 02:11:22 +00002994 return HandleInvalidPrintfConversionSpecifier(FS, startSpecifier,
2995 specifierLen);
Ted Kremenek4a49d982010-02-26 19:18:41 +00002996 }
Ted Kremenekc8b188d2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00002997
Tom Careb49ec692010-06-17 19:00:27 +00002998 // Check for invalid use of field width
2999 if (!FS.hasValidFieldWidth()) {
Tom Care3f272b82010-06-21 21:21:01 +00003000 HandleInvalidAmount(FS, FS.getFieldWidth(), /* field width */ 0,
Tom Careb49ec692010-06-17 19:00:27 +00003001 startSpecifier, specifierLen);
3002 }
3003
3004 // Check for invalid use of precision
3005 if (!FS.hasValidPrecision()) {
3006 HandleInvalidAmount(FS, FS.getPrecision(), /* precision */ 1,
3007 startSpecifier, specifierLen);
3008 }
3009
3010 // Check each flag does not conflict with any other component.
Ted Kremenekbf4832c2011-01-08 05:28:46 +00003011 if (!FS.hasValidThousandsGroupingPrefix())
3012 HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasThousandsGrouping(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
Tom Careb49ec692010-06-17 19:00:27 +00003013 if (!FS.hasValidLeadingZeros())
3014 HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasLeadingZeros(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
3015 if (!FS.hasValidPlusPrefix())
3016 HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasPlusPrefix(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
Tom Care3f272b82010-06-21 21:21:01 +00003017 if (!FS.hasValidSpacePrefix())
3018 HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasSpacePrefix(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
Tom Careb49ec692010-06-17 19:00:27 +00003019 if (!FS.hasValidAlternativeForm())
3020 HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasAlternativeForm(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
3021 if (!FS.hasValidLeftJustified())
3022 HandleFlag(FS, FS.isLeftJustified(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
3023
3024 // Check that flags are not ignored by another flag
Tom Care3f272b82010-06-21 21:21:01 +00003025 if (FS.hasSpacePrefix() && FS.hasPlusPrefix()) // ' ' ignored by '+'
3026 HandleIgnoredFlag(FS, FS.hasSpacePrefix(), FS.hasPlusPrefix(),
3027 startSpecifier, specifierLen);
Tom Careb49ec692010-06-17 19:00:27 +00003028 if (FS.hasLeadingZeros() && FS.isLeftJustified()) // '0' ignored by '-'
3029 HandleIgnoredFlag(FS, FS.hasLeadingZeros(), FS.isLeftJustified(),
3030 startSpecifier, specifierLen);
3031
3032 // Check the length modifier is valid with the given conversion specifier.
Jordan Rose92303592012-09-08 04:00:03 +00003033 if (!FS.hasValidLengthModifier(S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo()))
Jordan Rose2f9cc042012-09-08 04:00:12 +00003034 HandleInvalidLengthModifier(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen,
3035 diag::warn_format_nonsensical_length);
Jordan Rose92303592012-09-08 04:00:03 +00003036 else if (!FS.hasStandardLengthModifier())
Jordan Rose2f9cc042012-09-08 04:00:12 +00003037 HandleNonStandardLengthModifier(FS, startSpecifier, specifierLen);
Jordan Rose92303592012-09-08 04:00:03 +00003038 else if (!FS.hasStandardLengthConversionCombination())
Jordan Rose2f9cc042012-09-08 04:00:12 +00003039 HandleInvalidLengthModifier(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen,
3040 diag::warn_format_non_standard_conversion_spec);
Tom Careb49ec692010-06-17 19:00:27 +00003041
Jordan Rose92303592012-09-08 04:00:03 +00003042 if (!FS.hasStandardConversionSpecifier(S.getLangOpts()))
3043 HandleNonStandardConversionSpecifier(CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen);
3044
Ted Kremenek9fcd8302010-01-29 01:43:31 +00003045 // The remaining checks depend on the data arguments.
3046 if (HasVAListArg)
3047 return true;
Ted Kremenekc8b188d2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00003048
Ted Kremenek6adb7e32010-07-26 19:45:42 +00003049 if (!CheckNumArgs(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, argIndex))
Ted Kremenek9fcd8302010-01-29 01:43:31 +00003050 return false;
Ted Kremenekc8b188d2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00003051
Jordan Rose58bbe422012-07-19 18:10:08 +00003052 const Expr *Arg = getDataArg(argIndex);
3053 if (!Arg)
3054 return true;
3055
3056 return checkFormatExpr(FS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, Arg);
Richard Smith55ce3522012-06-25 20:30:08 +00003057}
3058
Jordan Roseaee34382012-09-05 22:56:26 +00003059static bool requiresParensToAddCast(const Expr *E) {
3060 // FIXME: We should have a general way to reason about operator
3061 // precedence and whether parens are actually needed here.
3062 // Take care of a few common cases where they aren't.
3063 const Expr *Inside = E->IgnoreImpCasts();
3064 if (const PseudoObjectExpr *POE = dyn_cast<PseudoObjectExpr>(Inside))
3065 Inside = POE->getSyntacticForm()->IgnoreImpCasts();
3066
3067 switch (Inside->getStmtClass()) {
3068 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass:
3069 case Stmt::CallExprClass:
Jordan Roseea0fdfe2012-12-05 18:44:44 +00003070 case Stmt::CharacterLiteralClass:
3071 case Stmt::CXXBoolLiteralExprClass:
Jordan Roseaee34382012-09-05 22:56:26 +00003072 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Jordan Roseea0fdfe2012-12-05 18:44:44 +00003073 case Stmt::FloatingLiteralClass:
3074 case Stmt::IntegerLiteralClass:
Jordan Roseaee34382012-09-05 22:56:26 +00003075 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Jordan Roseea0fdfe2012-12-05 18:44:44 +00003076 case Stmt::ObjCArrayLiteralClass:
3077 case Stmt::ObjCBoolLiteralExprClass:
3078 case Stmt::ObjCBoxedExprClass:
3079 case Stmt::ObjCDictionaryLiteralClass:
3080 case Stmt::ObjCEncodeExprClass:
Jordan Roseaee34382012-09-05 22:56:26 +00003081 case Stmt::ObjCIvarRefExprClass:
3082 case Stmt::ObjCMessageExprClass:
3083 case Stmt::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass:
Jordan Roseea0fdfe2012-12-05 18:44:44 +00003084 case Stmt::ObjCStringLiteralClass:
3085 case Stmt::ObjCSubscriptRefExprClass:
Jordan Roseaee34382012-09-05 22:56:26 +00003086 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Jordan Roseea0fdfe2012-12-05 18:44:44 +00003087 case Stmt::StringLiteralClass:
Jordan Roseaee34382012-09-05 22:56:26 +00003088 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass:
3089 return false;
3090 default:
3091 return true;
3092 }
3093}
3094
Richard Smith55ce3522012-06-25 20:30:08 +00003095bool
3096CheckPrintfHandler::checkFormatExpr(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
3097 const char *StartSpecifier,
3098 unsigned SpecifierLen,
3099 const Expr *E) {
3100 using namespace analyze_format_string;
3101 using namespace analyze_printf;
Michael J. Spencer2c35bc12010-07-27 04:46:02 +00003102 // Now type check the data expression that matches the
3103 // format specifier.
Hans Wennborgc3b3da02012-08-07 08:11:26 +00003104 const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT = FS.getArgType(S.Context,
3105 ObjCContext);
Jordan Rose22b74712012-09-05 22:56:19 +00003106 if (!AT.isValid())
3107 return true;
Jordan Roseaee34382012-09-05 22:56:26 +00003108
Jordan Rose598ec092012-12-05 18:44:40 +00003109 QualType ExprTy = E->getType();
Ted Kremenek3365e522013-04-10 06:26:26 +00003110 while (const TypeOfExprType *TET = dyn_cast<TypeOfExprType>(ExprTy)) {
3111 ExprTy = TET->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType();
3112 }
3113
Jordan Rose598ec092012-12-05 18:44:40 +00003114 if (AT.matchesType(S.Context, ExprTy))
Jordan Rose22b74712012-09-05 22:56:19 +00003115 return true;
Jordan Rose98709982012-06-04 22:48:57 +00003116
Jordan Rose22b74712012-09-05 22:56:19 +00003117 // Look through argument promotions for our error message's reported type.
3118 // This includes the integral and floating promotions, but excludes array
3119 // and function pointer decay; seeing that an argument intended to be a
3120 // string has type 'char [6]' is probably more confusing than 'char *'.
3121 if (const ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
3122 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_IntegralCast ||
3123 ICE->getCastKind() == CK_FloatingCast) {
3124 E = ICE->getSubExpr();
Jordan Rose598ec092012-12-05 18:44:40 +00003125 ExprTy = E->getType();
Jordan Rose22b74712012-09-05 22:56:19 +00003126
3127 // Check if we didn't match because of an implicit cast from a 'char'
3128 // or 'short' to an 'int'. This is done because printf is a varargs
3129 // function.
3130 if (ICE->getType() == S.Context.IntTy ||
3131 ICE->getType() == S.Context.UnsignedIntTy) {
3132 // All further checking is done on the subexpression.
Jordan Rose598ec092012-12-05 18:44:40 +00003133 if (AT.matchesType(S.Context, ExprTy))
Jordan Rose22b74712012-09-05 22:56:19 +00003134 return true;
Ted Kremenek12a37de2010-10-21 04:00:58 +00003135 }
Jordan Rose98709982012-06-04 22:48:57 +00003136 }
Jordan Rose598ec092012-12-05 18:44:40 +00003137 } else if (const CharacterLiteral *CL = dyn_cast<CharacterLiteral>(E)) {
3138 // Special case for 'a', which has type 'int' in C.
3139 // Note, however, that we do /not/ want to treat multibyte constants like
3140 // 'MooV' as characters! This form is deprecated but still exists.
3141 if (ExprTy == S.Context.IntTy)
3142 if (llvm::isUIntN(S.Context.getCharWidth(), CL->getValue()))
3143 ExprTy = S.Context.CharTy;
Jordan Rose22b74712012-09-05 22:56:19 +00003144 }
Michael J. Spencer2c35bc12010-07-27 04:46:02 +00003145
Jordan Rose0e5badd2012-12-05 18:44:49 +00003146 // %C in an Objective-C context prints a unichar, not a wchar_t.
3147 // If the argument is an integer of some kind, believe the %C and suggest
3148 // a cast instead of changing the conversion specifier.
Jordan Rose598ec092012-12-05 18:44:40 +00003149 QualType IntendedTy = ExprTy;
Jordan Rose0e5badd2012-12-05 18:44:49 +00003150 if (ObjCContext &&
3151 FS.getConversionSpecifier().getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::CArg) {
3152 if (ExprTy->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() &&
3153 !ExprTy->isCharType()) {
3154 // 'unichar' is defined as a typedef of unsigned short, but we should
3155 // prefer using the typedef if it is visible.
3156 IntendedTy = S.Context.UnsignedShortTy;
Ted Kremenekda2f4052013-10-15 05:25:17 +00003157
3158 // While we are here, check if the value is an IntegerLiteral that happens
3159 // to be within the valid range.
3160 if (const IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(E)) {
3161 const llvm::APInt &V = IL->getValue();
3162 if (V.getActiveBits() <= S.Context.getTypeSize(IntendedTy))
3163 return true;
3164 }
3165
Jordan Rose0e5badd2012-12-05 18:44:49 +00003166 LookupResult Result(S, &S.Context.Idents.get("unichar"), E->getLocStart(),
3167 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
3168 if (S.LookupName(Result, S.getCurScope())) {
3169 NamedDecl *ND = Result.getFoundDecl();
3170 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(ND))
3171 if (TD->getUnderlyingType() == IntendedTy)
3172 IntendedTy = S.Context.getTypedefType(TD);
3173 }
3174 }
3175 }
3176
3177 // Special-case some of Darwin's platform-independence types by suggesting
3178 // casts to primitive types that are known to be large enough.
3179 bool ShouldNotPrintDirectly = false;
Jordan Roseaee34382012-09-05 22:56:26 +00003180 if (S.Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) {
Ted Kremenekcd3d4402013-03-25 22:28:37 +00003181 // Use a 'while' to peel off layers of typedefs.
3182 QualType TyTy = IntendedTy;
3183 while (const TypedefType *UserTy = TyTy->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
Jordan Roseaee34382012-09-05 22:56:26 +00003184 StringRef Name = UserTy->getDecl()->getName();
Jordan Rose0e5badd2012-12-05 18:44:49 +00003185 QualType CastTy = llvm::StringSwitch<QualType>(Name)
Jordan Roseaee34382012-09-05 22:56:26 +00003186 .Case("NSInteger", S.Context.LongTy)
3187 .Case("NSUInteger", S.Context.UnsignedLongTy)
3188 .Case("SInt32", S.Context.IntTy)
3189 .Case("UInt32", S.Context.UnsignedIntTy)
Jordan Rose0e5badd2012-12-05 18:44:49 +00003190 .Default(QualType());
3191
3192 if (!CastTy.isNull()) {
3193 ShouldNotPrintDirectly = true;
3194 IntendedTy = CastTy;
Ted Kremenekcd3d4402013-03-25 22:28:37 +00003195 break;
Jordan Rose0e5badd2012-12-05 18:44:49 +00003196 }
Ted Kremenekcd3d4402013-03-25 22:28:37 +00003197 TyTy = UserTy->desugar();
Jordan Roseaee34382012-09-05 22:56:26 +00003198 }
3199 }
3200
Jordan Rose22b74712012-09-05 22:56:19 +00003201 // We may be able to offer a FixItHint if it is a supported type.
3202 PrintfSpecifier fixedFS = FS;
Jordan Roseaee34382012-09-05 22:56:26 +00003203 bool success = fixedFS.fixType(IntendedTy, S.getLangOpts(),
Jordan Rose22b74712012-09-05 22:56:19 +00003204 S.Context, ObjCContext);
Michael J. Spencer2c35bc12010-07-27 04:46:02 +00003205
Jordan Rose22b74712012-09-05 22:56:19 +00003206 if (success) {
3207 // Get the fix string from the fixed format specifier
3208 SmallString<16> buf;
3209 llvm::raw_svector_ostream os(buf);
3210 fixedFS.toString(os);
Michael J. Spencer2c35bc12010-07-27 04:46:02 +00003211
Jordan Roseaee34382012-09-05 22:56:26 +00003212 CharSourceRange SpecRange = getSpecifierRange(StartSpecifier, SpecifierLen);
3213
Jordan Rose0e5badd2012-12-05 18:44:49 +00003214 if (IntendedTy == ExprTy) {
3215 // In this case, the specifier is wrong and should be changed to match
3216 // the argument.
3217 EmitFormatDiagnostic(
3218 S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_conversion_argument_type_mismatch)
3219 << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << IntendedTy
3220 << E->getSourceRange(),
3221 E->getLocStart(),
3222 /*IsStringLocation*/false,
3223 SpecRange,
3224 FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SpecRange, os.str()));
3225
3226 } else {
Jordan Roseaee34382012-09-05 22:56:26 +00003227 // The canonical type for formatting this value is different from the
3228 // actual type of the expression. (This occurs, for example, with Darwin's
3229 // NSInteger on 32-bit platforms, where it is typedef'd as 'int', but
3230 // should be printed as 'long' for 64-bit compatibility.)
3231 // Rather than emitting a normal format/argument mismatch, we want to
3232 // add a cast to the recommended type (and correct the format string
3233 // if necessary).
3234 SmallString<16> CastBuf;
3235 llvm::raw_svector_ostream CastFix(CastBuf);
3236 CastFix << "(";
3237 IntendedTy.print(CastFix, S.Context.getPrintingPolicy());
3238 CastFix << ")";
3239
3240 SmallVector<FixItHint,4> Hints;
3241 if (!AT.matchesType(S.Context, IntendedTy))
3242 Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SpecRange, os.str()));
3243
3244 if (const CStyleCastExpr *CCast = dyn_cast<CStyleCastExpr>(E)) {
3245 // If there's already a cast present, just replace it.
3246 SourceRange CastRange(CCast->getLParenLoc(), CCast->getRParenLoc());
3247 Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateReplacement(CastRange, CastFix.str()));
3248
3249 } else if (!requiresParensToAddCast(E)) {
3250 // If the expression has high enough precedence,
3251 // just write the C-style cast.
3252 Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateInsertion(E->getLocStart(),
3253 CastFix.str()));
3254 } else {
3255 // Otherwise, add parens around the expression as well as the cast.
3256 CastFix << "(";
3257 Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateInsertion(E->getLocStart(),
3258 CastFix.str()));
3259
3260 SourceLocation After = S.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getLocEnd());
3261 Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateInsertion(After, ")"));
3262 }
3263
Jordan Rose0e5badd2012-12-05 18:44:49 +00003264 if (ShouldNotPrintDirectly) {
3265 // The expression has a type that should not be printed directly.
3266 // We extract the name from the typedef because we don't want to show
3267 // the underlying type in the diagnostic.
3268 StringRef Name = cast<TypedefType>(ExprTy)->getDecl()->getName();
Jordan Roseaee34382012-09-05 22:56:26 +00003269
Jordan Rose0e5badd2012-12-05 18:44:49 +00003270 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_argument_needs_cast)
3271 << Name << IntendedTy
3272 << E->getSourceRange(),
3273 E->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation=*/false,
3274 SpecRange, Hints);
3275 } else {
3276 // In this case, the expression could be printed using a different
3277 // specifier, but we've decided that the specifier is probably correct
3278 // and we should cast instead. Just use the normal warning message.
3279 EmitFormatDiagnostic(
3280 S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_conversion_argument_type_mismatch)
3281 << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << ExprTy
3282 << E->getSourceRange(),
3283 E->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation*/false,
3284 SpecRange, Hints);
3285 }
Jordan Roseaee34382012-09-05 22:56:26 +00003286 }
Jordan Rose22b74712012-09-05 22:56:19 +00003287 } else {
3288 const CharSourceRange &CSR = getSpecifierRange(StartSpecifier,
3289 SpecifierLen);
3290 // Since the warning for passing non-POD types to variadic functions
3291 // was deferred until now, we emit a warning for non-POD
3292 // arguments here.
Richard Smithd7293d72013-08-05 18:49:43 +00003293 switch (S.isValidVarArgType(ExprTy)) {
3294 case Sema::VAK_Valid:
3295 case Sema::VAK_ValidInCXX11:
Jordan Rose22b74712012-09-05 22:56:19 +00003296 EmitFormatDiagnostic(
Richard Smithd7293d72013-08-05 18:49:43 +00003297 S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_conversion_argument_type_mismatch)
3298 << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << ExprTy
3299 << CSR
3300 << E->getSourceRange(),
3301 E->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation*/false, CSR);
3302 break;
3303
3304 case Sema::VAK_Undefined:
3305 EmitFormatDiagnostic(
3306 S.PDiag(diag::warn_non_pod_vararg_with_format_string)
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00003307 << S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
Jordan Rose598ec092012-12-05 18:44:40 +00003308 << ExprTy
Jordan Rose22b74712012-09-05 22:56:19 +00003309 << CallType
3310 << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context)
3311 << CSR
3312 << E->getSourceRange(),
3313 E->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation*/false, CSR);
Jordan Rose22b74712012-09-05 22:56:19 +00003314 checkForCStrMembers(AT, E, CSR);
Richard Smithd7293d72013-08-05 18:49:43 +00003315 break;
3316
3317 case Sema::VAK_Invalid:
3318 if (ExprTy->isObjCObjectType())
3319 EmitFormatDiagnostic(
3320 S.PDiag(diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg_format)
3321 << S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
3322 << ExprTy
3323 << CallType
3324 << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context)
3325 << CSR
3326 << E->getSourceRange(),
3327 E->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation*/false, CSR);
3328 else
3329 // FIXME: If this is an initializer list, suggest removing the braces
3330 // or inserting a cast to the target type.
3331 S.Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::err_cannot_pass_to_vararg_format)
3332 << isa<InitListExpr>(E) << ExprTy << CallType
3333 << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context)
3334 << E->getSourceRange();
3335 break;
3336 }
3337
3338 assert(FirstDataArg + FS.getArgIndex() < CheckedVarArgs.size() &&
3339 "format string specifier index out of range");
3340 CheckedVarArgs[FirstDataArg + FS.getArgIndex()] = true;
Michael J. Spencer2c35bc12010-07-27 04:46:02 +00003341 }
3342
Ted Kremenekab278de2010-01-28 23:39:18 +00003343 return true;
3344}
3345
Ted Kremenek02087932010-07-16 02:11:22 +00003346//===--- CHECK: Scanf format string checking ------------------------------===//
3347
3348namespace {
3349class CheckScanfHandler : public CheckFormatHandler {
3350public:
3351 CheckScanfHandler(Sema &s, const StringLiteral *fexpr,
3352 const Expr *origFormatExpr, unsigned firstDataArg,
Jordan Rose97c6f2b2012-06-04 23:52:23 +00003353 unsigned numDataArgs, const char *beg, bool hasVAListArg,
Dmitri Gribenko765396f2013-01-13 20:46:02 +00003354 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
Jordan Rose3e0ec582012-07-19 18:10:23 +00003355 unsigned formatIdx, bool inFunctionCall,
Richard Smithd7293d72013-08-05 18:49:43 +00003356 Sema::VariadicCallType CallType,
3357 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs)
3358 : CheckFormatHandler(s, fexpr, origFormatExpr, firstDataArg,
3359 numDataArgs, beg, hasVAListArg,
3360 Args, formatIdx, inFunctionCall, CallType,
3361 CheckedVarArgs)
Jordan Rose3e0ec582012-07-19 18:10:23 +00003362 {}
Ted Kremenek02087932010-07-16 02:11:22 +00003363
3364 bool HandleScanfSpecifier(const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS,
3365 const char *startSpecifier,
3366 unsigned specifierLen);
Ted Kremenekce815422010-07-19 21:25:57 +00003367
3368 bool HandleInvalidScanfConversionSpecifier(
3369 const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS,
3370 const char *startSpecifier,
3371 unsigned specifierLen);
Ted Kremenekd7b31cc2010-07-16 18:28:03 +00003372
3373 void HandleIncompleteScanList(const char *start, const char *end);
Ted Kremenek02087932010-07-16 02:11:22 +00003374};
Ted Kremenek019d2242010-01-29 01:50:07 +00003375}
Ted Kremenekab278de2010-01-28 23:39:18 +00003376
Ted Kremenekd7b31cc2010-07-16 18:28:03 +00003377void CheckScanfHandler::HandleIncompleteScanList(const char *start,
3378 const char *end) {
Richard Trieu03cf7b72011-10-28 00:41:25 +00003379 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_scanf_scanlist_incomplete),
3380 getLocationOfByte(end), /*IsStringLocation*/true,
3381 getSpecifierRange(start, end - start));
Ted Kremenekd7b31cc2010-07-16 18:28:03 +00003382}
3383
Ted Kremenekce815422010-07-19 21:25:57 +00003384bool CheckScanfHandler::HandleInvalidScanfConversionSpecifier(
3385 const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS,
3386 const char *startSpecifier,
3387 unsigned specifierLen) {
3388
Ted Kremenekf03e6d852010-07-20 20:04:27 +00003389 const analyze_scanf::ScanfConversionSpecifier &CS =
Ted Kremenekce815422010-07-19 21:25:57 +00003390 FS.getConversionSpecifier();
3391
3392 return HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(FS.getArgIndex(),
3393 getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
3394 startSpecifier, specifierLen,
3395 CS.getStart(), CS.getLength());
3396}
3397
Ted Kremenek02087932010-07-16 02:11:22 +00003398bool CheckScanfHandler::HandleScanfSpecifier(
3399 const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS,
3400 const char *startSpecifier,
3401 unsigned specifierLen) {
3402
3403 using namespace analyze_scanf;
3404 using namespace analyze_format_string;
3405
Ted Kremenekf03e6d852010-07-20 20:04:27 +00003406 const ScanfConversionSpecifier &CS = FS.getConversionSpecifier();
Ted Kremenek02087932010-07-16 02:11:22 +00003407
Ted Kremenek6cd69422010-07-19 22:01:06 +00003408 // Handle case where '%' and '*' don't consume an argument. These shouldn't
3409 // be used to decide if we are using positional arguments consistently.
3410 if (FS.consumesDataArgument()) {
3411 if (atFirstArg) {
3412 atFirstArg = false;
3413 usesPositionalArgs = FS.usesPositionalArg();
3414 }
3415 else if (usesPositionalArgs != FS.usesPositionalArg()) {
Richard Trieu03cf7b72011-10-28 00:41:25 +00003416 HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
3417 startSpecifier, specifierLen);
Ted Kremenek6cd69422010-07-19 22:01:06 +00003418 return false;
3419 }
Ted Kremenek02087932010-07-16 02:11:22 +00003420 }
3421
3422 // Check if the field with is non-zero.
3423 const OptionalAmount &Amt = FS.getFieldWidth();
3424 if (Amt.getHowSpecified() == OptionalAmount::Constant) {
3425 if (Amt.getConstantAmount() == 0) {
3426 const CharSourceRange &R = getSpecifierRange(Amt.getStart(),
3427 Amt.getConstantLength());
Richard Trieu03cf7b72011-10-28 00:41:25 +00003428 EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_scanf_nonzero_width),
3429 getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()),
3430 /*IsStringLocation*/true, R,
3431 FixItHint::CreateRemoval(R));
Ted Kremenek02087932010-07-16 02:11:22 +00003432 }
3433 }
3434
3435 if (!FS.consumesDataArgument()) {
3436 // FIXME: Technically specifying a precision or field width here
3437 // makes no sense. Worth issuing a warning at some point.
3438 return true;
3439 }
3440
3441 // Consume the argument.
3442 unsigned argIndex = FS.getArgIndex();
3443 if (argIndex < NumDataArgs) {
3444 // The check to see if the argIndex is valid will come later.
3445 // We set the bit here because we may exit early from this
3446 // function if we encounter some other error.
3447 CoveredArgs.set(argIndex);
3448 }
3449
Ted Kremenek4407ea42010-07-20 20:04:47 +00003450 // Check the length modifier is valid with the given conversion specifier.
Jordan Rose92303592012-09-08 04:00:03 +00003451 if (!FS.hasValidLengthModifier(S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo()))
Jordan Rose2f9cc042012-09-08 04:00:12 +00003452 HandleInvalidLengthModifier(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen,
3453 diag::warn_format_nonsensical_length);
Jordan Rose92303592012-09-08 04:00:03 +00003454 else if (!FS.hasStandardLengthModifier())
Jordan Rose2f9cc042012-09-08 04:00:12 +00003455 HandleNonStandardLengthModifier(FS, startSpecifier, specifierLen);
Jordan Rose92303592012-09-08 04:00:03 +00003456 else if (!FS.hasStandardLengthConversionCombination())
Jordan Rose2f9cc042012-09-08 04:00:12 +00003457 HandleInvalidLengthModifier(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen,
3458 diag::warn_format_non_standard_conversion_spec);
Hans Wennborgc9dd9462012-02-22 10:17:01 +00003459
Jordan Rose92303592012-09-08 04:00:03 +00003460 if (!FS.hasStandardConversionSpecifier(S.getLangOpts()))
3461 HandleNonStandardConversionSpecifier(CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen);
3462
Ted Kremenek02087932010-07-16 02:11:22 +00003463 // The remaining checks depend on the data arguments.
3464 if (HasVAListArg)
3465 return true;
3466
Ted Kremenek6adb7e32010-07-26 19:45:42 +00003467 if (!CheckNumArgs(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, argIndex))
Ted Kremenek02087932010-07-16 02:11:22 +00003468 return false;
Ted Kremenek02087932010-07-16 02:11:22 +00003469
Hans Wennborgb1a5e092011-12-10 13:20:11 +00003470 // Check that the argument type matches the format specifier.
3471 const Expr *Ex = getDataArg(argIndex);
Jordan Rose58bbe422012-07-19 18:10:08 +00003472 if (!Ex)
3473 return true;
3474
Hans Wennborgb1ab2a82012-08-07 08:59:46 +00003475 const analyze_format_string::ArgType &AT = FS.getArgType(S.Context);
3476 if (AT.isValid() && !AT.matchesType(S.Context, Ex->getType())) {
Hans Wennborgb1a5e092011-12-10 13:20:11 +00003477 ScanfSpecifier fixedFS = FS;
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003478 bool success = fixedFS.fixType(Ex->getType(), S.getLangOpts(),
Hans Wennborgd99d6882012-02-15 09:59:46 +00003479 S.Context);
Hans Wennborgb1a5e092011-12-10 13:20:11 +00003480
3481 if (success) {
3482 // Get the fix string from the fixed format specifier.
Dylan Noblesmith2c1dd272012-02-05 02:13:05 +00003483 SmallString<128> buf;
Hans Wennborgb1a5e092011-12-10 13:20:11 +00003484 llvm::raw_svector_ostream os(buf);
3485 fixedFS.toString(os);
3486
3487 EmitFormatDiagnostic(
3488 S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_conversion_argument_type_mismatch)
Hans Wennborgb1ab2a82012-08-07 08:59:46 +00003489 << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << Ex->getType()
Hans Wennborgb1a5e092011-12-10 13:20:11 +00003490 << Ex->getSourceRange(),
Matt Beaumont-Gay32d825a2012-05-17 00:03:16 +00003491 Ex->getLocStart(),
3492 /*IsStringLocation*/false,
Hans Wennborgb1a5e092011-12-10 13:20:11 +00003493 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
3494 FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
3495 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
3496 os.str()));
3497 } else {
Jean-Daniel Dupascb197b02012-01-31 18:12:08 +00003498 EmitFormatDiagnostic(
3499 S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_conversion_argument_type_mismatch)
Hans Wennborgb1ab2a82012-08-07 08:59:46 +00003500 << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << Ex->getType()
Jean-Daniel Dupascb197b02012-01-31 18:12:08 +00003501 << Ex->getSourceRange(),
Matt Beaumont-Gay32d825a2012-05-17 00:03:16 +00003502 Ex->getLocStart(),
3503 /*IsStringLocation*/false,
Jean-Daniel Dupascb197b02012-01-31 18:12:08 +00003504 getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
Hans Wennborgb1a5e092011-12-10 13:20:11 +00003505 }
3506 }
3507
Ted Kremenek02087932010-07-16 02:11:22 +00003508 return true;
3509}
3510
3511void Sema::CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr,
Ted Kremenekfb45d352010-02-10 02:16:30 +00003512 const Expr *OrigFormatExpr,
Dmitri Gribenko765396f2013-01-13 20:46:02 +00003513 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
Jean-Daniel Dupas0ae6e672012-01-17 20:03:31 +00003514 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
Jean-Daniel Dupas028573e72012-01-30 08:46:47 +00003515 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type,
Richard Smithd7293d72013-08-05 18:49:43 +00003516 bool inFunctionCall, VariadicCallType CallType,
3517 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs) {
Ted Kremenek02087932010-07-16 02:11:22 +00003518
Ted Kremenekab278de2010-01-28 23:39:18 +00003519 // CHECK: is the format string a wide literal?
Richard Smith4060f772012-06-13 05:37:23 +00003520 if (!FExpr->isAscii() && !FExpr->isUTF8()) {
Richard Trieu03cf7b72011-10-28 00:41:25 +00003521 CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(
Jean-Daniel Dupas0ae6e672012-01-17 20:03:31 +00003522 *this, inFunctionCall, Args[format_idx],
Richard Trieu03cf7b72011-10-28 00:41:25 +00003523 PDiag(diag::warn_format_string_is_wide_literal), FExpr->getLocStart(),
3524 /*IsStringLocation*/true, OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange());
Ted Kremenekab278de2010-01-28 23:39:18 +00003525 return;
3526 }
Ted Kremenek02087932010-07-16 02:11:22 +00003527
Ted Kremenekab278de2010-01-28 23:39:18 +00003528 // Str - The format string. NOTE: this is NOT null-terminated!
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003529 StringRef StrRef = FExpr->getString();
Benjamin Kramer35b077e2010-08-17 12:54:38 +00003530 const char *Str = StrRef.data();
3531 unsigned StrLen = StrRef.size();
Dmitri Gribenko765396f2013-01-13 20:46:02 +00003532 const unsigned numDataArgs = Args.size() - firstDataArg;
Ted Kremenek02087932010-07-16 02:11:22 +00003533
Ted Kremenekab278de2010-01-28 23:39:18 +00003534 // CHECK: empty format string?
Ted Kremenek6e302b22011-09-29 05:52:16 +00003535 if (StrLen == 0 && numDataArgs > 0) {
Richard Trieu03cf7b72011-10-28 00:41:25 +00003536 CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(
Jean-Daniel Dupas0ae6e672012-01-17 20:03:31 +00003537 *this, inFunctionCall, Args[format_idx],
Richard Trieu03cf7b72011-10-28 00:41:25 +00003538 PDiag(diag::warn_empty_format_string), FExpr->getLocStart(),
3539 /*IsStringLocation*/true, OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange());
Ted Kremenekab278de2010-01-28 23:39:18 +00003540 return;
3541 }
Ted Kremenek02087932010-07-16 02:11:22 +00003542
Jean-Daniel Dupas028573e72012-01-30 08:46:47 +00003543 if (Type == FST_Printf || Type == FST_NSString) {
Ted Kremenek02087932010-07-16 02:11:22 +00003544 CheckPrintfHandler H(*this, FExpr, OrigFormatExpr, firstDataArg,
Jordan Rose97c6f2b2012-06-04 23:52:23 +00003545 numDataArgs, (Type == FST_NSString),
Dmitri Gribenko765396f2013-01-13 20:46:02 +00003546 Str, HasVAListArg, Args, format_idx,
Richard Smithd7293d72013-08-05 18:49:43 +00003547 inFunctionCall, CallType, CheckedVarArgs);
Ted Kremenek02087932010-07-16 02:11:22 +00003548
Hans Wennborg23926bd2011-12-15 10:25:47 +00003549 if (!analyze_format_string::ParsePrintfString(H, Str, Str + StrLen,
Jordan Rose510260c2012-09-13 02:11:03 +00003550 getLangOpts(),
3551 Context.getTargetInfo()))
Ted Kremenek02087932010-07-16 02:11:22 +00003552 H.DoneProcessing();
Jean-Daniel Dupas028573e72012-01-30 08:46:47 +00003553 } else if (Type == FST_Scanf) {
Jordan Rose97c6f2b2012-06-04 23:52:23 +00003554 CheckScanfHandler H(*this, FExpr, OrigFormatExpr, firstDataArg, numDataArgs,
Dmitri Gribenko765396f2013-01-13 20:46:02 +00003555 Str, HasVAListArg, Args, format_idx,
Richard Smithd7293d72013-08-05 18:49:43 +00003556 inFunctionCall, CallType, CheckedVarArgs);
Ted Kremenek02087932010-07-16 02:11:22 +00003557
Hans Wennborg23926bd2011-12-15 10:25:47 +00003558 if (!analyze_format_string::ParseScanfString(H, Str, Str + StrLen,
Jordan Rose510260c2012-09-13 02:11:03 +00003559 getLangOpts(),
3560 Context.getTargetInfo()))
Ted Kremenek02087932010-07-16 02:11:22 +00003561 H.DoneProcessing();
Jean-Daniel Dupas028573e72012-01-30 08:46:47 +00003562 } // TODO: handle other formats
Ted Kremenekc70ee862010-01-28 01:18:22 +00003563}
3564
Chandler Carruth53caa4d2011-04-27 07:05:31 +00003565//===--- CHECK: Standard memory functions ---------------------------------===//
3566
Nico Weber0e6daef2013-12-26 23:38:39 +00003567/// \brief Takes the expression passed to the size_t parameter of functions
3568/// such as memcmp, strncat, etc and warns if it's a comparison.
3569///
3570/// This is to catch typos like `if (memcmp(&a, &b, sizeof(a) > 0))`.
3571static bool CheckMemorySizeofForComparison(Sema &S, const Expr *E,
3572 IdentifierInfo *FnName,
3573 SourceLocation FnLoc,
3574 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
3575 const BinaryOperator *Size = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
3576 if (!Size)
3577 return false;
3578
3579 // if E is binop and op is >, <, >=, <=, ==, &&, ||:
3580 if (!Size->isComparisonOp() && !Size->isEqualityOp() && !Size->isLogicalOp())
3581 return false;
3582
3583 Preprocessor &PP = S.getPreprocessor();
3584 SourceRange SizeRange = Size->getSourceRange();
3585 S.Diag(Size->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_memsize_comparison)
3586 << SizeRange << FnName;
3587 S.Diag(FnLoc, diag::warn_memsize_comparison_paren_note)
3588 << FnName
3589 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(
3590 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(Size->getLHS()->getLocEnd()),
3591 ")")
3592 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RParenLoc);
3593 S.Diag(SizeRange.getBegin(), diag::warn_memsize_comparison_cast_note)
3594 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SizeRange.getBegin(), "(size_t)(")
3595 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(
3596 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(SizeRange.getEnd()), ")");
3597
3598 return true;
3599}
3600
Douglas Gregora74926b2011-05-03 20:05:22 +00003601/// \brief Determine whether the given type is a dynamic class type (e.g.,
3602/// whether it has a vtable).
3603static bool isDynamicClassType(QualType T) {
3604 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
3605 if (CXXRecordDecl *Definition = Record->getDefinition())
3606 if (Definition->isDynamicClass())
3607 return true;
3608
3609 return false;
3610}
3611
Chandler Carruth889ed862011-06-21 23:04:20 +00003612/// \brief If E is a sizeof expression, returns its argument expression,
Chandler Carruth8b9e5a72011-06-16 09:09:40 +00003613/// otherwise returns NULL.
3614static const Expr *getSizeOfExprArg(const Expr* E) {
Nico Weberc5e73862011-06-14 16:14:58 +00003615 if (const UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *SizeOf =
Chandler Carruth8b9e5a72011-06-16 09:09:40 +00003616 dyn_cast<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr>(E))
3617 if (SizeOf->getKind() == clang::UETT_SizeOf && !SizeOf->isArgumentType())
3618 return SizeOf->getArgumentExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
Nico Weberc5e73862011-06-14 16:14:58 +00003619
Chandler Carruth8b9e5a72011-06-16 09:09:40 +00003620 return 0;
3621}
3622
Chandler Carruth889ed862011-06-21 23:04:20 +00003623/// \brief If E is a sizeof expression, returns its argument type.
Chandler Carruth8b9e5a72011-06-16 09:09:40 +00003624static QualType getSizeOfArgType(const Expr* E) {
3625 if (const UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *SizeOf =
3626 dyn_cast<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr>(E))
3627 if (SizeOf->getKind() == clang::UETT_SizeOf)
3628 return SizeOf->getTypeOfArgument();
3629
3630 return QualType();
Nico Weberc5e73862011-06-14 16:14:58 +00003631}
3632
Chandler Carruth53caa4d2011-04-27 07:05:31 +00003633/// \brief Check for dangerous or invalid arguments to memset().
3634///
Chandler Carruthac687262011-06-03 06:23:57 +00003635/// This issues warnings on known problematic, dangerous or unspecified
Matt Beaumont-Gay3c489902011-08-05 00:22:34 +00003636/// arguments to the standard 'memset', 'memcpy', 'memmove', and 'memcmp'
3637/// function calls.
Chandler Carruth53caa4d2011-04-27 07:05:31 +00003638///
3639/// \param Call The call expression to diagnose.
Matt Beaumont-Gay3c489902011-08-05 00:22:34 +00003640void Sema::CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
Anna Zaks22122702012-01-17 00:37:07 +00003641 unsigned BId,
Matt Beaumont-Gay3c489902011-08-05 00:22:34 +00003642 IdentifierInfo *FnName) {
Anna Zaks22122702012-01-17 00:37:07 +00003643 assert(BId != 0);
3644
Ted Kremenekb5fabb22011-04-28 01:38:02 +00003645 // It is possible to have a non-standard definition of memset. Validate
Douglas Gregor18739c32011-06-16 17:56:04 +00003646 // we have enough arguments, and if not, abort further checking.
Anna Zaks22122702012-01-17 00:37:07 +00003647 unsigned ExpectedNumArgs = (BId == Builtin::BIstrndup ? 2 : 3);
Nico Weber39bfed82011-10-13 22:30:23 +00003648 if (Call->getNumArgs() < ExpectedNumArgs)
Ted Kremenekb5fabb22011-04-28 01:38:02 +00003649 return;
3650
Anna Zaks22122702012-01-17 00:37:07 +00003651 unsigned LastArg = (BId == Builtin::BImemset ||
3652 BId == Builtin::BIstrndup ? 1 : 2);
3653 unsigned LenArg = (BId == Builtin::BIstrndup ? 1 : 2);
Nico Weber39bfed82011-10-13 22:30:23 +00003654 const Expr *LenExpr = Call->getArg(LenArg)->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
Chandler Carruth8b9e5a72011-06-16 09:09:40 +00003655
Nico Weber0e6daef2013-12-26 23:38:39 +00003656 if (CheckMemorySizeofForComparison(*this, LenExpr, FnName,
3657 Call->getLocStart(), Call->getRParenLoc()))
3658 return;
3659
Chandler Carruth8b9e5a72011-06-16 09:09:40 +00003660 // We have special checking when the length is a sizeof expression.
3661 QualType SizeOfArgTy = getSizeOfArgType(LenExpr);
3662 const Expr *SizeOfArg = getSizeOfExprArg(LenExpr);
3663 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID SizeOfArgID;
3664
Douglas Gregor3bb2a812011-05-03 20:37:33 +00003665 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != LastArg; ++ArgIdx) {
3666 const Expr *Dest = Call->getArg(ArgIdx)->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
Nico Weberc5e73862011-06-14 16:14:58 +00003667 SourceRange ArgRange = Call->getArg(ArgIdx)->getSourceRange();
Chandler Carruth53caa4d2011-04-27 07:05:31 +00003668
Douglas Gregor3bb2a812011-05-03 20:37:33 +00003669 QualType DestTy = Dest->getType();
3670 if (const PointerType *DestPtrTy = DestTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
3671 QualType PointeeTy = DestPtrTy->getPointeeType();
John McCall31168b02011-06-15 23:02:42 +00003672
Chandler Carruth8b9e5a72011-06-16 09:09:40 +00003673 // Never warn about void type pointers. This can be used to suppress
3674 // false positives.
3675 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor3bb2a812011-05-03 20:37:33 +00003676 continue;
Chandler Carruth53caa4d2011-04-27 07:05:31 +00003677
Chandler Carruth8b9e5a72011-06-16 09:09:40 +00003678 // Catch "memset(p, 0, sizeof(p))" -- needs to be sizeof(*p). Do this by
3679 // actually comparing the expressions for equality. Because computing the
3680 // expression IDs can be expensive, we only do this if the diagnostic is
3681 // enabled.
3682 if (SizeOfArg &&
3683 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_expr_memaccess,
3684 SizeOfArg->getExprLoc())) {
3685 // We only compute IDs for expressions if the warning is enabled, and
3686 // cache the sizeof arg's ID.
3687 if (SizeOfArgID == llvm::FoldingSetNodeID())
3688 SizeOfArg->Profile(SizeOfArgID, Context, true);
3689 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID DestID;
3690 Dest->Profile(DestID, Context, true);
3691 if (DestID == SizeOfArgID) {
Nico Weber39bfed82011-10-13 22:30:23 +00003692 // TODO: For strncpy() and friends, this could suggest sizeof(dst)
3693 // over sizeof(src) as well.
Chandler Carruth8b9e5a72011-06-16 09:09:40 +00003694 unsigned ActionIdx = 0; // Default is to suggest dereferencing.
Anna Zaks869aecc2012-05-30 00:34:21 +00003695 StringRef ReadableName = FnName->getName();
3696
Chandler Carruth8b9e5a72011-06-16 09:09:40 +00003697 if (const UnaryOperator *UnaryOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(Dest))
Anna Zaksd08d9152012-05-30 23:14:52 +00003698 if (UnaryOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf)
Chandler Carruth8b9e5a72011-06-16 09:09:40 +00003699 ActionIdx = 1; // If its an address-of operator, just remove it.
Fariborz Jahanian4d365ba2013-01-30 01:12:44 +00003700 if (!PointeeTy->isIncompleteType() &&
3701 (Context.getTypeSize(PointeeTy) == Context.getCharWidth()))
Chandler Carruth8b9e5a72011-06-16 09:09:40 +00003702 ActionIdx = 2; // If the pointee's size is sizeof(char),
3703 // suggest an explicit length.
Anna Zaks869aecc2012-05-30 00:34:21 +00003704
3705 // If the function is defined as a builtin macro, do not show macro
3706 // expansion.
3707 SourceLocation SL = SizeOfArg->getExprLoc();
3708 SourceRange DSR = Dest->getSourceRange();
3709 SourceRange SSR = SizeOfArg->getSourceRange();
3710 SourceManager &SM = PP.getSourceManager();
3711
3712 if (SM.isMacroArgExpansion(SL)) {
3713 ReadableName = Lexer::getImmediateMacroName(SL, SM, LangOpts);
3714 SL = SM.getSpellingLoc(SL);
3715 DSR = SourceRange(SM.getSpellingLoc(DSR.getBegin()),
3716 SM.getSpellingLoc(DSR.getEnd()));
3717 SSR = SourceRange(SM.getSpellingLoc(SSR.getBegin()),
3718 SM.getSpellingLoc(SSR.getEnd()));
3719 }
3720
Anna Zaksd08d9152012-05-30 23:14:52 +00003721 DiagRuntimeBehavior(SL, SizeOfArg,
Chandler Carruth8b9e5a72011-06-16 09:09:40 +00003722 PDiag(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_expr_memaccess)
Anna Zaks869aecc2012-05-30 00:34:21 +00003723 << ReadableName
Anna Zaksd08d9152012-05-30 23:14:52 +00003724 << PointeeTy
3725 << DestTy
Anna Zaks869aecc2012-05-30 00:34:21 +00003726 << DSR
Anna Zaksd08d9152012-05-30 23:14:52 +00003727 << SSR);
3728 DiagRuntimeBehavior(SL, SizeOfArg,
3729 PDiag(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_expr_memaccess_note)
3730 << ActionIdx
3731 << SSR);
3732
Chandler Carruth8b9e5a72011-06-16 09:09:40 +00003733 break;
3734 }
3735 }
3736
3737 // Also check for cases where the sizeof argument is the exact same
3738 // type as the memory argument, and where it points to a user-defined
3739 // record type.
3740 if (SizeOfArgTy != QualType()) {
3741 if (PointeeTy->isRecordType() &&
3742 Context.typesAreCompatible(SizeOfArgTy, DestTy)) {
3743 DiagRuntimeBehavior(LenExpr->getExprLoc(), Dest,
3744 PDiag(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_type_memaccess)
3745 << FnName << SizeOfArgTy << ArgIdx
3746 << PointeeTy << Dest->getSourceRange()
3747 << LenExpr->getSourceRange());
3748 break;
3749 }
Nico Weberc5e73862011-06-14 16:14:58 +00003750 }
3751
Douglas Gregor3bb2a812011-05-03 20:37:33 +00003752 // Always complain about dynamic classes.
Anna Zaks22122702012-01-17 00:37:07 +00003753 if (isDynamicClassType(PointeeTy)) {
3754
3755 unsigned OperationType = 0;
3756 // "overwritten" if we're warning about the destination for any call
3757 // but memcmp; otherwise a verb appropriate to the call.
3758 if (ArgIdx != 0 || BId == Builtin::BImemcmp) {
3759 if (BId == Builtin::BImemcpy)
3760 OperationType = 1;
3761 else if(BId == Builtin::BImemmove)
3762 OperationType = 2;
3763 else if (BId == Builtin::BImemcmp)
3764 OperationType = 3;
3765 }
3766
Matt Beaumont-Gay335e6532011-08-19 20:40:18 +00003767 DiagRuntimeBehavior(
3768 Dest->getExprLoc(), Dest,
3769 PDiag(diag::warn_dyn_class_memaccess)
Anna Zaks22122702012-01-17 00:37:07 +00003770 << (BId == Builtin::BImemcmp ? ArgIdx + 2 : ArgIdx)
Anna Zaks201d4892012-01-13 21:52:01 +00003771 << FnName << PointeeTy
Anna Zaks22122702012-01-17 00:37:07 +00003772 << OperationType
Matt Beaumont-Gay335e6532011-08-19 20:40:18 +00003773 << Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange());
Anna Zaks22122702012-01-17 00:37:07 +00003774 } else if (PointeeTy.hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() &&
3775 BId != Builtin::BImemset)
Matt Beaumont-Gay335e6532011-08-19 20:40:18 +00003776 DiagRuntimeBehavior(
3777 Dest->getExprLoc(), Dest,
3778 PDiag(diag::warn_arc_object_memaccess)
3779 << ArgIdx << FnName << PointeeTy
3780 << Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange());
John McCall31168b02011-06-15 23:02:42 +00003781 else
Douglas Gregor3bb2a812011-05-03 20:37:33 +00003782 continue;
John McCall31168b02011-06-15 23:02:42 +00003783
3784 DiagRuntimeBehavior(
3785 Dest->getExprLoc(), Dest,
Chandler Carruthac687262011-06-03 06:23:57 +00003786 PDiag(diag::note_bad_memaccess_silence)
Douglas Gregor3bb2a812011-05-03 20:37:33 +00003787 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(ArgRange.getBegin(), "(void*)"));
3788 break;
3789 }
Chandler Carruth53caa4d2011-04-27 07:05:31 +00003790 }
3791}
3792
Ted Kremenek6865f772011-08-18 20:55:45 +00003793// A little helper routine: ignore addition and subtraction of integer literals.
3794// This intentionally does not ignore all integer constant expressions because
3795// we don't want to remove sizeof().
3796static const Expr *ignoreLiteralAdditions(const Expr *Ex, ASTContext &Ctx) {
3797 Ex = Ex->IgnoreParenCasts();
3798
3799 for (;;) {
3800 const BinaryOperator * BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Ex);
3801 if (!BO || !BO->isAdditiveOp())
3802 break;
3803
3804 const Expr *RHS = BO->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts();
3805 const Expr *LHS = BO->getLHS()->IgnoreParenCasts();
3806
3807 if (isa<IntegerLiteral>(RHS))
3808 Ex = LHS;
3809 else if (isa<IntegerLiteral>(LHS))
3810 Ex = RHS;
3811 else
3812 break;
3813 }
3814
3815 return Ex;
3816}
3817
Anna Zaks13b08572012-08-08 21:42:23 +00003818static bool isConstantSizeArrayWithMoreThanOneElement(QualType Ty,
3819 ASTContext &Context) {
3820 // Only handle constant-sized or VLAs, but not flexible members.
3821 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
3822 // Only issue the FIXIT for arrays of size > 1.
3823 if (CAT->getSize().getSExtValue() <= 1)
3824 return false;
3825 } else if (!Ty->isVariableArrayType()) {
3826 return false;
3827 }
3828 return true;
3829}
3830
Ted Kremenek6865f772011-08-18 20:55:45 +00003831// Warn if the user has made the 'size' argument to strlcpy or strlcat
3832// be the size of the source, instead of the destination.
3833void Sema::CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
3834 IdentifierInfo *FnName) {
3835
3836 // Don't crash if the user has the wrong number of arguments
3837 if (Call->getNumArgs() != 3)
3838 return;
3839
3840 const Expr *SrcArg = ignoreLiteralAdditions(Call->getArg(1), Context);
3841 const Expr *SizeArg = ignoreLiteralAdditions(Call->getArg(2), Context);
3842 const Expr *CompareWithSrc = NULL;
Nico Weber0e6daef2013-12-26 23:38:39 +00003843
3844 if (CheckMemorySizeofForComparison(*this, SizeArg, FnName,
3845 Call->getLocStart(), Call->getRParenLoc()))
3846 return;
Ted Kremenek6865f772011-08-18 20:55:45 +00003847
3848 // Look for 'strlcpy(dst, x, sizeof(x))'
3849 if (const Expr *Ex = getSizeOfExprArg(SizeArg))
3850 CompareWithSrc = Ex;
3851 else {
3852 // Look for 'strlcpy(dst, x, strlen(x))'
3853 if (const CallExpr *SizeCall = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(SizeArg)) {
Alp Tokera724cff2013-12-28 21:59:02 +00003854 if (SizeCall->getBuiltinCallee() == Builtin::BIstrlen &&
3855 SizeCall->getNumArgs() == 1)
Ted Kremenek6865f772011-08-18 20:55:45 +00003856 CompareWithSrc = ignoreLiteralAdditions(SizeCall->getArg(0), Context);
3857 }
3858 }
3859
3860 if (!CompareWithSrc)
3861 return;
3862
3863 // Determine if the argument to sizeof/strlen is equal to the source
3864 // argument. In principle there's all kinds of things you could do
3865 // here, for instance creating an == expression and evaluating it with
3866 // EvaluateAsBooleanCondition, but this uses a more direct technique:
3867 const DeclRefExpr *SrcArgDRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(SrcArg);
3868 if (!SrcArgDRE)
3869 return;
3870
3871 const DeclRefExpr *CompareWithSrcDRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(CompareWithSrc);
3872 if (!CompareWithSrcDRE ||
3873 SrcArgDRE->getDecl() != CompareWithSrcDRE->getDecl())
3874 return;
3875
3876 const Expr *OriginalSizeArg = Call->getArg(2);
3877 Diag(CompareWithSrcDRE->getLocStart(), diag::warn_strlcpycat_wrong_size)
3878 << OriginalSizeArg->getSourceRange() << FnName;
3879
3880 // Output a FIXIT hint if the destination is an array (rather than a
3881 // pointer to an array). This could be enhanced to handle some
3882 // pointers if we know the actual size, like if DstArg is 'array+2'
3883 // we could say 'sizeof(array)-2'.
3884 const Expr *DstArg = Call->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
Anna Zaks13b08572012-08-08 21:42:23 +00003885 if (!isConstantSizeArrayWithMoreThanOneElement(DstArg->getType(), Context))
Ted Kremenek18db5d42011-08-18 22:48:41 +00003886 return;
Ted Kremenek18db5d42011-08-18 22:48:41 +00003887
Dylan Noblesmith2c1dd272012-02-05 02:13:05 +00003888 SmallString<128> sizeString;
Ted Kremenek18db5d42011-08-18 22:48:41 +00003889 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(sizeString);
3890 OS << "sizeof(";
Richard Smith235341b2012-08-16 03:56:14 +00003891 DstArg->printPretty(OS, 0, getPrintingPolicy());
Ted Kremenek18db5d42011-08-18 22:48:41 +00003892 OS << ")";
3893
3894 Diag(OriginalSizeArg->getLocStart(), diag::note_strlcpycat_wrong_size)
3895 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OriginalSizeArg->getSourceRange(),
3896 OS.str());
Ted Kremenek6865f772011-08-18 20:55:45 +00003897}
3898
Anna Zaks314cd092012-02-01 19:08:57 +00003899/// Check if two expressions refer to the same declaration.
3900static bool referToTheSameDecl(const Expr *E1, const Expr *E2) {
3901 if (const DeclRefExpr *D1 = dyn_cast_or_null<DeclRefExpr>(E1))
3902 if (const DeclRefExpr *D2 = dyn_cast_or_null<DeclRefExpr>(E2))
3903 return D1->getDecl() == D2->getDecl();
3904 return false;
3905}
3906
3907static const Expr *getStrlenExprArg(const Expr *E) {
3908 if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) {
3909 const FunctionDecl *FD = CE->getDirectCallee();
3910 if (!FD || FD->getMemoryFunctionKind() != Builtin::BIstrlen)
3911 return 0;
3912 return CE->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenCasts();
3913 }
3914 return 0;
3915}
3916
3917// Warn on anti-patterns as the 'size' argument to strncat.
3918// The correct size argument should look like following:
3919// strncat(dst, src, sizeof(dst) - strlen(dest) - 1);
3920void Sema::CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *CE,
3921 IdentifierInfo *FnName) {
3922 // Don't crash if the user has the wrong number of arguments.
3923 if (CE->getNumArgs() < 3)
3924 return;
3925 const Expr *DstArg = CE->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenCasts();
3926 const Expr *SrcArg = CE->getArg(1)->IgnoreParenCasts();
3927 const Expr *LenArg = CE->getArg(2)->IgnoreParenCasts();
3928
Nico Weber0e6daef2013-12-26 23:38:39 +00003929 if (CheckMemorySizeofForComparison(*this, LenArg, FnName, CE->getLocStart(),
3930 CE->getRParenLoc()))
3931 return;
3932
Anna Zaks314cd092012-02-01 19:08:57 +00003933 // Identify common expressions, which are wrongly used as the size argument
3934 // to strncat and may lead to buffer overflows.
3935 unsigned PatternType = 0;
3936 if (const Expr *SizeOfArg = getSizeOfExprArg(LenArg)) {
3937 // - sizeof(dst)
3938 if (referToTheSameDecl(SizeOfArg, DstArg))
3939 PatternType = 1;
3940 // - sizeof(src)
3941 else if (referToTheSameDecl(SizeOfArg, SrcArg))
3942 PatternType = 2;
3943 } else if (const BinaryOperator *BE = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(LenArg)) {
3944 if (BE->getOpcode() == BO_Sub) {
3945 const Expr *L = BE->getLHS()->IgnoreParenCasts();
3946 const Expr *R = BE->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts();
3947 // - sizeof(dst) - strlen(dst)
3948 if (referToTheSameDecl(DstArg, getSizeOfExprArg(L)) &&
3949 referToTheSameDecl(DstArg, getStrlenExprArg(R)))
3950 PatternType = 1;
3951 // - sizeof(src) - (anything)
3952 else if (referToTheSameDecl(SrcArg, getSizeOfExprArg(L)))
3953 PatternType = 2;
3954 }
3955 }
3956
3957 if (PatternType == 0)
3958 return;
3959
Anna Zaks5069aa32012-02-03 01:27:37 +00003960 // Generate the diagnostic.
3961 SourceLocation SL = LenArg->getLocStart();
3962 SourceRange SR = LenArg->getSourceRange();
3963 SourceManager &SM = PP.getSourceManager();
3964
3965 // If the function is defined as a builtin macro, do not show macro expansion.
3966 if (SM.isMacroArgExpansion(SL)) {
3967 SL = SM.getSpellingLoc(SL);
3968 SR = SourceRange(SM.getSpellingLoc(SR.getBegin()),
3969 SM.getSpellingLoc(SR.getEnd()));
3970 }
3971
Anna Zaks13b08572012-08-08 21:42:23 +00003972 // Check if the destination is an array (rather than a pointer to an array).
3973 QualType DstTy = DstArg->getType();
3974 bool isKnownSizeArray = isConstantSizeArrayWithMoreThanOneElement(DstTy,
3975 Context);
3976 if (!isKnownSizeArray) {
3977 if (PatternType == 1)
3978 Diag(SL, diag::warn_strncat_wrong_size) << SR;
3979 else
3980 Diag(SL, diag::warn_strncat_src_size) << SR;
3981 return;
3982 }
3983
Anna Zaks314cd092012-02-01 19:08:57 +00003984 if (PatternType == 1)
Anna Zaks5069aa32012-02-03 01:27:37 +00003985 Diag(SL, diag::warn_strncat_large_size) << SR;
Anna Zaks314cd092012-02-01 19:08:57 +00003986 else
Anna Zaks5069aa32012-02-03 01:27:37 +00003987 Diag(SL, diag::warn_strncat_src_size) << SR;
Anna Zaks314cd092012-02-01 19:08:57 +00003988
Dylan Noblesmith2c1dd272012-02-05 02:13:05 +00003989 SmallString<128> sizeString;
Anna Zaks314cd092012-02-01 19:08:57 +00003990 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(sizeString);
3991 OS << "sizeof(";
Richard Smith235341b2012-08-16 03:56:14 +00003992 DstArg->printPretty(OS, 0, getPrintingPolicy());
Anna Zaks314cd092012-02-01 19:08:57 +00003993 OS << ") - ";
3994 OS << "strlen(";
Richard Smith235341b2012-08-16 03:56:14 +00003995 DstArg->printPretty(OS, 0, getPrintingPolicy());
Anna Zaks314cd092012-02-01 19:08:57 +00003996 OS << ") - 1";
3997
Anna Zaks5069aa32012-02-03 01:27:37 +00003998 Diag(SL, diag::note_strncat_wrong_size)
3999 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SR, OS.str());
Anna Zaks314cd092012-02-01 19:08:57 +00004000}
4001
Ted Kremenekcff94fa2007-08-17 16:46:58 +00004002//===--- CHECK: Return Address of Stack Variable --------------------------===//
4003
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4015e12012-04-30 23:23:55 +00004004static Expr *EvalVal(Expr *E, SmallVectorImpl<DeclRefExpr *> &refVars,
4005 Decl *ParentDecl);
4006static Expr *EvalAddr(Expr* E, SmallVectorImpl<DeclRefExpr *> &refVars,
4007 Decl *ParentDecl);
Ted Kremenekcff94fa2007-08-17 16:46:58 +00004008
4009/// CheckReturnStackAddr - Check if a return statement returns the address
4010/// of a stack variable.
Ted Kremenekef9e7f82014-01-22 06:10:28 +00004011static void
4012CheckReturnStackAddr(Sema &S, Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType,
4013 SourceLocation ReturnLoc) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004014
Argyrios Kyrtzidise72f7152010-11-30 22:57:32 +00004015 Expr *stackE = 0;
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00004016 SmallVector<DeclRefExpr *, 8> refVars;
Argyrios Kyrtzidise72f7152010-11-30 22:57:32 +00004017
4018 // Perform checking for returned stack addresses, local blocks,
4019 // label addresses or references to temporaries.
John McCall31168b02011-06-15 23:02:42 +00004020 if (lhsType->isPointerType() ||
Ted Kremenekef9e7f82014-01-22 06:10:28 +00004021 (!S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && lhsType->isBlockPointerType())) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4015e12012-04-30 23:23:55 +00004022 stackE = EvalAddr(RetValExp, refVars, /*ParentDecl=*/0);
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00004023 } else if (lhsType->isReferenceType()) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4015e12012-04-30 23:23:55 +00004024 stackE = EvalVal(RetValExp, refVars, /*ParentDecl=*/0);
Argyrios Kyrtzidise72f7152010-11-30 22:57:32 +00004025 }
4026
4027 if (stackE == 0)
4028 return; // Nothing suspicious was found.
4029
4030 SourceLocation diagLoc;
4031 SourceRange diagRange;
4032 if (refVars.empty()) {
4033 diagLoc = stackE->getLocStart();
4034 diagRange = stackE->getSourceRange();
4035 } else {
4036 // We followed through a reference variable. 'stackE' contains the
4037 // problematic expression but we will warn at the return statement pointing
4038 // at the reference variable. We will later display the "trail" of
4039 // reference variables using notes.
4040 diagLoc = refVars[0]->getLocStart();
4041 diagRange = refVars[0]->getSourceRange();
4042 }
4043
4044 if (DeclRefExpr *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(stackE)) { //address of local var.
Ted Kremenekef9e7f82014-01-22 06:10:28 +00004045 S.Diag(diagLoc, lhsType->isReferenceType() ? diag::warn_ret_stack_ref
Argyrios Kyrtzidise72f7152010-11-30 22:57:32 +00004046 : diag::warn_ret_stack_addr)
4047 << DR->getDecl()->getDeclName() << diagRange;
4048 } else if (isa<BlockExpr>(stackE)) { // local block.
Ted Kremenekef9e7f82014-01-22 06:10:28 +00004049 S.Diag(diagLoc, diag::err_ret_local_block) << diagRange;
Argyrios Kyrtzidise72f7152010-11-30 22:57:32 +00004050 } else if (isa<AddrLabelExpr>(stackE)) { // address of label.
Ted Kremenekef9e7f82014-01-22 06:10:28 +00004051 S.Diag(diagLoc, diag::warn_ret_addr_label) << diagRange;
Argyrios Kyrtzidise72f7152010-11-30 22:57:32 +00004052 } else { // local temporary.
Ted Kremenekef9e7f82014-01-22 06:10:28 +00004053 S.Diag(diagLoc, lhsType->isReferenceType() ? diag::warn_ret_local_temp_ref
4054 : diag::warn_ret_local_temp_addr)
Argyrios Kyrtzidise72f7152010-11-30 22:57:32 +00004055 << diagRange;
4056 }
4057
4058 // Display the "trail" of reference variables that we followed until we
4059 // found the problematic expression using notes.
4060 for (unsigned i = 0, e = refVars.size(); i != e; ++i) {
4061 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(refVars[i]->getDecl());
4062 // If this var binds to another reference var, show the range of the next
4063 // var, otherwise the var binds to the problematic expression, in which case
4064 // show the range of the expression.
4065 SourceRange range = (i < e-1) ? refVars[i+1]->getSourceRange()
4066 : stackE->getSourceRange();
Ted Kremenekef9e7f82014-01-22 06:10:28 +00004067 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::note_ref_var_local_bind)
4068 << VD->getDeclName() << range;
Ted Kremenekcff94fa2007-08-17 16:46:58 +00004069 }
4070}
4071
4072/// EvalAddr - EvalAddr and EvalVal are mutually recursive functions that
4073/// check if the expression in a return statement evaluates to an address
Argyrios Kyrtzidise72f7152010-11-30 22:57:32 +00004074/// to a location on the stack, a local block, an address of a label, or a
4075/// reference to local temporary. The recursion is used to traverse the
Ted Kremenekcff94fa2007-08-17 16:46:58 +00004076/// AST of the return expression, with recursion backtracking when we
Argyrios Kyrtzidise72f7152010-11-30 22:57:32 +00004077/// encounter a subexpression that (1) clearly does not lead to one of the
4078/// above problematic expressions (2) is something we cannot determine leads to
4079/// a problematic expression based on such local checking.
4080///
4081/// Both EvalAddr and EvalVal follow through reference variables to evaluate
4082/// the expression that they point to. Such variables are added to the
4083/// 'refVars' vector so that we know what the reference variable "trail" was.
Ted Kremenekcff94fa2007-08-17 16:46:58 +00004084///
Ted Kremeneke07a8cd2007-08-28 17:02:55 +00004085/// EvalAddr processes expressions that are pointers that are used as
4086/// references (and not L-values). EvalVal handles all other values.
Argyrios Kyrtzidise72f7152010-11-30 22:57:32 +00004087/// At the base case of the recursion is a check for the above problematic
4088/// expressions.
Ted Kremenekcff94fa2007-08-17 16:46:58 +00004089///
4090/// This implementation handles:
4091///
4092/// * pointer-to-pointer casts
4093/// * implicit conversions from array references to pointers
4094/// * taking the address of fields
4095/// * arbitrary interplay between "&" and "*" operators
4096/// * pointer arithmetic from an address of a stack variable
4097/// * taking the address of an array element where the array is on the stack
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4015e12012-04-30 23:23:55 +00004098static Expr *EvalAddr(Expr *E, SmallVectorImpl<DeclRefExpr *> &refVars,
4099 Decl *ParentDecl) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidise72f7152010-11-30 22:57:32 +00004100 if (E->isTypeDependent())
Craig Topper47005942013-08-02 05:10:31 +00004101 return NULL;
Argyrios Kyrtzidise72f7152010-11-30 22:57:32 +00004102
Ted Kremenekcff94fa2007-08-17 16:46:58 +00004103 // We should only be called for evaluating pointer expressions.
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00004104 assert((E->getType()->isAnyPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00004105 E->getType()->isBlockPointerType() ||
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00004106 E->getType()->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Chris Lattner934edb22007-12-28 05:31:15 +00004107 "EvalAddr only works on pointers");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004108
Peter Collingbourne91147592011-04-15 00:35:48 +00004109 E = E->IgnoreParens();
4110
Ted Kremenekcff94fa2007-08-17 16:46:58 +00004111 // Our "symbolic interpreter" is just a dispatch off the currently
4112 // viewed AST node. We then recursively traverse the AST by calling
4113 // EvalAddr and EvalVal appropriately.
4114 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidise72f7152010-11-30 22:57:32 +00004115 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: {
4116 DeclRefExpr *DR = cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
4117
Richard Smith40f08eb2014-01-30 22:05:38 +00004118 // If we leave the immediate function, the lifetime isn't about to end.
4119 if (DR->refersToEnclosingLocal())
4120 return 0;
4121
Argyrios Kyrtzidise72f7152010-11-30 22:57:32 +00004122 if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DR->getDecl()))
4123 // If this is a reference variable, follow through to the expression that
4124 // it points to.
4125 if (V->hasLocalStorage() &&
4126 V->getType()->isReferenceType() && V->hasInit()) {
4127 // Add the reference variable to the "trail".
4128 refVars.push_back(DR);
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4015e12012-04-30 23:23:55 +00004129 return EvalAddr(V->getInit(), refVars, ParentDecl);
Argyrios Kyrtzidise72f7152010-11-30 22:57:32 +00004130 }
4131
4132 return NULL;
4133 }
Ted Kremenekcff94fa2007-08-17 16:46:58 +00004134
Chris Lattner934edb22007-12-28 05:31:15 +00004135 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
4136 // The only unary operator that make sense to handle here
4137 // is AddrOf. All others don't make sense as pointers.
4138 UnaryOperator *U = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004139
John McCalle3027922010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004140 if (U->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf)
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4015e12012-04-30 23:23:55 +00004141 return EvalVal(U->getSubExpr(), refVars, ParentDecl);
Chris Lattner934edb22007-12-28 05:31:15 +00004142 else
Ted Kremenekcff94fa2007-08-17 16:46:58 +00004143 return NULL;
4144 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004145
Chris Lattner934edb22007-12-28 05:31:15 +00004146 case Stmt::BinaryOperatorClass: {
4147 // Handle pointer arithmetic. All other binary operators are not valid
4148 // in this context.
4149 BinaryOperator *B = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
John McCalle3027922010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004150 BinaryOperatorKind op = B->getOpcode();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004151
John McCalle3027922010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004152 if (op != BO_Add && op != BO_Sub)
Chris Lattner934edb22007-12-28 05:31:15 +00004153 return NULL;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004154
Chris Lattner934edb22007-12-28 05:31:15 +00004155 Expr *Base = B->getLHS();
4156
4157 // Determine which argument is the real pointer base. It could be
4158 // the RHS argument instead of the LHS.
4159 if (!Base->getType()->isPointerType()) Base = B->getRHS();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004160
Chris Lattner934edb22007-12-28 05:31:15 +00004161 assert (Base->getType()->isPointerType());
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4015e12012-04-30 23:23:55 +00004162 return EvalAddr(Base, refVars, ParentDecl);
Chris Lattner934edb22007-12-28 05:31:15 +00004163 }
Steve Naroff2752a172008-09-10 19:17:48 +00004164
Chris Lattner934edb22007-12-28 05:31:15 +00004165 // For conditional operators we need to see if either the LHS or RHS are
4166 // valid DeclRefExpr*s. If one of them is valid, we return it.
4167 case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
4168 ConditionalOperator *C = cast<ConditionalOperator>(E);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004169
Chris Lattner934edb22007-12-28 05:31:15 +00004170 // Handle the GNU extension for missing LHS.
Richard Smith6a6a4bb2014-01-27 04:19:56 +00004171 // FIXME: That isn't a ConditionalOperator, so doesn't get here.
4172 if (Expr *LHSExpr = C->getLHS()) {
4173 // In C++, we can have a throw-expression, which has 'void' type.
4174 if (!LHSExpr->getType()->isVoidType())
4175 if (Expr *LHS = EvalAddr(LHSExpr, refVars, ParentDecl))
Douglas Gregor270b2ef2010-10-21 16:21:08 +00004176 return LHS;
4177 }
Chris Lattner934edb22007-12-28 05:31:15 +00004178
Douglas Gregor270b2ef2010-10-21 16:21:08 +00004179 // In C++, we can have a throw-expression, which has 'void' type.
4180 if (C->getRHS()->getType()->isVoidType())
Richard Smith6a6a4bb2014-01-27 04:19:56 +00004181 return 0;
Douglas Gregor270b2ef2010-10-21 16:21:08 +00004182
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4015e12012-04-30 23:23:55 +00004183 return EvalAddr(C->getRHS(), refVars, ParentDecl);
Chris Lattner934edb22007-12-28 05:31:15 +00004184 }
Richard Smith6a6a4bb2014-01-27 04:19:56 +00004185
Argyrios Kyrtzidise72f7152010-11-30 22:57:32 +00004186 case Stmt::BlockExprClass:
John McCallc63de662011-02-02 13:00:07 +00004187 if (cast<BlockExpr>(E)->getBlockDecl()->hasCaptures())
Argyrios Kyrtzidise72f7152010-11-30 22:57:32 +00004188 return E; // local block.
4189 return NULL;
4190
4191 case Stmt::AddrLabelExprClass:
4192 return E; // address of label.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004193
John McCall28fc7092011-11-10 05:35:25 +00004194 case Stmt::ExprWithCleanupsClass:
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4015e12012-04-30 23:23:55 +00004195 return EvalAddr(cast<ExprWithCleanups>(E)->getSubExpr(), refVars,
4196 ParentDecl);
John McCall28fc7092011-11-10 05:35:25 +00004197
Ted Kremenekc3b4c522008-08-07 00:49:01 +00004198 // For casts, we need to handle conversions from arrays to
4199 // pointer values, and pointer-to-pointer conversions.
Douglas Gregore200adc2008-10-27 19:41:14 +00004200 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Douglas Gregorf19b2312008-10-28 15:36:24 +00004201 case Stmt::CStyleCastExprClass:
John McCall31168b02011-06-15 23:02:42 +00004202 case Stmt::CXXFunctionalCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman8195ad72012-02-23 23:04:32 +00004203 case Stmt::ObjCBridgedCastExprClass:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004204 case Stmt::CXXStaticCastExprClass:
4205 case Stmt::CXXDynamicCastExprClass:
Douglas Gregore200adc2008-10-27 19:41:14 +00004206 case Stmt::CXXConstCastExprClass:
4207 case Stmt::CXXReinterpretCastExprClass: {
Eli Friedman8195ad72012-02-23 23:04:32 +00004208 Expr* SubExpr = cast<CastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr();
4209 switch (cast<CastExpr>(E)->getCastKind()) {
4210 case CK_BitCast:
4211 case CK_LValueToRValue:
4212 case CK_NoOp:
4213 case CK_BaseToDerived:
4214 case CK_DerivedToBase:
4215 case CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase:
4216 case CK_Dynamic:
4217 case CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast:
4218 case CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast:
4219 case CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast:
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4015e12012-04-30 23:23:55 +00004220 return EvalAddr(SubExpr, refVars, ParentDecl);
Eli Friedman8195ad72012-02-23 23:04:32 +00004221
4222 case CK_ArrayToPointerDecay:
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4015e12012-04-30 23:23:55 +00004223 return EvalVal(SubExpr, refVars, ParentDecl);
Eli Friedman8195ad72012-02-23 23:04:32 +00004224
4225 default:
4226 return 0;
4227 }
Chris Lattner934edb22007-12-28 05:31:15 +00004228 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004229
Douglas Gregorfe314812011-06-21 17:03:29 +00004230 case Stmt::MaterializeTemporaryExprClass:
4231 if (Expr *Result = EvalAddr(
4232 cast<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(E)->GetTemporaryExpr(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4015e12012-04-30 23:23:55 +00004233 refVars, ParentDecl))
Douglas Gregorfe314812011-06-21 17:03:29 +00004234 return Result;
4235
4236 return E;
4237
Chris Lattner934edb22007-12-28 05:31:15 +00004238 // Everything else: we simply don't reason about them.
4239 default:
4240 return NULL;
4241 }
Ted Kremenekcff94fa2007-08-17 16:46:58 +00004242}
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004243
Ted Kremenekcff94fa2007-08-17 16:46:58 +00004244
4245/// EvalVal - This function is complements EvalAddr in the mutual recursion.
4246/// See the comments for EvalAddr for more details.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4015e12012-04-30 23:23:55 +00004247static Expr *EvalVal(Expr *E, SmallVectorImpl<DeclRefExpr *> &refVars,
4248 Decl *ParentDecl) {
Ted Kremenekb7861562010-08-04 20:01:07 +00004249do {
Ted Kremeneke07a8cd2007-08-28 17:02:55 +00004250 // We should only be called for evaluating non-pointer expressions, or
4251 // expressions with a pointer type that are not used as references but instead
4252 // are l-values (e.g., DeclRefExpr with a pointer type).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004253
Ted Kremenekcff94fa2007-08-17 16:46:58 +00004254 // Our "symbolic interpreter" is just a dispatch off the currently
4255 // viewed AST node. We then recursively traverse the AST by calling
4256 // EvalAddr and EvalVal appropriately.
Peter Collingbourne91147592011-04-15 00:35:48 +00004257
4258 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Ted Kremenekcff94fa2007-08-17 16:46:58 +00004259 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Ted Kremenekb7861562010-08-04 20:01:07 +00004260 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass: {
4261 ImplicitCastExpr *IE = cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E);
John McCall2536c6d2010-08-25 10:28:54 +00004262 if (IE->getValueKind() == VK_LValue) {
Ted Kremenekb7861562010-08-04 20:01:07 +00004263 E = IE->getSubExpr();
4264 continue;
4265 }
4266 return NULL;
4267 }
4268
John McCall28fc7092011-11-10 05:35:25 +00004269 case Stmt::ExprWithCleanupsClass:
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4015e12012-04-30 23:23:55 +00004270 return EvalVal(cast<ExprWithCleanups>(E)->getSubExpr(), refVars,ParentDecl);
John McCall28fc7092011-11-10 05:35:25 +00004271
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00004272 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: {
Argyrios Kyrtzidise72f7152010-11-30 22:57:32 +00004273 // When we hit a DeclRefExpr we are looking at code that refers to a
4274 // variable's name. If it's not a reference variable we check if it has
4275 // local storage within the function, and if so, return the expression.
Ted Kremenekcff94fa2007-08-17 16:46:58 +00004276 DeclRefExpr *DR = cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004277
Richard Smith40f08eb2014-01-30 22:05:38 +00004278 // If we leave the immediate function, the lifetime isn't about to end.
4279 if (DR->refersToEnclosingLocal())
4280 return 0;
4281
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4015e12012-04-30 23:23:55 +00004282 if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DR->getDecl())) {
4283 // Check if it refers to itself, e.g. "int& i = i;".
4284 if (V == ParentDecl)
4285 return DR;
4286
Argyrios Kyrtzidise72f7152010-11-30 22:57:32 +00004287 if (V->hasLocalStorage()) {
4288 if (!V->getType()->isReferenceType())
4289 return DR;
4290
4291 // Reference variable, follow through to the expression that
4292 // it points to.
4293 if (V->hasInit()) {
4294 // Add the reference variable to the "trail".
4295 refVars.push_back(DR);
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4015e12012-04-30 23:23:55 +00004296 return EvalVal(V->getInit(), refVars, V);
Argyrios Kyrtzidise72f7152010-11-30 22:57:32 +00004297 }
4298 }
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4015e12012-04-30 23:23:55 +00004299 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004300
Ted Kremenekcff94fa2007-08-17 16:46:58 +00004301 return NULL;
4302 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004303
Ted Kremenekcff94fa2007-08-17 16:46:58 +00004304 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
4305 // The only unary operator that make sense to handle here
4306 // is Deref. All others don't resolve to a "name." This includes
4307 // handling all sorts of rvalues passed to a unary operator.
4308 UnaryOperator *U = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004309
John McCalle3027922010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004310 if (U->getOpcode() == UO_Deref)
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4015e12012-04-30 23:23:55 +00004311 return EvalAddr(U->getSubExpr(), refVars, ParentDecl);
Ted Kremenekcff94fa2007-08-17 16:46:58 +00004312
4313 return NULL;
4314 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004315
Ted Kremenekcff94fa2007-08-17 16:46:58 +00004316 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
4317 // Array subscripts are potential references to data on the stack. We
4318 // retrieve the DeclRefExpr* for the array variable if it indeed
4319 // has local storage.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4015e12012-04-30 23:23:55 +00004320 return EvalAddr(cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase(), refVars,ParentDecl);
Ted Kremenekcff94fa2007-08-17 16:46:58 +00004321 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004322
Ted Kremenekcff94fa2007-08-17 16:46:58 +00004323 case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
4324 // For conditional operators we need to see if either the LHS or RHS are
Argyrios Kyrtzidise72f7152010-11-30 22:57:32 +00004325 // non-NULL Expr's. If one is non-NULL, we return it.
Ted Kremenekcff94fa2007-08-17 16:46:58 +00004326 ConditionalOperator *C = cast<ConditionalOperator>(E);
4327
Anders Carlsson801c5c72007-11-30 19:04:31 +00004328 // Handle the GNU extension for missing LHS.
Richard Smith6a6a4bb2014-01-27 04:19:56 +00004329 if (Expr *LHSExpr = C->getLHS()) {
4330 // In C++, we can have a throw-expression, which has 'void' type.
4331 if (!LHSExpr->getType()->isVoidType())
4332 if (Expr *LHS = EvalVal(LHSExpr, refVars, ParentDecl))
4333 return LHS;
4334 }
4335
4336 // In C++, we can have a throw-expression, which has 'void' type.
4337 if (C->getRHS()->getType()->isVoidType())
4338 return 0;
Anders Carlsson801c5c72007-11-30 19:04:31 +00004339
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4015e12012-04-30 23:23:55 +00004340 return EvalVal(C->getRHS(), refVars, ParentDecl);
Ted Kremenekcff94fa2007-08-17 16:46:58 +00004341 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004342
Ted Kremenekcff94fa2007-08-17 16:46:58 +00004343 // Accesses to members are potential references to data on the stack.
Douglas Gregorf405d7e2009-08-31 23:41:50 +00004344 case Stmt::MemberExprClass: {
Ted Kremenekcff94fa2007-08-17 16:46:58 +00004345 MemberExpr *M = cast<MemberExpr>(E);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004346
Ted Kremenekcff94fa2007-08-17 16:46:58 +00004347 // Check for indirect access. We only want direct field accesses.
Ted Kremenekcbe6b0b2010-09-02 01:12:13 +00004348 if (M->isArrow())
Ted Kremenekcff94fa2007-08-17 16:46:58 +00004349 return NULL;
Ted Kremenekcbe6b0b2010-09-02 01:12:13 +00004350
4351 // Check whether the member type is itself a reference, in which case
4352 // we're not going to refer to the member, but to what the member refers to.
4353 if (M->getMemberDecl()->getType()->isReferenceType())
4354 return NULL;
4355
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4015e12012-04-30 23:23:55 +00004356 return EvalVal(M->getBase(), refVars, ParentDecl);
Ted Kremenekcff94fa2007-08-17 16:46:58 +00004357 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004358
Douglas Gregorfe314812011-06-21 17:03:29 +00004359 case Stmt::MaterializeTemporaryExprClass:
4360 if (Expr *Result = EvalVal(
4361 cast<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(E)->GetTemporaryExpr(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4015e12012-04-30 23:23:55 +00004362 refVars, ParentDecl))
Douglas Gregorfe314812011-06-21 17:03:29 +00004363 return Result;
4364
4365 return E;
4366
Ted Kremenekcff94fa2007-08-17 16:46:58 +00004367 default:
Argyrios Kyrtzidise72f7152010-11-30 22:57:32 +00004368 // Check that we don't return or take the address of a reference to a
4369 // temporary. This is only useful in C++.
4370 if (!E->isTypeDependent() && E->isRValue())
4371 return E;
4372
4373 // Everything else: we simply don't reason about them.
Ted Kremenekcff94fa2007-08-17 16:46:58 +00004374 return NULL;
4375 }
Ted Kremenekb7861562010-08-04 20:01:07 +00004376} while (true);
Ted Kremenekcff94fa2007-08-17 16:46:58 +00004377}
Ted Kremenek43fb8b02007-11-25 00:58:00 +00004378
Ted Kremenekef9e7f82014-01-22 06:10:28 +00004379void
4380Sema::CheckReturnValExpr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType,
4381 SourceLocation ReturnLoc,
4382 bool isObjCMethod,
Artyom Skrobov9f213442014-01-24 11:10:39 +00004383 const AttrVec *Attrs,
4384 const FunctionDecl *FD) {
Ted Kremenekef9e7f82014-01-22 06:10:28 +00004385 CheckReturnStackAddr(*this, RetValExp, lhsType, ReturnLoc);
4386
4387 // Check if the return value is null but should not be.
4388 if (Attrs)
4389 for (specific_attr_iterator<ReturnsNonNullAttr>
4390 I = specific_attr_iterator<ReturnsNonNullAttr>(Attrs->begin()),
4391 E = specific_attr_iterator<ReturnsNonNullAttr>(Attrs->end());
4392 I != E; ++I) {
4393 if (CheckNonNullExpr(*this, RetValExp))
4394 Diag(ReturnLoc, diag::warn_null_ret)
4395 << (isObjCMethod ? 1 : 0) << RetValExp->getSourceRange();
4396 break;
4397 }
Artyom Skrobov9f213442014-01-24 11:10:39 +00004398
4399 // C++11 [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation]p4:
4400 // If an allocation function declared with a non-throwing
4401 // exception-specification fails to allocate storage, it shall return
4402 // a null pointer. Any other allocation function that fails to allocate
4403 // storage shall indicate failure only by throwing an exception [...]
4404 if (FD) {
4405 OverloadedOperatorKind Op = FD->getOverloadedOperator();
4406 if (Op == OO_New || Op == OO_Array_New) {
4407 const FunctionProtoType *Proto
4408 = FD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
4409 if (!Proto->isNothrow(Context, /*ResultIfDependent*/true) &&
4410 CheckNonNullExpr(*this, RetValExp))
4411 Diag(ReturnLoc, diag::warn_operator_new_returns_null)
4412 << FD << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11;
4413 }
4414 }
Ted Kremenekef9e7f82014-01-22 06:10:28 +00004415}
4416
Ted Kremenek43fb8b02007-11-25 00:58:00 +00004417//===--- CHECK: Floating-Point comparisons (-Wfloat-equal) ---------------===//
4418
4419/// Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
4420/// Issue a warning if these are no self-comparisons, as they are not likely
4421/// to do what the programmer intended.
Richard Trieu82402a02011-09-15 21:56:47 +00004422void Sema::CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr *RHS) {
Richard Trieu82402a02011-09-15 21:56:47 +00004423 Expr* LeftExprSansParen = LHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
4424 Expr* RightExprSansParen = RHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
Ted Kremenek43fb8b02007-11-25 00:58:00 +00004425
4426 // Special case: check for x == x (which is OK).
4427 // Do not emit warnings for such cases.
4428 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LeftExprSansParen))
4429 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RightExprSansParen))
4430 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
David Blaikie1f4ff152012-07-16 20:47:22 +00004431 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004432
4433
Ted Kremenekeda40e22007-11-29 00:59:04 +00004434 // Special case: check for comparisons against literals that can be exactly
4435 // represented by APFloat. In such cases, do not emit a warning. This
4436 // is a heuristic: often comparison against such literals are used to
4437 // detect if a value in a variable has not changed. This clearly can
4438 // lead to false negatives.
David Blaikie1f4ff152012-07-16 20:47:22 +00004439 if (FloatingLiteral* FLL = dyn_cast<FloatingLiteral>(LeftExprSansParen)) {
4440 if (FLL->isExact())
4441 return;
4442 } else
4443 if (FloatingLiteral* FLR = dyn_cast<FloatingLiteral>(RightExprSansParen))
4444 if (FLR->isExact())
4445 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004446
Ted Kremenek43fb8b02007-11-25 00:58:00 +00004447 // Check for comparisons with builtin types.
David Blaikie1f4ff152012-07-16 20:47:22 +00004448 if (CallExpr* CL = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(LeftExprSansParen))
Alp Tokera724cff2013-12-28 21:59:02 +00004449 if (CL->getBuiltinCallee())
David Blaikie1f4ff152012-07-16 20:47:22 +00004450 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004451
David Blaikie1f4ff152012-07-16 20:47:22 +00004452 if (CallExpr* CR = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(RightExprSansParen))
Alp Tokera724cff2013-12-28 21:59:02 +00004453 if (CR->getBuiltinCallee())
David Blaikie1f4ff152012-07-16 20:47:22 +00004454 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004455
Ted Kremenek43fb8b02007-11-25 00:58:00 +00004456 // Emit the diagnostic.
David Blaikie1f4ff152012-07-16 20:47:22 +00004457 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_floatingpoint_eq)
4458 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Ted Kremenek43fb8b02007-11-25 00:58:00 +00004459}
John McCallca01b222010-01-04 23:21:16 +00004460
John McCall70aa5392010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004461//===--- CHECK: Integer mixed-sign comparisons (-Wsign-compare) --------===//
4462//===--- CHECK: Lossy implicit conversions (-Wconversion) --------------===//
John McCallca01b222010-01-04 23:21:16 +00004463
John McCall70aa5392010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004464namespace {
John McCallca01b222010-01-04 23:21:16 +00004465
John McCall70aa5392010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004466/// Structure recording the 'active' range of an integer-valued
4467/// expression.
4468struct IntRange {
4469 /// The number of bits active in the int.
4470 unsigned Width;
John McCallca01b222010-01-04 23:21:16 +00004471
John McCall70aa5392010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004472 /// True if the int is known not to have negative values.
4473 bool NonNegative;
John McCallca01b222010-01-04 23:21:16 +00004474
John McCall70aa5392010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004475 IntRange(unsigned Width, bool NonNegative)
4476 : Width(Width), NonNegative(NonNegative)
4477 {}
John McCallca01b222010-01-04 23:21:16 +00004478
John McCall817d4af2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00004479 /// Returns the range of the bool type.
John McCall70aa5392010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004480 static IntRange forBoolType() {
4481 return IntRange(1, true);
John McCall263a48b2010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004482 }
4483
John McCall817d4af2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00004484 /// Returns the range of an opaque value of the given integral type.
4485 static IntRange forValueOfType(ASTContext &C, QualType T) {
4486 return forValueOfCanonicalType(C,
4487 T->getCanonicalTypeInternal().getTypePtr());
John McCall263a48b2010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004488 }
4489
John McCall817d4af2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00004490 /// Returns the range of an opaque value of a canonical integral type.
4491 static IntRange forValueOfCanonicalType(ASTContext &C, const Type *T) {
John McCall70aa5392010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004492 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified());
4493
4494 if (const VectorType *VT = dyn_cast<VectorType>(T))
4495 T = VT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
4496 if (const ComplexType *CT = dyn_cast<ComplexType>(T))
4497 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
John McCallcc7e5bf2010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004498
David Majnemer6a426652013-06-07 22:07:20 +00004499 // For enum types, use the known bit width of the enumerators.
John McCallcc7e5bf2010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004500 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T)) {
David Majnemer6a426652013-06-07 22:07:20 +00004501 EnumDecl *Enum = ET->getDecl();
4502 if (!Enum->isCompleteDefinition())
4503 return IntRange(C.getIntWidth(QualType(T, 0)), false);
John McCall18a2c2c2010-11-09 22:22:12 +00004504
David Majnemer6a426652013-06-07 22:07:20 +00004505 unsigned NumPositive = Enum->getNumPositiveBits();
4506 unsigned NumNegative = Enum->getNumNegativeBits();
John McCallcc7e5bf2010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004507
David Majnemer6a426652013-06-07 22:07:20 +00004508 if (NumNegative == 0)
4509 return IntRange(NumPositive, true/*NonNegative*/);
4510 else
4511 return IntRange(std::max(NumPositive + 1, NumNegative),
4512 false/*NonNegative*/);
John McCallcc7e5bf2010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004513 }
John McCall70aa5392010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004514
4515 const BuiltinType *BT = cast<BuiltinType>(T);
4516 assert(BT->isInteger());
4517
4518 return IntRange(C.getIntWidth(QualType(T, 0)), BT->isUnsignedInteger());
4519 }
4520
John McCall817d4af2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00004521 /// Returns the "target" range of a canonical integral type, i.e.
4522 /// the range of values expressible in the type.
4523 ///
4524 /// This matches forValueOfCanonicalType except that enums have the
4525 /// full range of their type, not the range of their enumerators.
4526 static IntRange forTargetOfCanonicalType(ASTContext &C, const Type *T) {
4527 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified());
4528
4529 if (const VectorType *VT = dyn_cast<VectorType>(T))
4530 T = VT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
4531 if (const ComplexType *CT = dyn_cast<ComplexType>(T))
4532 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
4533 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
Douglas Gregor3168dcf2011-09-08 23:29:05 +00004534 T = C.getCanonicalType(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType()).getTypePtr();
John McCall817d4af2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00004535
4536 const BuiltinType *BT = cast<BuiltinType>(T);
4537 assert(BT->isInteger());
4538
4539 return IntRange(C.getIntWidth(QualType(T, 0)), BT->isUnsignedInteger());
4540 }
4541
4542 /// Returns the supremum of two ranges: i.e. their conservative merge.
John McCallff96ccd2010-02-23 19:22:29 +00004543 static IntRange join(IntRange L, IntRange R) {
John McCall70aa5392010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004544 return IntRange(std::max(L.Width, R.Width),
John McCall2ce81ad2010-01-06 22:07:33 +00004545 L.NonNegative && R.NonNegative);
4546 }
4547
John McCall817d4af2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00004548 /// Returns the infinum of two ranges: i.e. their aggressive merge.
John McCallff96ccd2010-02-23 19:22:29 +00004549 static IntRange meet(IntRange L, IntRange R) {
John McCall2ce81ad2010-01-06 22:07:33 +00004550 return IntRange(std::min(L.Width, R.Width),
4551 L.NonNegative || R.NonNegative);
John McCall70aa5392010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004552 }
4553};
4554
Ted Kremenek8a92c8b2012-01-31 05:37:37 +00004555static IntRange GetValueRange(ASTContext &C, llvm::APSInt &value,
4556 unsigned MaxWidth) {
John McCall70aa5392010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004557 if (value.isSigned() && value.isNegative())
4558 return IntRange(value.getMinSignedBits(), false);
4559
4560 if (value.getBitWidth() > MaxWidth)
Jay Foad6d4db0c2010-12-07 08:25:34 +00004561 value = value.trunc(MaxWidth);
John McCall70aa5392010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004562
4563 // isNonNegative() just checks the sign bit without considering
4564 // signedness.
4565 return IntRange(value.getActiveBits(), true);
4566}
4567
Ted Kremenek8a92c8b2012-01-31 05:37:37 +00004568static IntRange GetValueRange(ASTContext &C, APValue &result, QualType Ty,
4569 unsigned MaxWidth) {
John McCall70aa5392010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004570 if (result.isInt())
4571 return GetValueRange(C, result.getInt(), MaxWidth);
4572
4573 if (result.isVector()) {
John McCall74430522010-01-06 22:57:21 +00004574 IntRange R = GetValueRange(C, result.getVectorElt(0), Ty, MaxWidth);
4575 for (unsigned i = 1, e = result.getVectorLength(); i != e; ++i) {
4576 IntRange El = GetValueRange(C, result.getVectorElt(i), Ty, MaxWidth);
4577 R = IntRange::join(R, El);
4578 }
John McCall70aa5392010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004579 return R;
4580 }
4581
4582 if (result.isComplexInt()) {
4583 IntRange R = GetValueRange(C, result.getComplexIntReal(), MaxWidth);
4584 IntRange I = GetValueRange(C, result.getComplexIntImag(), MaxWidth);
4585 return IntRange::join(R, I);
John McCall263a48b2010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004586 }
4587
4588 // This can happen with lossless casts to intptr_t of "based" lvalues.
4589 // Assume it might use arbitrary bits.
John McCall74430522010-01-06 22:57:21 +00004590 // FIXME: The only reason we need to pass the type in here is to get
4591 // the sign right on this one case. It would be nice if APValue
4592 // preserved this.
Eli Friedmanfd5e54d2012-01-04 23:13:47 +00004593 assert(result.isLValue() || result.isAddrLabelDiff());
Douglas Gregor61b6e492011-05-21 16:28:01 +00004594 return IntRange(MaxWidth, Ty->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
John McCall263a48b2010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004595}
John McCall70aa5392010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004596
Eli Friedmane6d33952013-07-08 20:20:06 +00004597static QualType GetExprType(Expr *E) {
4598 QualType Ty = E->getType();
4599 if (const AtomicType *AtomicRHS = Ty->getAs<AtomicType>())
4600 Ty = AtomicRHS->getValueType();
4601 return Ty;
4602}
4603
John McCall70aa5392010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004604/// Pseudo-evaluate the given integer expression, estimating the
4605/// range of values it might take.
4606///
4607/// \param MaxWidth - the width to which the value will be truncated
Ted Kremenek8a92c8b2012-01-31 05:37:37 +00004608static IntRange GetExprRange(ASTContext &C, Expr *E, unsigned MaxWidth) {
John McCall70aa5392010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004609 E = E->IgnoreParens();
4610
4611 // Try a full evaluation first.
4612 Expr::EvalResult result;
Richard Smith7b553f12011-10-29 00:50:52 +00004613 if (E->EvaluateAsRValue(result, C))
Eli Friedmane6d33952013-07-08 20:20:06 +00004614 return GetValueRange(C, result.Val, GetExprType(E), MaxWidth);
John McCall70aa5392010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004615
4616 // I think we only want to look through implicit casts here; if the
4617 // user has an explicit widening cast, we should treat the value as
4618 // being of the new, wider type.
4619 if (ImplicitCastExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
Eli Friedman8349dc12011-12-15 02:41:52 +00004620 if (CE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp || CE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
John McCall70aa5392010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004621 return GetExprRange(C, CE->getSubExpr(), MaxWidth);
4622
Eli Friedmane6d33952013-07-08 20:20:06 +00004623 IntRange OutputTypeRange = IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(CE));
John McCall70aa5392010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004624
John McCalle3027922010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004625 bool isIntegerCast = (CE->getCastKind() == CK_IntegralCast);
John McCall2ce81ad2010-01-06 22:07:33 +00004626
John McCall70aa5392010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004627 // Assume that non-integer casts can span the full range of the type.
John McCall2ce81ad2010-01-06 22:07:33 +00004628 if (!isIntegerCast)
John McCall70aa5392010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004629 return OutputTypeRange;
4630
4631 IntRange SubRange
4632 = GetExprRange(C, CE->getSubExpr(),
4633 std::min(MaxWidth, OutputTypeRange.Width));
4634
4635 // Bail out if the subexpr's range is as wide as the cast type.
4636 if (SubRange.Width >= OutputTypeRange.Width)
4637 return OutputTypeRange;
4638
4639 // Otherwise, we take the smaller width, and we're non-negative if
4640 // either the output type or the subexpr is.
4641 return IntRange(SubRange.Width,
4642 SubRange.NonNegative || OutputTypeRange.NonNegative);
4643 }
4644
4645 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
4646 // If we can fold the condition, just take that operand.
4647 bool CondResult;
4648 if (CO->getCond()->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(CondResult, C))
4649 return GetExprRange(C, CondResult ? CO->getTrueExpr()
4650 : CO->getFalseExpr(),
4651 MaxWidth);
4652
4653 // Otherwise, conservatively merge.
4654 IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, CO->getTrueExpr(), MaxWidth);
4655 IntRange R = GetExprRange(C, CO->getFalseExpr(), MaxWidth);
4656 return IntRange::join(L, R);
4657 }
4658
4659 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
4660 switch (BO->getOpcode()) {
4661
4662 // Boolean-valued operations are single-bit and positive.
John McCalle3027922010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004663 case BO_LAnd:
4664 case BO_LOr:
4665 case BO_LT:
4666 case BO_GT:
4667 case BO_LE:
4668 case BO_GE:
4669 case BO_EQ:
4670 case BO_NE:
John McCall70aa5392010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004671 return IntRange::forBoolType();
4672
John McCallc3688382011-07-13 06:35:24 +00004673 // The type of the assignments is the type of the LHS, so the RHS
4674 // is not necessarily the same type.
John McCalle3027922010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004675 case BO_MulAssign:
4676 case BO_DivAssign:
4677 case BO_RemAssign:
4678 case BO_AddAssign:
4679 case BO_SubAssign:
John McCallc3688382011-07-13 06:35:24 +00004680 case BO_XorAssign:
4681 case BO_OrAssign:
4682 // TODO: bitfields?
Eli Friedmane6d33952013-07-08 20:20:06 +00004683 return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E));
John McCallff96ccd2010-02-23 19:22:29 +00004684
John McCallc3688382011-07-13 06:35:24 +00004685 // Simple assignments just pass through the RHS, which will have
4686 // been coerced to the LHS type.
4687 case BO_Assign:
4688 // TODO: bitfields?
4689 return GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), MaxWidth);
4690
John McCall70aa5392010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004691 // Operations with opaque sources are black-listed.
John McCalle3027922010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004692 case BO_PtrMemD:
4693 case BO_PtrMemI:
Eli Friedmane6d33952013-07-08 20:20:06 +00004694 return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E));
John McCall70aa5392010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004695
John McCall2ce81ad2010-01-06 22:07:33 +00004696 // Bitwise-and uses the *infinum* of the two source ranges.
John McCalle3027922010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004697 case BO_And:
4698 case BO_AndAssign:
John McCall2ce81ad2010-01-06 22:07:33 +00004699 return IntRange::meet(GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), MaxWidth),
4700 GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), MaxWidth));
4701
John McCall70aa5392010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004702 // Left shift gets black-listed based on a judgement call.
John McCalle3027922010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004703 case BO_Shl:
John McCall1bff9932010-04-07 01:14:35 +00004704 // ...except that we want to treat '1 << (blah)' as logically
4705 // positive. It's an important idiom.
4706 if (IntegerLiteral *I
4707 = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getLHS()->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
4708 if (I->getValue() == 1) {
Eli Friedmane6d33952013-07-08 20:20:06 +00004709 IntRange R = IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E));
John McCall1bff9932010-04-07 01:14:35 +00004710 return IntRange(R.Width, /*NonNegative*/ true);
4711 }
4712 }
4713 // fallthrough
4714
John McCalle3027922010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004715 case BO_ShlAssign:
Eli Friedmane6d33952013-07-08 20:20:06 +00004716 return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E));
John McCall70aa5392010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004717
John McCall2ce81ad2010-01-06 22:07:33 +00004718 // Right shift by a constant can narrow its left argument.
John McCalle3027922010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004719 case BO_Shr:
4720 case BO_ShrAssign: {
John McCall2ce81ad2010-01-06 22:07:33 +00004721 IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), MaxWidth);
4722
4723 // If the shift amount is a positive constant, drop the width by
4724 // that much.
4725 llvm::APSInt shift;
4726 if (BO->getRHS()->isIntegerConstantExpr(shift, C) &&
4727 shift.isNonNegative()) {
4728 unsigned zext = shift.getZExtValue();
4729 if (zext >= L.Width)
4730 L.Width = (L.NonNegative ? 0 : 1);
4731 else
4732 L.Width -= zext;
4733 }
4734
4735 return L;
4736 }
4737
4738 // Comma acts as its right operand.
John McCalle3027922010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004739 case BO_Comma:
John McCall70aa5392010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004740 return GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), MaxWidth);
4741
John McCall2ce81ad2010-01-06 22:07:33 +00004742 // Black-list pointer subtractions.
John McCalle3027922010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004743 case BO_Sub:
John McCall70aa5392010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004744 if (BO->getLHS()->getType()->isPointerType())
Eli Friedmane6d33952013-07-08 20:20:06 +00004745 return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E));
John McCall51431812011-07-14 22:39:48 +00004746 break;
Ted Kremenekc8b188d2010-02-16 01:46:59 +00004747
John McCall51431812011-07-14 22:39:48 +00004748 // The width of a division result is mostly determined by the size
4749 // of the LHS.
4750 case BO_Div: {
4751 // Don't 'pre-truncate' the operands.
Eli Friedmane6d33952013-07-08 20:20:06 +00004752 unsigned opWidth = C.getIntWidth(GetExprType(E));
John McCall51431812011-07-14 22:39:48 +00004753 IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), opWidth);
4754
4755 // If the divisor is constant, use that.
4756 llvm::APSInt divisor;
4757 if (BO->getRHS()->isIntegerConstantExpr(divisor, C)) {
4758 unsigned log2 = divisor.logBase2(); // floor(log_2(divisor))
4759 if (log2 >= L.Width)
4760 L.Width = (L.NonNegative ? 0 : 1);
4761 else
4762 L.Width = std::min(L.Width - log2, MaxWidth);
4763 return L;
4764 }
4765
4766 // Otherwise, just use the LHS's width.
4767 IntRange R = GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), opWidth);
4768 return IntRange(L.Width, L.NonNegative && R.NonNegative);
4769 }
4770
4771 // The result of a remainder can't be larger than the result of
4772 // either side.
4773 case BO_Rem: {
4774 // Don't 'pre-truncate' the operands.
Eli Friedmane6d33952013-07-08 20:20:06 +00004775 unsigned opWidth = C.getIntWidth(GetExprType(E));
John McCall51431812011-07-14 22:39:48 +00004776 IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), opWidth);
4777 IntRange R = GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), opWidth);
4778
4779 IntRange meet = IntRange::meet(L, R);
4780 meet.Width = std::min(meet.Width, MaxWidth);
4781 return meet;
4782 }
4783
4784 // The default behavior is okay for these.
4785 case BO_Mul:
4786 case BO_Add:
4787 case BO_Xor:
4788 case BO_Or:
John McCall70aa5392010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004789 break;
4790 }
4791
John McCall51431812011-07-14 22:39:48 +00004792 // The default case is to treat the operation as if it were closed
4793 // on the narrowest type that encompasses both operands.
John McCall70aa5392010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004794 IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), MaxWidth);
4795 IntRange R = GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), MaxWidth);
4796 return IntRange::join(L, R);
4797 }
4798
4799 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) {
4800 switch (UO->getOpcode()) {
4801 // Boolean-valued operations are white-listed.
John McCalle3027922010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004802 case UO_LNot:
John McCall70aa5392010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004803 return IntRange::forBoolType();
4804
4805 // Operations with opaque sources are black-listed.
John McCalle3027922010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004806 case UO_Deref:
4807 case UO_AddrOf: // should be impossible
Eli Friedmane6d33952013-07-08 20:20:06 +00004808 return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E));
John McCall70aa5392010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004809
4810 default:
4811 return GetExprRange(C, UO->getSubExpr(), MaxWidth);
4812 }
4813 }
4814
Ted Kremeneka553fbf2013-10-14 18:55:27 +00004815 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E))
4816 return GetExprRange(C, OVE->getSourceExpr(), MaxWidth);
4817
John McCalld25db7e2013-05-06 21:39:12 +00004818 if (FieldDecl *BitField = E->getSourceBitField())
Richard Smithcaf33902011-10-10 18:28:20 +00004819 return IntRange(BitField->getBitWidthValue(C),
Douglas Gregor61b6e492011-05-21 16:28:01 +00004820 BitField->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
John McCall70aa5392010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004821
Eli Friedmane6d33952013-07-08 20:20:06 +00004822 return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E));
John McCall70aa5392010-01-06 05:24:50 +00004823}
John McCall263a48b2010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004824
Ted Kremenek8a92c8b2012-01-31 05:37:37 +00004825static IntRange GetExprRange(ASTContext &C, Expr *E) {
Eli Friedmane6d33952013-07-08 20:20:06 +00004826 return GetExprRange(C, E, C.getIntWidth(GetExprType(E)));
John McCallcc7e5bf2010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004827}
4828
John McCall263a48b2010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004829/// Checks whether the given value, which currently has the given
4830/// source semantics, has the same value when coerced through the
4831/// target semantics.
Ted Kremenek8a92c8b2012-01-31 05:37:37 +00004832static bool IsSameFloatAfterCast(const llvm::APFloat &value,
4833 const llvm::fltSemantics &Src,
4834 const llvm::fltSemantics &Tgt) {
John McCall263a48b2010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004835 llvm::APFloat truncated = value;
4836
4837 bool ignored;
4838 truncated.convert(Src, llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven, &ignored);
4839 truncated.convert(Tgt, llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven, &ignored);
4840
4841 return truncated.bitwiseIsEqual(value);
4842}
4843
4844/// Checks whether the given value, which currently has the given
4845/// source semantics, has the same value when coerced through the
4846/// target semantics.
4847///
4848/// The value might be a vector of floats (or a complex number).
Ted Kremenek8a92c8b2012-01-31 05:37:37 +00004849static bool IsSameFloatAfterCast(const APValue &value,
4850 const llvm::fltSemantics &Src,
4851 const llvm::fltSemantics &Tgt) {
John McCall263a48b2010-01-04 23:31:57 +00004852 if (value.isFloat())
4853 return IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getFloat(), Src, Tgt);
4854
4855 if (value.isVector()) {
4856 for (unsigned i = 0, e = value.getVectorLength(); i != e; ++i)
4857 if (!IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getVectorElt(i), Src, Tgt))
4858 return false;
4859 return true;
4860 }
4861
4862 assert(value.isComplexFloat());
4863 return (IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getComplexFloatReal(), Src, Tgt) &&
4864 IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getComplexFloatImag(), Src, Tgt));
4865}
4866
Ted Kremenek8a92c8b2012-01-31 05:37:37 +00004867static void AnalyzeImplicitConversions(Sema &S, Expr *E, SourceLocation CC);
John McCallcc7e5bf2010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004868
Ted Kremenek6274be42010-09-23 21:43:44 +00004869static bool IsZero(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
4870 // Suppress cases where we are comparing against an enum constant.
4871 if (const DeclRefExpr *DR =
4872 dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
4873 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DR->getDecl()))
4874 return false;
4875
4876 // Suppress cases where the '0' value is expanded from a macro.
4877 if (E->getLocStart().isMacroID())
4878 return false;
4879
John McCallcc7e5bf2010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004880 llvm::APSInt Value;
4881 return E->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, S.Context) && Value == 0;
4882}
4883
John McCall2551c1b2010-10-06 00:25:24 +00004884static bool HasEnumType(Expr *E) {
4885 // Strip off implicit integral promotions.
4886 while (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis15a9edc2010-10-07 21:52:18 +00004887 if (ICE->getCastKind() != CK_IntegralCast &&
4888 ICE->getCastKind() != CK_NoOp)
John McCall2551c1b2010-10-06 00:25:24 +00004889 break;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis15a9edc2010-10-07 21:52:18 +00004890 E = ICE->getSubExpr();
John McCall2551c1b2010-10-06 00:25:24 +00004891 }
4892
4893 return E->getType()->isEnumeralType();
4894}
4895
Ted Kremenek8a92c8b2012-01-31 05:37:37 +00004896static void CheckTrivialUnsignedComparison(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) {
Richard Trieu36594562013-11-01 21:47:19 +00004897 // Disable warning in template instantiations.
4898 if (!S.ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
4899 return;
4900
John McCalle3027922010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004901 BinaryOperatorKind op = E->getOpcode();
Douglas Gregorb14dbd72010-12-21 07:22:56 +00004902 if (E->isValueDependent())
4903 return;
4904
John McCalle3027922010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004905 if (op == BO_LT && IsZero(S, E->getRHS())) {
John McCallcc7e5bf2010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004906 S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_lunsigned_always_true_comparison)
John McCall2551c1b2010-10-06 00:25:24 +00004907 << "< 0" << "false" << HasEnumType(E->getLHS())
John McCallcc7e5bf2010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004908 << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange();
John McCalle3027922010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004909 } else if (op == BO_GE && IsZero(S, E->getRHS())) {
John McCallcc7e5bf2010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004910 S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_lunsigned_always_true_comparison)
John McCall2551c1b2010-10-06 00:25:24 +00004911 << ">= 0" << "true" << HasEnumType(E->getLHS())
John McCallcc7e5bf2010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004912 << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange();
John McCalle3027922010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004913 } else if (op == BO_GT && IsZero(S, E->getLHS())) {
John McCallcc7e5bf2010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004914 S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_runsigned_always_true_comparison)
John McCall2551c1b2010-10-06 00:25:24 +00004915 << "0 >" << "false" << HasEnumType(E->getRHS())
John McCallcc7e5bf2010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004916 << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange();
John McCalle3027922010-08-25 11:45:40 +00004917 } else if (op == BO_LE && IsZero(S, E->getLHS())) {
John McCallcc7e5bf2010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004918 S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_runsigned_always_true_comparison)
John McCall2551c1b2010-10-06 00:25:24 +00004919 << "0 <=" << "true" << HasEnumType(E->getRHS())
John McCallcc7e5bf2010-05-06 08:58:33 +00004920 << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange();
4921 }
4922}
4923
Fariborz Jahanianb1885422012-09-18 17:37:21 +00004924static void DiagnoseOutOfRangeComparison(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E,
Fariborz Jahanian2f4e33a2012-09-20 19:36:41 +00004925 Expr *Constant, Expr *Other,
Fariborz Jahanianb1885422012-09-18 17:37:21 +00004926 llvm::APSInt Value,
Fariborz Jahanian2f4e33a2012-09-20 19:36:41 +00004927 bool RhsConstant) {
Richard Trieudd51d742013-11-01 21:19:43 +00004928 // Disable warning in template instantiations.
4929 if (!S.ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
4930 return;
4931
Richard Trieu560910c2012-11-14 22:50:24 +00004932 // 0 values are handled later by CheckTrivialUnsignedComparison().
4933 if (Value == 0)
4934 return;
4935
Fariborz Jahanianb1885422012-09-18 17:37:21 +00004936 BinaryOperatorKind op = E->getOpcode();
Fariborz Jahanian2f4e33a2012-09-20 19:36:41 +00004937 QualType OtherT = Other->getType();
4938 QualType ConstantT = Constant->getType();
Richard Trieu560910c2012-11-14 22:50:24 +00004939 QualType CommonT = E->getLHS()->getType();
Fariborz Jahanian2f4e33a2012-09-20 19:36:41 +00004940 if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(OtherT, ConstantT))
Fariborz Jahanianb1885422012-09-18 17:37:21 +00004941 return;
Fariborz Jahanian2f4e33a2012-09-20 19:36:41 +00004942 assert((OtherT->isIntegerType() && ConstantT->isIntegerType())
Fariborz Jahanianb1885422012-09-18 17:37:21 +00004943 && "comparison with non-integer type");
Richard Trieu560910c2012-11-14 22:50:24 +00004944
4945 bool ConstantSigned = ConstantT->isSignedIntegerType();
Richard Trieu560910c2012-11-14 22:50:24 +00004946 bool CommonSigned = CommonT->isSignedIntegerType();
4947
4948 bool EqualityOnly = false;
4949
4950 // TODO: Investigate using GetExprRange() to get tighter bounds on
4951 // on the bit ranges.
Fariborz Jahanianb1885422012-09-18 17:37:21 +00004952 IntRange OtherRange = IntRange::forValueOfType(S.Context, OtherT);
Richard Trieu560910c2012-11-14 22:50:24 +00004953 unsigned OtherWidth = OtherRange.Width;
4954
4955 if (CommonSigned) {
4956 // The common type is signed, therefore no signed to unsigned conversion.
Eli Friedman5ac98752012-11-30 23:09:29 +00004957 if (!OtherRange.NonNegative) {
Richard Trieu560910c2012-11-14 22:50:24 +00004958 // Check that the constant is representable in type OtherT.
4959 if (ConstantSigned) {
4960 if (OtherWidth >= Value.getMinSignedBits())
4961 return;
4962 } else { // !ConstantSigned
4963 if (OtherWidth >= Value.getActiveBits() + 1)
4964 return;
4965 }
4966 } else { // !OtherSigned
4967 // Check that the constant is representable in type OtherT.
4968 // Negative values are out of range.
4969 if (ConstantSigned) {
4970 if (Value.isNonNegative() && OtherWidth >= Value.getActiveBits())
4971 return;
4972 } else { // !ConstantSigned
4973 if (OtherWidth >= Value.getActiveBits())
4974 return;
4975 }
4976 }
4977 } else { // !CommonSigned
Eli Friedman5ac98752012-11-30 23:09:29 +00004978 if (OtherRange.NonNegative) {
Richard Trieu560910c2012-11-14 22:50:24 +00004979 if (OtherWidth >= Value.getActiveBits())
4980 return;
Eli Friedman5ac98752012-11-30 23:09:29 +00004981 } else if (!OtherRange.NonNegative && !ConstantSigned) {
Richard Trieu560910c2012-11-14 22:50:24 +00004982 // Check to see if the constant is representable in OtherT.
4983 if (OtherWidth > Value.getActiveBits())
4984 return;
4985 // Check to see if the constant is equivalent to a negative value
4986 // cast to CommonT.
4987 if (S.Context.getIntWidth(ConstantT) == S.Context.getIntWidth(CommonT) &&
Richard Trieu03c3a2f2012-11-15 03:43:50 +00004988 Value.isNegative() && Value.getMinSignedBits() <= OtherWidth)
Richard Trieu560910c2012-11-14 22:50:24 +00004989 return;
4990 // The constant value rests between values that OtherT can represent after
4991 // conversion. Relational comparison still works, but equality
4992 // comparisons will be tautological.
4993 EqualityOnly = true;
4994 } else { // OtherSigned && ConstantSigned
4995 assert(0 && "Two signed types converted to unsigned types.");
4996 }
4997 }
4998
4999 bool PositiveConstant = !ConstantSigned || Value.isNonNegative();
5000
Fariborz Jahanianb1885422012-09-18 17:37:21 +00005001 bool IsTrue = true;
Richard Trieu560910c2012-11-14 22:50:24 +00005002 if (op == BO_EQ || op == BO_NE) {
5003 IsTrue = op == BO_NE;
5004 } else if (EqualityOnly) {
5005 return;
5006 } else if (RhsConstant) {
Fariborz Jahanianb1885422012-09-18 17:37:21 +00005007 if (op == BO_GT || op == BO_GE)
Richard Trieu560910c2012-11-14 22:50:24 +00005008 IsTrue = !PositiveConstant;
Fariborz Jahanianb1885422012-09-18 17:37:21 +00005009 else // op == BO_LT || op == BO_LE
Richard Trieu560910c2012-11-14 22:50:24 +00005010 IsTrue = PositiveConstant;
Fariborz Jahanian2f4e33a2012-09-20 19:36:41 +00005011 } else {
Fariborz Jahanianb1885422012-09-18 17:37:21 +00005012 if (op == BO_LT || op == BO_LE)
Richard Trieu560910c2012-11-14 22:50:24 +00005013 IsTrue = !PositiveConstant;
Fariborz Jahanianb1885422012-09-18 17:37:21 +00005014 else // op == BO_GT || op == BO_GE
Richard Trieu560910c2012-11-14 22:50:24 +00005015 IsTrue = PositiveConstant;
Fariborz Jahanianb1885422012-09-18 17:37:21 +00005016 }
Ted Kremenekb7d7dd42013-03-15 21:50:10 +00005017
5018 // If this is a comparison to an enum constant, include that
5019 // constant in the diagnostic.
5020 const EnumConstantDecl *ED = 0;
5021 if (const DeclRefExpr *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Constant))
5022 ED = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DR->getDecl());
5023
5024 SmallString<64> PrettySourceValue;
5025 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(PrettySourceValue);
5026 if (ED)
Ted Kremeneke943ce12013-03-15 22:02:46 +00005027 OS << '\'' << *ED << "' (" << Value << ")";
Ted Kremenekb7d7dd42013-03-15 21:50:10 +00005028 else
5029 OS << Value;
5030
Richard Trieuc38786b2014-01-10 04:38:09 +00005031 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getOperatorLoc(), E,
5032 S.PDiag(diag::warn_out_of_range_compare)
5033 << OS.str() << OtherT << IsTrue
5034 << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange()
5035 << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahanianb1885422012-09-18 17:37:21 +00005036}
5037
John McCallcc7e5bf2010-05-06 08:58:33 +00005038/// Analyze the operands of the given comparison. Implements the
5039/// fallback case from AnalyzeComparison.
Ted Kremenek8a92c8b2012-01-31 05:37:37 +00005040static void AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) {
John McCallacf0ee52010-10-08 02:01:28 +00005041 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getLHS(), E->getOperatorLoc());
5042 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getRHS(), E->getOperatorLoc());
John McCallcc7e5bf2010-05-06 08:58:33 +00005043}
John McCall263a48b2010-01-04 23:31:57 +00005044
John McCallca01b222010-01-04 23:21:16 +00005045/// \brief Implements -Wsign-compare.
5046///
Richard Trieu82402a02011-09-15 21:56:47 +00005047/// \param E the binary operator to check for warnings
Ted Kremenek8a92c8b2012-01-31 05:37:37 +00005048static void AnalyzeComparison(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) {
John McCallcc7e5bf2010-05-06 08:58:33 +00005049 // The type the comparison is being performed in.
5050 QualType T = E->getLHS()->getType();
5051 assert(S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, E->getRHS()->getType())
5052 && "comparison with mismatched types");
Fariborz Jahanian282071e2012-09-18 17:46:26 +00005053 if (E->isValueDependent())
5054 return AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(S, E);
John McCallca01b222010-01-04 23:21:16 +00005055
Fariborz Jahanianb1885422012-09-18 17:37:21 +00005056 Expr *LHS = E->getLHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
5057 Expr *RHS = E->getRHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
Fariborz Jahanianb1885422012-09-18 17:37:21 +00005058
5059 bool IsComparisonConstant = false;
5060
Fariborz Jahanian2f4e33a2012-09-20 19:36:41 +00005061 // Check whether an integer constant comparison results in a value
Fariborz Jahanianb1885422012-09-18 17:37:21 +00005062 // of 'true' or 'false'.
5063 if (T->isIntegralType(S.Context)) {
5064 llvm::APSInt RHSValue;
5065 bool IsRHSIntegralLiteral =
5066 RHS->isIntegerConstantExpr(RHSValue, S.Context);
5067 llvm::APSInt LHSValue;
5068 bool IsLHSIntegralLiteral =
5069 LHS->isIntegerConstantExpr(LHSValue, S.Context);
5070 if (IsRHSIntegralLiteral && !IsLHSIntegralLiteral)
5071 DiagnoseOutOfRangeComparison(S, E, RHS, LHS, RHSValue, true);
5072 else if (!IsRHSIntegralLiteral && IsLHSIntegralLiteral)
5073 DiagnoseOutOfRangeComparison(S, E, LHS, RHS, LHSValue, false);
5074 else
5075 IsComparisonConstant =
5076 (IsRHSIntegralLiteral && IsLHSIntegralLiteral);
Fariborz Jahanian2f4e33a2012-09-20 19:36:41 +00005077 } else if (!T->hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation())
5078 IsComparisonConstant = E->isIntegerConstantExpr(S.Context);
Fariborz Jahanianb1885422012-09-18 17:37:21 +00005079
John McCallcc7e5bf2010-05-06 08:58:33 +00005080 // We don't do anything special if this isn't an unsigned integral
5081 // comparison: we're only interested in integral comparisons, and
5082 // signed comparisons only happen in cases we don't care to warn about.
Douglas Gregor5b054542011-02-19 22:34:59 +00005083 //
5084 // We also don't care about value-dependent expressions or expressions
5085 // whose result is a constant.
Fariborz Jahanianb1885422012-09-18 17:37:21 +00005086 if (!T->hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation() || IsComparisonConstant)
John McCallcc7e5bf2010-05-06 08:58:33 +00005087 return AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(S, E);
Fariborz Jahanianb1885422012-09-18 17:37:21 +00005088
John McCallcc7e5bf2010-05-06 08:58:33 +00005089 // Check to see if one of the (unmodified) operands is of different
5090 // signedness.
5091 Expr *signedOperand, *unsignedOperand;
Richard Trieu82402a02011-09-15 21:56:47 +00005092 if (LHS->getType()->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation()) {
5093 assert(!RHS->getType()->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() &&
John McCallcc7e5bf2010-05-06 08:58:33 +00005094 "unsigned comparison between two signed integer expressions?");
Richard Trieu82402a02011-09-15 21:56:47 +00005095 signedOperand = LHS;
5096 unsignedOperand = RHS;
5097 } else if (RHS->getType()->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation()) {
5098 signedOperand = RHS;
5099 unsignedOperand = LHS;
John McCallca01b222010-01-04 23:21:16 +00005100 } else {
John McCallcc7e5bf2010-05-06 08:58:33 +00005101 CheckTrivialUnsignedComparison(S, E);
5102 return AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(S, E);
John McCallca01b222010-01-04 23:21:16 +00005103 }
5104
John McCallcc7e5bf2010-05-06 08:58:33 +00005105 // Otherwise, calculate the effective range of the signed operand.
5106 IntRange signedRange = GetExprRange(S.Context, signedOperand);
John McCall70aa5392010-01-06 05:24:50 +00005107
John McCallcc7e5bf2010-05-06 08:58:33 +00005108 // Go ahead and analyze implicit conversions in the operands. Note
5109 // that we skip the implicit conversions on both sides.
Richard Trieu82402a02011-09-15 21:56:47 +00005110 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, LHS, E->getOperatorLoc());
5111 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, RHS, E->getOperatorLoc());
John McCallca01b222010-01-04 23:21:16 +00005112
John McCallcc7e5bf2010-05-06 08:58:33 +00005113 // If the signed range is non-negative, -Wsign-compare won't fire,
5114 // but we should still check for comparisons which are always true
5115 // or false.
5116 if (signedRange.NonNegative)
5117 return CheckTrivialUnsignedComparison(S, E);
John McCallca01b222010-01-04 23:21:16 +00005118
5119 // For (in)equality comparisons, if the unsigned operand is a
5120 // constant which cannot collide with a overflowed signed operand,
5121 // then reinterpreting the signed operand as unsigned will not
5122 // change the result of the comparison.
John McCallcc7e5bf2010-05-06 08:58:33 +00005123 if (E->isEqualityOp()) {
5124 unsigned comparisonWidth = S.Context.getIntWidth(T);
5125 IntRange unsignedRange = GetExprRange(S.Context, unsignedOperand);
John McCallca01b222010-01-04 23:21:16 +00005126
John McCallcc7e5bf2010-05-06 08:58:33 +00005127 // We should never be unable to prove that the unsigned operand is
5128 // non-negative.
5129 assert(unsignedRange.NonNegative && "unsigned range includes negative?");
5130
5131 if (unsignedRange.Width < comparisonWidth)
5132 return;
5133 }
5134
Douglas Gregorbfb4a212012-05-01 01:53:49 +00005135 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getOperatorLoc(), E,
5136 S.PDiag(diag::warn_mixed_sign_comparison)
5137 << LHS->getType() << RHS->getType()
5138 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange());
John McCallca01b222010-01-04 23:21:16 +00005139}
5140
John McCall1f425642010-11-11 03:21:53 +00005141/// Analyzes an attempt to assign the given value to a bitfield.
5142///
5143/// Returns true if there was something fishy about the attempt.
Ted Kremenek8a92c8b2012-01-31 05:37:37 +00005144static bool AnalyzeBitFieldAssignment(Sema &S, FieldDecl *Bitfield, Expr *Init,
5145 SourceLocation InitLoc) {
John McCall1f425642010-11-11 03:21:53 +00005146 assert(Bitfield->isBitField());
5147 if (Bitfield->isInvalidDecl())
5148 return false;
5149
John McCalldeebbcf2010-11-11 05:33:51 +00005150 // White-list bool bitfields.
5151 if (Bitfield->getType()->isBooleanType())
5152 return false;
5153
Douglas Gregor789adec2011-02-04 13:09:01 +00005154 // Ignore value- or type-dependent expressions.
5155 if (Bitfield->getBitWidth()->isValueDependent() ||
5156 Bitfield->getBitWidth()->isTypeDependent() ||
5157 Init->isValueDependent() ||
5158 Init->isTypeDependent())
5159 return false;
5160
John McCall1f425642010-11-11 03:21:53 +00005161 Expr *OriginalInit = Init->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
5162
Richard Smith5fab0c92011-12-28 19:48:30 +00005163 llvm::APSInt Value;
5164 if (!OriginalInit->EvaluateAsInt(Value, S.Context, Expr::SE_AllowSideEffects))
John McCall1f425642010-11-11 03:21:53 +00005165 return false;
5166
John McCall1f425642010-11-11 03:21:53 +00005167 unsigned OriginalWidth = Value.getBitWidth();
Richard Smithcaf33902011-10-10 18:28:20 +00005168 unsigned FieldWidth = Bitfield->getBitWidthValue(S.Context);
John McCall1f425642010-11-11 03:21:53 +00005169
5170 if (OriginalWidth <= FieldWidth)
5171 return false;
5172
Eli Friedmanc267a322012-01-26 23:11:39 +00005173 // Compute the value which the bitfield will contain.
Jay Foad6d4db0c2010-12-07 08:25:34 +00005174 llvm::APSInt TruncatedValue = Value.trunc(FieldWidth);
Eli Friedmanc267a322012-01-26 23:11:39 +00005175 TruncatedValue.setIsSigned(Bitfield->getType()->isSignedIntegerType());
John McCall1f425642010-11-11 03:21:53 +00005176
Eli Friedmanc267a322012-01-26 23:11:39 +00005177 // Check whether the stored value is equal to the original value.
5178 TruncatedValue = TruncatedValue.extend(OriginalWidth);
Richard Trieuc320c742012-07-23 20:21:35 +00005179 if (llvm::APSInt::isSameValue(Value, TruncatedValue))
John McCall1f425642010-11-11 03:21:53 +00005180 return false;
5181
Eli Friedmanc267a322012-01-26 23:11:39 +00005182 // Special-case bitfields of width 1: booleans are naturally 0/1, and
Eli Friedmane1ffd492012-02-02 00:40:20 +00005183 // therefore don't strictly fit into a signed bitfield of width 1.
5184 if (FieldWidth == 1 && Value == 1)
Eli Friedmanc267a322012-01-26 23:11:39 +00005185 return false;
5186
John McCall1f425642010-11-11 03:21:53 +00005187 std::string PrettyValue = Value.toString(10);
5188 std::string PrettyTrunc = TruncatedValue.toString(10);
5189
5190 S.Diag(InitLoc, diag::warn_impcast_bitfield_precision_constant)
5191 << PrettyValue << PrettyTrunc << OriginalInit->getType()
5192 << Init->getSourceRange();
5193
5194 return true;
5195}
5196
John McCalld2a53122010-11-09 23:24:47 +00005197/// Analyze the given simple or compound assignment for warning-worthy
5198/// operations.
Ted Kremenek8a92c8b2012-01-31 05:37:37 +00005199static void AnalyzeAssignment(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) {
John McCalld2a53122010-11-09 23:24:47 +00005200 // Just recurse on the LHS.
5201 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getLHS(), E->getOperatorLoc());
5202
5203 // We want to recurse on the RHS as normal unless we're assigning to
5204 // a bitfield.
John McCalld25db7e2013-05-06 21:39:12 +00005205 if (FieldDecl *Bitfield = E->getLHS()->getSourceBitField()) {
Timur Iskhodzhanov554bdc62013-03-29 00:22:03 +00005206 if (AnalyzeBitFieldAssignment(S, Bitfield, E->getRHS(),
John McCall1f425642010-11-11 03:21:53 +00005207 E->getOperatorLoc())) {
5208 // Recurse, ignoring any implicit conversions on the RHS.
5209 return AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getRHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(),
5210 E->getOperatorLoc());
John McCalld2a53122010-11-09 23:24:47 +00005211 }
5212 }
5213
5214 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getRHS(), E->getOperatorLoc());
5215}
5216
John McCall263a48b2010-01-04 23:31:57 +00005217/// Diagnose an implicit cast; purely a helper for CheckImplicitConversion.
Ted Kremenek8a92c8b2012-01-31 05:37:37 +00005218static void DiagnoseImpCast(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType SourceType, QualType T,
Anna Zaks314cd092012-02-01 19:08:57 +00005219 SourceLocation CContext, unsigned diag,
5220 bool pruneControlFlow = false) {
5221 if (pruneControlFlow) {
5222 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getExprLoc(), E,
5223 S.PDiag(diag)
5224 << SourceType << T << E->getSourceRange()
5225 << SourceRange(CContext));
5226 return;
5227 }
Douglas Gregor364f7db2011-03-12 00:14:31 +00005228 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag)
5229 << SourceType << T << E->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(CContext);
5230}
5231
Chandler Carruth7f3654f2011-04-05 06:47:57 +00005232/// Diagnose an implicit cast; purely a helper for CheckImplicitConversion.
Ted Kremenek8a92c8b2012-01-31 05:37:37 +00005233static void DiagnoseImpCast(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T,
Anna Zaks314cd092012-02-01 19:08:57 +00005234 SourceLocation CContext, unsigned diag,
5235 bool pruneControlFlow = false) {
5236 DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, E->getType(), T, CContext, diag, pruneControlFlow);
Chandler Carruth7f3654f2011-04-05 06:47:57 +00005237}
5238
Matt Beaumont-Gayc6221632011-10-14 15:36:25 +00005239/// Diagnose an implicit cast from a literal expression. Does not warn when the
5240/// cast wouldn't lose information.
Chandler Carruth016ef402011-04-10 08:36:24 +00005241void DiagnoseFloatingLiteralImpCast(Sema &S, FloatingLiteral *FL, QualType T,
5242 SourceLocation CContext) {
Matt Beaumont-Gayc6221632011-10-14 15:36:25 +00005243 // Try to convert the literal exactly to an integer. If we can, don't warn.
Chandler Carruth016ef402011-04-10 08:36:24 +00005244 bool isExact = false;
Matt Beaumont-Gayc6221632011-10-14 15:36:25 +00005245 const llvm::APFloat &Value = FL->getValue();
Jeffrey Yasskind0f079d2011-07-15 17:03:07 +00005246 llvm::APSInt IntegerValue(S.Context.getIntWidth(T),
5247 T->hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation());
5248 if (Value.convertToInteger(IntegerValue,
Chandler Carruth016ef402011-04-10 08:36:24 +00005249 llvm::APFloat::rmTowardZero, &isExact)
Matt Beaumont-Gayc6221632011-10-14 15:36:25 +00005250 == llvm::APFloat::opOK && isExact)
Chandler Carruth016ef402011-04-10 08:36:24 +00005251 return;
5252
Eli Friedman07185912013-08-29 23:44:43 +00005253 // FIXME: Force the precision of the source value down so we don't print
5254 // digits which are usually useless (we don't really care here if we
5255 // truncate a digit by accident in edge cases). Ideally, APFloat::toString
5256 // would automatically print the shortest representation, but it's a bit
5257 // tricky to implement.
David Blaikie7555b6a2012-05-15 16:56:36 +00005258 SmallString<16> PrettySourceValue;
Eli Friedman07185912013-08-29 23:44:43 +00005259 unsigned precision = llvm::APFloat::semanticsPrecision(Value.getSemantics());
5260 precision = (precision * 59 + 195) / 196;
5261 Value.toString(PrettySourceValue, precision);
5262
David Blaikie9b88cc02012-05-15 17:18:27 +00005263 SmallString<16> PrettyTargetValue;
David Blaikie7555b6a2012-05-15 16:56:36 +00005264 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool))
5265 PrettyTargetValue = IntegerValue == 0 ? "false" : "true";
5266 else
David Blaikie9b88cc02012-05-15 17:18:27 +00005267 IntegerValue.toString(PrettyTargetValue);
David Blaikie7555b6a2012-05-15 16:56:36 +00005268
Matt Beaumont-Gayc6221632011-10-14 15:36:25 +00005269 S.Diag(FL->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_impcast_literal_float_to_integer)
David Blaikie7555b6a2012-05-15 16:56:36 +00005270 << FL->getType() << T.getUnqualifiedType() << PrettySourceValue
5271 << PrettyTargetValue << FL->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(CContext);
Chandler Carruth016ef402011-04-10 08:36:24 +00005272}
5273
John McCall18a2c2c2010-11-09 22:22:12 +00005274std::string PrettyPrintInRange(const llvm::APSInt &Value, IntRange Range) {
5275 if (!Range.Width) return "0";
5276
5277 llvm::APSInt ValueInRange = Value;
5278 ValueInRange.setIsSigned(!Range.NonNegative);
Jay Foad6d4db0c2010-12-07 08:25:34 +00005279 ValueInRange = ValueInRange.trunc(Range.Width);
John McCall18a2c2c2010-11-09 22:22:12 +00005280 return ValueInRange.toString(10);
5281}
5282
Hans Wennborgf4ad2322012-08-28 15:44:30 +00005283static bool IsImplicitBoolFloatConversion(Sema &S, Expr *Ex, bool ToBool) {
5284 if (!isa<ImplicitCastExpr>(Ex))
5285 return false;
5286
5287 Expr *InnerE = Ex->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
5288 const Type *Target = S.Context.getCanonicalType(Ex->getType()).getTypePtr();
5289 const Type *Source =
5290 S.Context.getCanonicalType(InnerE->getType()).getTypePtr();
5291 if (Target->isDependentType())
5292 return false;
5293
5294 const BuiltinType *FloatCandidateBT =
5295 dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(ToBool ? Source : Target);
5296 const Type *BoolCandidateType = ToBool ? Target : Source;
5297
5298 return (BoolCandidateType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool) &&
5299 FloatCandidateBT && (FloatCandidateBT->isFloatingPoint()));
5300}
5301
5302void CheckImplicitArgumentConversions(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall,
5303 SourceLocation CC) {
5304 unsigned NumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs();
5305 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumArgs; ++i) {
5306 Expr *CurrA = TheCall->getArg(i);
5307 if (!IsImplicitBoolFloatConversion(S, CurrA, true))
5308 continue;
5309
5310 bool IsSwapped = ((i > 0) &&
5311 IsImplicitBoolFloatConversion(S, TheCall->getArg(i - 1), false));
5312 IsSwapped |= ((i < (NumArgs - 1)) &&
5313 IsImplicitBoolFloatConversion(S, TheCall->getArg(i + 1), false));
5314 if (IsSwapped) {
5315 // Warn on this floating-point to bool conversion.
5316 DiagnoseImpCast(S, CurrA->IgnoreParenImpCasts(),
5317 CurrA->getType(), CC,
5318 diag::warn_impcast_floating_point_to_bool);
5319 }
5320 }
5321}
5322
John McCallcc7e5bf2010-05-06 08:58:33 +00005323void CheckImplicitConversion(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T,
Timur Iskhodzhanov554bdc62013-03-29 00:22:03 +00005324 SourceLocation CC, bool *ICContext = 0) {
John McCallcc7e5bf2010-05-06 08:58:33 +00005325 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent()) return;
John McCall263a48b2010-01-04 23:31:57 +00005326
John McCallcc7e5bf2010-05-06 08:58:33 +00005327 const Type *Source = S.Context.getCanonicalType(E->getType()).getTypePtr();
5328 const Type *Target = S.Context.getCanonicalType(T).getTypePtr();
5329 if (Source == Target) return;
5330 if (Target->isDependentType()) return;
John McCall263a48b2010-01-04 23:31:57 +00005331
Chandler Carruthc22845a2011-07-26 05:40:03 +00005332 // If the conversion context location is invalid don't complain. We also
5333 // don't want to emit a warning if the issue occurs from the expansion of
5334 // a system macro. The problem is that 'getSpellingLoc()' is slow, so we
5335 // delay this check as long as possible. Once we detect we are in that
5336 // scenario, we just return.
Ted Kremenek4c0826c2011-03-10 20:03:42 +00005337 if (CC.isInvalid())
John McCallacf0ee52010-10-08 02:01:28 +00005338 return;
5339
Richard Trieu021baa32011-09-23 20:10:00 +00005340 // Diagnose implicit casts to bool.
5341 if (Target->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool)) {
5342 if (isa<StringLiteral>(E))
5343 // Warn on string literal to bool. Checks for string literals in logical
Richard Trieu955231d2014-01-25 01:10:35 +00005344 // and expressions, for instance, assert(0 && "error here"), are
5345 // prevented by a check in AnalyzeImplicitConversions().
Richard Trieu021baa32011-09-23 20:10:00 +00005346 return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC,
5347 diag::warn_impcast_string_literal_to_bool);
Richard Trieu1e632af2014-01-28 23:40:26 +00005348 if (isa<ObjCStringLiteral>(E) || isa<ObjCArrayLiteral>(E) ||
5349 isa<ObjCDictionaryLiteral>(E) || isa<ObjCBoxedExpr>(E)) {
5350 // This covers the literal expressions that evaluate to Objective-C
5351 // objects.
5352 return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC,
5353 diag::warn_impcast_objective_c_literal_to_bool);
5354 }
Lang Hamesdf5c1212011-12-05 20:49:50 +00005355 if (Source->isFunctionType()) {
5356 // Warn on function to bool. Checks free functions and static member
5357 // functions. Weakly imported functions are excluded from the check,
5358 // since it's common to test their value to check whether the linker
5359 // found a definition for them.
5360 ValueDecl *D = 0;
5361 if (DeclRefExpr* R = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
5362 D = R->getDecl();
5363 } else if (MemberExpr *M = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
5364 D = M->getMemberDecl();
5365 }
5366
5367 if (D && !D->isWeak()) {
Richard Trieu5f623222011-12-06 04:48:01 +00005368 if (FunctionDecl* F = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
5369 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_impcast_function_to_bool)
5370 << F << E->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(CC);
David Blaikie10eb4b62011-12-09 21:42:37 +00005371 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_function_to_bool_silence)
5372 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(E->getExprLoc(), "&");
5373 QualType ReturnType;
5374 UnresolvedSet<4> NonTemplateOverloads;
David Blaikiee5323aa2013-06-21 23:54:45 +00005375 S.tryExprAsCall(*E, ReturnType, NonTemplateOverloads);
David Blaikie10eb4b62011-12-09 21:42:37 +00005376 if (!ReturnType.isNull()
5377 && ReturnType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool))
5378 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_function_to_bool_call)
5379 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(
5380 S.getPreprocessor().getLocForEndOfToken(E->getLocEnd()), "()");
Richard Trieu5f623222011-12-06 04:48:01 +00005381 return;
5382 }
Lang Hamesdf5c1212011-12-05 20:49:50 +00005383 }
5384 }
Richard Trieu021baa32011-09-23 20:10:00 +00005385 }
John McCall263a48b2010-01-04 23:31:57 +00005386
5387 // Strip vector types.
5388 if (isa<VectorType>(Source)) {
Ted Kremenek4c0826c2011-03-10 20:03:42 +00005389 if (!isa<VectorType>(Target)) {
Matt Beaumont-Gay7a57ada2012-01-06 22:43:58 +00005390 if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
Ted Kremenek4c0826c2011-03-10 20:03:42 +00005391 return;
John McCallacf0ee52010-10-08 02:01:28 +00005392 return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_vector_scalar);
Ted Kremenek4c0826c2011-03-10 20:03:42 +00005393 }
Chris Lattneree7286f2011-06-14 04:51:15 +00005394
5395 // If the vector cast is cast between two vectors of the same size, it is
5396 // a bitcast, not a conversion.
5397 if (S.Context.getTypeSize(Source) == S.Context.getTypeSize(Target))
5398 return;
John McCall263a48b2010-01-04 23:31:57 +00005399
5400 Source = cast<VectorType>(Source)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
5401 Target = cast<VectorType>(Target)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
5402 }
5403
5404 // Strip complex types.
5405 if (isa<ComplexType>(Source)) {
Ted Kremenek4c0826c2011-03-10 20:03:42 +00005406 if (!isa<ComplexType>(Target)) {
Matt Beaumont-Gay7a57ada2012-01-06 22:43:58 +00005407 if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
Ted Kremenek4c0826c2011-03-10 20:03:42 +00005408 return;
5409
John McCallacf0ee52010-10-08 02:01:28 +00005410 return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_complex_scalar);
Ted Kremenek4c0826c2011-03-10 20:03:42 +00005411 }
John McCall263a48b2010-01-04 23:31:57 +00005412
5413 Source = cast<ComplexType>(Source)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
5414 Target = cast<ComplexType>(Target)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
5415 }
5416
5417 const BuiltinType *SourceBT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(Source);
5418 const BuiltinType *TargetBT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(Target);
5419
5420 // If the source is floating point...
5421 if (SourceBT && SourceBT->isFloatingPoint()) {
5422 // ...and the target is floating point...
5423 if (TargetBT && TargetBT->isFloatingPoint()) {
5424 // ...then warn if we're dropping FP rank.
5425
5426 // Builtin FP kinds are ordered by increasing FP rank.
5427 if (SourceBT->getKind() > TargetBT->getKind()) {
5428 // Don't warn about float constants that are precisely
5429 // representable in the target type.
5430 Expr::EvalResult result;
Richard Smith7b553f12011-10-29 00:50:52 +00005431 if (E->EvaluateAsRValue(result, S.Context)) {
John McCall263a48b2010-01-04 23:31:57 +00005432 // Value might be a float, a float vector, or a float complex.
5433 if (IsSameFloatAfterCast(result.Val,
John McCallcc7e5bf2010-05-06 08:58:33 +00005434 S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType(TargetBT, 0)),
5435 S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType(SourceBT, 0))))
John McCall263a48b2010-01-04 23:31:57 +00005436 return;
5437 }
5438
Matt Beaumont-Gay7a57ada2012-01-06 22:43:58 +00005439 if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
Ted Kremenek4c0826c2011-03-10 20:03:42 +00005440 return;
5441
John McCallacf0ee52010-10-08 02:01:28 +00005442 DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_float_precision);
John McCall263a48b2010-01-04 23:31:57 +00005443 }
5444 return;
5445 }
5446
Ted Kremenek4c0826c2011-03-10 20:03:42 +00005447 // If the target is integral, always warn.
David Blaikie7555b6a2012-05-15 16:56:36 +00005448 if (TargetBT && TargetBT->isInteger()) {
Matt Beaumont-Gay7a57ada2012-01-06 22:43:58 +00005449 if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
Ted Kremenek4c0826c2011-03-10 20:03:42 +00005450 return;
5451
Chandler Carruth22c7a792011-02-17 11:05:49 +00005452 Expr *InnerE = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
Matt Beaumont-Gay042ce8e2011-09-08 22:30:47 +00005453 // We also want to warn on, e.g., "int i = -1.234"
5454 if (UnaryOperator *UOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(InnerE))
5455 if (UOp->getOpcode() == UO_Minus || UOp->getOpcode() == UO_Plus)
5456 InnerE = UOp->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
5457
Chandler Carruth016ef402011-04-10 08:36:24 +00005458 if (FloatingLiteral *FL = dyn_cast<FloatingLiteral>(InnerE)) {
5459 DiagnoseFloatingLiteralImpCast(S, FL, T, CC);
Chandler Carruth22c7a792011-02-17 11:05:49 +00005460 } else {
5461 DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_float_integer);
5462 }
5463 }
John McCall263a48b2010-01-04 23:31:57 +00005464
Hans Wennborgf4ad2322012-08-28 15:44:30 +00005465 // If the target is bool, warn if expr is a function or method call.
5466 if (Target->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool) &&
5467 isa<CallExpr>(E)) {
5468 // Check last argument of function call to see if it is an
5469 // implicit cast from a type matching the type the result
5470 // is being cast to.
5471 CallExpr *CEx = cast<CallExpr>(E);
5472 unsigned NumArgs = CEx->getNumArgs();
5473 if (NumArgs > 0) {
5474 Expr *LastA = CEx->getArg(NumArgs - 1);
5475 Expr *InnerE = LastA->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
5476 const Type *InnerType =
5477 S.Context.getCanonicalType(InnerE->getType()).getTypePtr();
5478 if (isa<ImplicitCastExpr>(LastA) && (InnerType == Target)) {
5479 // Warn on this floating-point to bool conversion
5480 DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC,
5481 diag::warn_impcast_floating_point_to_bool);
5482 }
5483 }
5484 }
John McCall263a48b2010-01-04 23:31:57 +00005485 return;
5486 }
5487
Richard Trieubeaf3452011-05-29 19:59:02 +00005488 if ((E->isNullPointerConstant(S.Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull)
David Blaikie9366d2b2012-06-19 21:19:06 +00005489 == Expr::NPCK_GNUNull) && !Target->isAnyPointerType()
David Blaikiea1edff02012-11-08 00:41:20 +00005490 && !Target->isBlockPointerType() && !Target->isMemberPointerType()
David Blaikiebcd4b552013-02-16 00:56:22 +00005491 && Target->isScalarType() && !Target->isNullPtrType()) {
David Blaikieae12b182012-03-16 20:30:12 +00005492 SourceLocation Loc = E->getSourceRange().getBegin();
5493 if (Loc.isMacroID())
5494 Loc = S.SourceMgr.getImmediateExpansionRange(Loc).first;
David Blaikie18e9ac72012-05-15 21:57:38 +00005495 if (!Loc.isMacroID() || CC.isMacroID())
5496 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_impcast_null_pointer_to_integer)
5497 << T << clang::SourceRange(CC)
Richard Smithf7ec86a2013-09-20 00:27:40 +00005498 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc,
5499 S.getFixItZeroLiteralForType(T, Loc));
Richard Trieubeaf3452011-05-29 19:59:02 +00005500 }
5501
David Blaikie9366d2b2012-06-19 21:19:06 +00005502 if (!Source->isIntegerType() || !Target->isIntegerType())
5503 return;
5504
David Blaikie7555b6a2012-05-15 16:56:36 +00005505 // TODO: remove this early return once the false positives for constant->bool
5506 // in templates, macros, etc, are reduced or removed.
5507 if (Target->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool))
5508 return;
5509
John McCallcc7e5bf2010-05-06 08:58:33 +00005510 IntRange SourceRange = GetExprRange(S.Context, E);
John McCall817d4af2010-11-10 23:38:19 +00005511 IntRange TargetRange = IntRange::forTargetOfCanonicalType(S.Context, Target);
John McCall70aa5392010-01-06 05:24:50 +00005512
Timur Iskhodzhanov554bdc62013-03-29 00:22:03 +00005513 if (SourceRange.Width > TargetRange.Width) {
Sam Panzer6fffec62013-03-28 19:07:11 +00005514 // If the source is a constant, use a default-on diagnostic.
Timur Iskhodzhanov554bdc62013-03-29 00:22:03 +00005515 // TODO: this should happen for bitfield stores, too.
5516 llvm::APSInt Value(32);
5517 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, S.Context)) {
5518 if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
5519 return;
5520
John McCall18a2c2c2010-11-09 22:22:12 +00005521 std::string PrettySourceValue = Value.toString(10);
5522 std::string PrettyTargetValue = PrettyPrintInRange(Value, TargetRange);
Timur Iskhodzhanov554bdc62013-03-29 00:22:03 +00005523
Ted Kremenek33ba9952011-10-22 02:37:33 +00005524 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getExprLoc(), E,
5525 S.PDiag(diag::warn_impcast_integer_precision_constant)
5526 << PrettySourceValue << PrettyTargetValue
5527 << E->getType() << T << E->getSourceRange()
5528 << clang::SourceRange(CC));
John McCall18a2c2c2010-11-09 22:22:12 +00005529 return;
5530 }
5531
Timur Iskhodzhanov554bdc62013-03-29 00:22:03 +00005532 // People want to build with -Wshorten-64-to-32 and not -Wconversion.
5533 if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
5534 return;
5535
David Blaikie9455da02012-04-12 22:40:54 +00005536 if (TargetRange.Width == 32 && S.Context.getIntWidth(E->getType()) == 64)
Anna Zaks314cd092012-02-01 19:08:57 +00005537 return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_integer_64_32,
5538 /* pruneControlFlow */ true);
John McCallacf0ee52010-10-08 02:01:28 +00005539 return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_integer_precision);
John McCallcc7e5bf2010-05-06 08:58:33 +00005540 }
5541
5542 if ((TargetRange.NonNegative && !SourceRange.NonNegative) ||
5543 (!TargetRange.NonNegative && SourceRange.NonNegative &&
5544 SourceRange.Width == TargetRange.Width)) {
Ted Kremenek4c0826c2011-03-10 20:03:42 +00005545
Matt Beaumont-Gay7a57ada2012-01-06 22:43:58 +00005546 if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
Ted Kremenek4c0826c2011-03-10 20:03:42 +00005547 return;
5548
John McCallcc7e5bf2010-05-06 08:58:33 +00005549 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_impcast_integer_sign;
5550
5551 // Traditionally, gcc has warned about this under -Wsign-compare.
5552 // We also want to warn about it in -Wconversion.
5553 // So if -Wconversion is off, use a completely identical diagnostic
5554 // in the sign-compare group.
5555 // The conditional-checking code will
5556 if (ICContext) {
5557 DiagID = diag::warn_impcast_integer_sign_conditional;
5558 *ICContext = true;
5559 }
5560
John McCallacf0ee52010-10-08 02:01:28 +00005561 return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, DiagID);
John McCall263a48b2010-01-04 23:31:57 +00005562 }
5563
Douglas Gregora78f1932011-02-22 02:45:07 +00005564 // Diagnose conversions between different enumeration types.
Douglas Gregor364f7db2011-03-12 00:14:31 +00005565 // In C, we pretend that the type of an EnumConstantDecl is its enumeration
5566 // type, to give us better diagnostics.
5567 QualType SourceType = E->getType();
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00005568 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor364f7db2011-03-12 00:14:31 +00005569 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E))
5570 if (EnumConstantDecl *ECD = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) {
5571 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(ECD->getDeclContext());
5572 SourceType = S.Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
5573 Source = S.Context.getCanonicalType(SourceType).getTypePtr();
5574 }
5575 }
5576
Douglas Gregora78f1932011-02-22 02:45:07 +00005577 if (const EnumType *SourceEnum = Source->getAs<EnumType>())
5578 if (const EnumType *TargetEnum = Target->getAs<EnumType>())
John McCall5ea95772013-03-09 00:54:27 +00005579 if (SourceEnum->getDecl()->hasNameForLinkage() &&
5580 TargetEnum->getDecl()->hasNameForLinkage() &&
Ted Kremenek4c0826c2011-03-10 20:03:42 +00005581 SourceEnum != TargetEnum) {
Matt Beaumont-Gay7a57ada2012-01-06 22:43:58 +00005582 if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
Ted Kremenek4c0826c2011-03-10 20:03:42 +00005583 return;
5584
Douglas Gregor364f7db2011-03-12 00:14:31 +00005585 return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, SourceType, T, CC,
Douglas Gregora78f1932011-02-22 02:45:07 +00005586 diag::warn_impcast_different_enum_types);
Ted Kremenek4c0826c2011-03-10 20:03:42 +00005587 }
Douglas Gregora78f1932011-02-22 02:45:07 +00005588
John McCall263a48b2010-01-04 23:31:57 +00005589 return;
5590}
5591
David Blaikie18e9ac72012-05-15 21:57:38 +00005592void CheckConditionalOperator(Sema &S, ConditionalOperator *E,
5593 SourceLocation CC, QualType T);
John McCallcc7e5bf2010-05-06 08:58:33 +00005594
5595void CheckConditionalOperand(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T,
John McCallacf0ee52010-10-08 02:01:28 +00005596 SourceLocation CC, bool &ICContext) {
John McCallcc7e5bf2010-05-06 08:58:33 +00005597 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
5598
5599 if (isa<ConditionalOperator>(E))
David Blaikie18e9ac72012-05-15 21:57:38 +00005600 return CheckConditionalOperator(S, cast<ConditionalOperator>(E), CC, T);
John McCallcc7e5bf2010-05-06 08:58:33 +00005601
John McCallacf0ee52010-10-08 02:01:28 +00005602 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E, CC);
John McCallcc7e5bf2010-05-06 08:58:33 +00005603 if (E->getType() != T)
John McCallacf0ee52010-10-08 02:01:28 +00005604 return CheckImplicitConversion(S, E, T, CC, &ICContext);
John McCallcc7e5bf2010-05-06 08:58:33 +00005605 return;
5606}
5607
David Blaikie18e9ac72012-05-15 21:57:38 +00005608void CheckConditionalOperator(Sema &S, ConditionalOperator *E,
5609 SourceLocation CC, QualType T) {
John McCallacf0ee52010-10-08 02:01:28 +00005610 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getCond(), CC);
John McCallcc7e5bf2010-05-06 08:58:33 +00005611
5612 bool Suspicious = false;
John McCallacf0ee52010-10-08 02:01:28 +00005613 CheckConditionalOperand(S, E->getTrueExpr(), T, CC, Suspicious);
5614 CheckConditionalOperand(S, E->getFalseExpr(), T, CC, Suspicious);
John McCallcc7e5bf2010-05-06 08:58:33 +00005615
5616 // If -Wconversion would have warned about either of the candidates
5617 // for a signedness conversion to the context type...
5618 if (!Suspicious) return;
5619
5620 // ...but it's currently ignored...
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1cb0de12010-12-15 18:44:22 +00005621 if (S.Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_impcast_integer_sign_conditional,
5622 CC))
John McCallcc7e5bf2010-05-06 08:58:33 +00005623 return;
5624
John McCallcc7e5bf2010-05-06 08:58:33 +00005625 // ...then check whether it would have warned about either of the
5626 // candidates for a signedness conversion to the condition type.
Richard Trieubb43dec2011-07-21 02:46:28 +00005627 if (E->getType() == T) return;
5628
5629 Suspicious = false;
5630 CheckImplicitConversion(S, E->getTrueExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(),
5631 E->getType(), CC, &Suspicious);
5632 if (!Suspicious)
5633 CheckImplicitConversion(S, E->getFalseExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(),
John McCallacf0ee52010-10-08 02:01:28 +00005634 E->getType(), CC, &Suspicious);
John McCallcc7e5bf2010-05-06 08:58:33 +00005635}
5636
5637/// AnalyzeImplicitConversions - Find and report any interesting
5638/// implicit conversions in the given expression. There are a couple
5639/// of competing diagnostics here, -Wconversion and -Wsign-compare.
John McCallacf0ee52010-10-08 02:01:28 +00005640void AnalyzeImplicitConversions(Sema &S, Expr *OrigE, SourceLocation CC) {
John McCallcc7e5bf2010-05-06 08:58:33 +00005641 QualType T = OrigE->getType();
5642 Expr *E = OrigE->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
5643
Douglas Gregor6e8da6a2011-10-10 17:38:18 +00005644 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
5645 return;
5646
John McCallcc7e5bf2010-05-06 08:58:33 +00005647 // For conditional operators, we analyze the arguments as if they
5648 // were being fed directly into the output.
5649 if (isa<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
5650 ConditionalOperator *CO = cast<ConditionalOperator>(E);
David Blaikie18e9ac72012-05-15 21:57:38 +00005651 CheckConditionalOperator(S, CO, CC, T);
John McCallcc7e5bf2010-05-06 08:58:33 +00005652 return;
5653 }
5654
Hans Wennborgf4ad2322012-08-28 15:44:30 +00005655 // Check implicit argument conversions for function calls.
5656 if (CallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E))
5657 CheckImplicitArgumentConversions(S, Call, CC);
5658
John McCallcc7e5bf2010-05-06 08:58:33 +00005659 // Go ahead and check any implicit conversions we might have skipped.
5660 // The non-canonical typecheck is just an optimization;
5661 // CheckImplicitConversion will filter out dead implicit conversions.
5662 if (E->getType() != T)
John McCallacf0ee52010-10-08 02:01:28 +00005663 CheckImplicitConversion(S, E, T, CC);
John McCallcc7e5bf2010-05-06 08:58:33 +00005664
5665 // Now continue drilling into this expression.
Fariborz Jahanian2cb4a952013-05-15 19:03:04 +00005666
5667 if (PseudoObjectExpr * POE = dyn_cast<PseudoObjectExpr>(E)) {
Fariborz Jahanian0b11ef22013-05-15 22:25:03 +00005668 if (POE->getResultExpr())
5669 E = POE->getResultExpr();
Fariborz Jahanian2cb4a952013-05-15 19:03:04 +00005670 }
5671
Fariborz Jahanian0b11ef22013-05-15 22:25:03 +00005672 if (const OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E))
5673 return AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, OVE->getSourceExpr(), CC);
5674
John McCallcc7e5bf2010-05-06 08:58:33 +00005675 // Skip past explicit casts.
5676 if (isa<ExplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
5677 E = cast<ExplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
John McCallacf0ee52010-10-08 02:01:28 +00005678 return AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E, CC);
John McCallcc7e5bf2010-05-06 08:58:33 +00005679 }
5680
John McCalld2a53122010-11-09 23:24:47 +00005681 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
5682 // Do a somewhat different check with comparison operators.
5683 if (BO->isComparisonOp())
5684 return AnalyzeComparison(S, BO);
5685
Timur Iskhodzhanov554bdc62013-03-29 00:22:03 +00005686 // And with simple assignments.
5687 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Assign)
John McCalld2a53122010-11-09 23:24:47 +00005688 return AnalyzeAssignment(S, BO);
5689 }
John McCallcc7e5bf2010-05-06 08:58:33 +00005690
5691 // These break the otherwise-useful invariant below. Fortunately,
5692 // we don't really need to recurse into them, because any internal
5693 // expressions should have been analyzed already when they were
5694 // built into statements.
5695 if (isa<StmtExpr>(E)) return;
5696
5697 // Don't descend into unevaluated contexts.
Peter Collingbournee190dee2011-03-11 19:24:49 +00005698 if (isa<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr>(E)) return;
John McCallcc7e5bf2010-05-06 08:58:33 +00005699
5700 // Now just recurse over the expression's children.
John McCallacf0ee52010-10-08 02:01:28 +00005701 CC = E->getExprLoc();
Richard Trieu021baa32011-09-23 20:10:00 +00005702 BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
Richard Trieu955231d2014-01-25 01:10:35 +00005703 bool IsLogicalAndOperator = BO && BO->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd;
Richard Trieu021baa32011-09-23 20:10:00 +00005704 for (Stmt::child_range I = E->children(); I; ++I) {
Douglas Gregor73456262012-02-09 10:18:50 +00005705 Expr *ChildExpr = dyn_cast_or_null<Expr>(*I);
Douglas Gregor8c50e7c2012-02-09 00:47:04 +00005706 if (!ChildExpr)
5707 continue;
5708
Richard Trieu955231d2014-01-25 01:10:35 +00005709 if (IsLogicalAndOperator &&
Richard Trieu021baa32011-09-23 20:10:00 +00005710 isa<StringLiteral>(ChildExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
Richard Trieu955231d2014-01-25 01:10:35 +00005711 // Ignore checking string literals that are in logical and operators.
5712 // This is a common pattern for asserts.
Richard Trieu021baa32011-09-23 20:10:00 +00005713 continue;
5714 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, ChildExpr, CC);
5715 }
John McCallcc7e5bf2010-05-06 08:58:33 +00005716}
5717
5718} // end anonymous namespace
5719
5720/// Diagnoses "dangerous" implicit conversions within the given
5721/// expression (which is a full expression). Implements -Wconversion
5722/// and -Wsign-compare.
John McCallacf0ee52010-10-08 02:01:28 +00005723///
5724/// \param CC the "context" location of the implicit conversion, i.e.
5725/// the most location of the syntactic entity requiring the implicit
5726/// conversion
5727void Sema::CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC) {
John McCallcc7e5bf2010-05-06 08:58:33 +00005728 // Don't diagnose in unevaluated contexts.
David Blaikie131fcb42012-08-06 22:47:24 +00005729 if (isUnevaluatedContext())
John McCallcc7e5bf2010-05-06 08:58:33 +00005730 return;
5731
5732 // Don't diagnose for value- or type-dependent expressions.
5733 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
5734 return;
5735
Kaelyn Uhrain2e7aa5a2011-08-05 23:18:04 +00005736 // Check for array bounds violations in cases where the check isn't triggered
5737 // elsewhere for other Expr types (like BinaryOperators), e.g. when an
5738 // ArraySubscriptExpr is on the RHS of a variable initialization.
5739 CheckArrayAccess(E);
5740
John McCallacf0ee52010-10-08 02:01:28 +00005741 // This is not the right CC for (e.g.) a variable initialization.
5742 AnalyzeImplicitConversions(*this, E, CC);
John McCallcc7e5bf2010-05-06 08:58:33 +00005743}
5744
Fariborz Jahaniane735ff92013-01-24 22:11:45 +00005745/// Diagnose when expression is an integer constant expression and its evaluation
5746/// results in integer overflow
5747void Sema::CheckForIntOverflow (Expr *E) {
Richard Smithe9ff7702013-11-05 22:23:30 +00005748 if (isa<BinaryOperator>(E->IgnoreParens()))
5749 E->EvaluateForOverflow(Context);
Fariborz Jahaniane735ff92013-01-24 22:11:45 +00005750}
5751
Richard Smithc406cb72013-01-17 01:17:56 +00005752namespace {
5753/// \brief Visitor for expressions which looks for unsequenced operations on the
5754/// same object.
5755class SequenceChecker : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SequenceChecker> {
Richard Smithe3dbfe02013-06-30 10:40:20 +00005756 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SequenceChecker> Base;
5757
Richard Smithc406cb72013-01-17 01:17:56 +00005758 /// \brief A tree of sequenced regions within an expression. Two regions are
5759 /// unsequenced if one is an ancestor or a descendent of the other. When we
5760 /// finish processing an expression with sequencing, such as a comma
5761 /// expression, we fold its tree nodes into its parent, since they are
5762 /// unsequenced with respect to nodes we will visit later.
5763 class SequenceTree {
5764 struct Value {
5765 explicit Value(unsigned Parent) : Parent(Parent), Merged(false) {}
5766 unsigned Parent : 31;
5767 bool Merged : 1;
5768 };
Robert Wilhelmb869a8f2013-08-10 12:33:24 +00005769 SmallVector<Value, 8> Values;
Richard Smithc406cb72013-01-17 01:17:56 +00005770
5771 public:
5772 /// \brief A region within an expression which may be sequenced with respect
5773 /// to some other region.
5774 class Seq {
5775 explicit Seq(unsigned N) : Index(N) {}
5776 unsigned Index;
5777 friend class SequenceTree;
5778 public:
5779 Seq() : Index(0) {}
5780 };
5781
5782 SequenceTree() { Values.push_back(Value(0)); }
5783 Seq root() const { return Seq(0); }
5784
5785 /// \brief Create a new sequence of operations, which is an unsequenced
5786 /// subset of \p Parent. This sequence of operations is sequenced with
5787 /// respect to other children of \p Parent.
5788 Seq allocate(Seq Parent) {
5789 Values.push_back(Value(Parent.Index));
5790 return Seq(Values.size() - 1);
5791 }
5792
5793 /// \brief Merge a sequence of operations into its parent.
5794 void merge(Seq S) {
5795 Values[S.Index].Merged = true;
5796 }
5797
5798 /// \brief Determine whether two operations are unsequenced. This operation
5799 /// is asymmetric: \p Cur should be the more recent sequence, and \p Old
5800 /// should have been merged into its parent as appropriate.
5801 bool isUnsequenced(Seq Cur, Seq Old) {
5802 unsigned C = representative(Cur.Index);
5803 unsigned Target = representative(Old.Index);
5804 while (C >= Target) {
5805 if (C == Target)
5806 return true;
5807 C = Values[C].Parent;
5808 }
5809 return false;
5810 }
5811
5812 private:
5813 /// \brief Pick a representative for a sequence.
5814 unsigned representative(unsigned K) {
5815 if (Values[K].Merged)
5816 // Perform path compression as we go.
5817 return Values[K].Parent = representative(Values[K].Parent);
5818 return K;
5819 }
5820 };
5821
5822 /// An object for which we can track unsequenced uses.
5823 typedef NamedDecl *Object;
5824
5825 /// Different flavors of object usage which we track. We only track the
5826 /// least-sequenced usage of each kind.
5827 enum UsageKind {
5828 /// A read of an object. Multiple unsequenced reads are OK.
5829 UK_Use,
5830 /// A modification of an object which is sequenced before the value
Richard Smith83e37bee2013-06-26 23:16:51 +00005831 /// computation of the expression, such as ++n in C++.
Richard Smithc406cb72013-01-17 01:17:56 +00005832 UK_ModAsValue,
5833 /// A modification of an object which is not sequenced before the value
5834 /// computation of the expression, such as n++.
5835 UK_ModAsSideEffect,
5836
5837 UK_Count = UK_ModAsSideEffect + 1
5838 };
5839
5840 struct Usage {
5841 Usage() : Use(0), Seq() {}
5842 Expr *Use;
5843 SequenceTree::Seq Seq;
5844 };
5845
5846 struct UsageInfo {
5847 UsageInfo() : Diagnosed(false) {}
5848 Usage Uses[UK_Count];
5849 /// Have we issued a diagnostic for this variable already?
5850 bool Diagnosed;
5851 };
5852 typedef llvm::SmallDenseMap<Object, UsageInfo, 16> UsageInfoMap;
5853
5854 Sema &SemaRef;
5855 /// Sequenced regions within the expression.
5856 SequenceTree Tree;
5857 /// Declaration modifications and references which we have seen.
5858 UsageInfoMap UsageMap;
5859 /// The region we are currently within.
5860 SequenceTree::Seq Region;
5861 /// Filled in with declarations which were modified as a side-effect
5862 /// (that is, post-increment operations).
Robert Wilhelmb869a8f2013-08-10 12:33:24 +00005863 SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<Object, Usage> > *ModAsSideEffect;
Richard Smithd33f5202013-01-17 23:18:09 +00005864 /// Expressions to check later. We defer checking these to reduce
5865 /// stack usage.
Robert Wilhelmb869a8f2013-08-10 12:33:24 +00005866 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &WorkList;
Richard Smithc406cb72013-01-17 01:17:56 +00005867
5868 /// RAII object wrapping the visitation of a sequenced subexpression of an
5869 /// expression. At the end of this process, the side-effects of the evaluation
5870 /// become sequenced with respect to the value computation of the result, so
5871 /// we downgrade any UK_ModAsSideEffect within the evaluation to
5872 /// UK_ModAsValue.
5873 struct SequencedSubexpression {
5874 SequencedSubexpression(SequenceChecker &Self)
5875 : Self(Self), OldModAsSideEffect(Self.ModAsSideEffect) {
5876 Self.ModAsSideEffect = &ModAsSideEffect;
5877 }
5878 ~SequencedSubexpression() {
5879 for (unsigned I = 0, E = ModAsSideEffect.size(); I != E; ++I) {
5880 UsageInfo &U = Self.UsageMap[ModAsSideEffect[I].first];
5881 U.Uses[UK_ModAsSideEffect] = ModAsSideEffect[I].second;
5882 Self.addUsage(U, ModAsSideEffect[I].first,
5883 ModAsSideEffect[I].second.Use, UK_ModAsValue);
5884 }
5885 Self.ModAsSideEffect = OldModAsSideEffect;
5886 }
5887
5888 SequenceChecker &Self;
Robert Wilhelmb869a8f2013-08-10 12:33:24 +00005889 SmallVector<std::pair<Object, Usage>, 4> ModAsSideEffect;
5890 SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<Object, Usage> > *OldModAsSideEffect;
Richard Smithc406cb72013-01-17 01:17:56 +00005891 };
5892
Richard Smith40238f02013-06-20 22:21:56 +00005893 /// RAII object wrapping the visitation of a subexpression which we might
5894 /// choose to evaluate as a constant. If any subexpression is evaluated and
5895 /// found to be non-constant, this allows us to suppress the evaluation of
5896 /// the outer expression.
5897 class EvaluationTracker {
5898 public:
5899 EvaluationTracker(SequenceChecker &Self)
5900 : Self(Self), Prev(Self.EvalTracker), EvalOK(true) {
5901 Self.EvalTracker = this;
5902 }
5903 ~EvaluationTracker() {
5904 Self.EvalTracker = Prev;
5905 if (Prev)
5906 Prev->EvalOK &= EvalOK;
5907 }
5908
5909 bool evaluate(const Expr *E, bool &Result) {
5910 if (!EvalOK || E->isValueDependent())
5911 return false;
5912 EvalOK = E->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Result, Self.SemaRef.Context);
5913 return EvalOK;
5914 }
5915
5916 private:
5917 SequenceChecker &Self;
5918 EvaluationTracker *Prev;
5919 bool EvalOK;
5920 } *EvalTracker;
5921
Richard Smithc406cb72013-01-17 01:17:56 +00005922 /// \brief Find the object which is produced by the specified expression,
5923 /// if any.
5924 Object getObject(Expr *E, bool Mod) const {
5925 E = E->IgnoreParenCasts();
5926 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) {
5927 if (Mod && (UO->getOpcode() == UO_PreInc || UO->getOpcode() == UO_PreDec))
5928 return getObject(UO->getSubExpr(), Mod);
5929 } else if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
5930 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma)
5931 return getObject(BO->getRHS(), Mod);
5932 if (Mod && BO->isAssignmentOp())
5933 return getObject(BO->getLHS(), Mod);
5934 } else if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
5935 // FIXME: Check for more interesting cases, like "x.n = ++x.n".
5936 if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenCasts()))
5937 return ME->getMemberDecl();
5938 } else if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E))
5939 // FIXME: If this is a reference, map through to its value.
5940 return DRE->getDecl();
5941 return 0;
5942 }
5943
5944 /// \brief Note that an object was modified or used by an expression.
5945 void addUsage(UsageInfo &UI, Object O, Expr *Ref, UsageKind UK) {
5946 Usage &U = UI.Uses[UK];
5947 if (!U.Use || !Tree.isUnsequenced(Region, U.Seq)) {
5948 if (UK == UK_ModAsSideEffect && ModAsSideEffect)
5949 ModAsSideEffect->push_back(std::make_pair(O, U));
5950 U.Use = Ref;
5951 U.Seq = Region;
5952 }
5953 }
5954 /// \brief Check whether a modification or use conflicts with a prior usage.
5955 void checkUsage(Object O, UsageInfo &UI, Expr *Ref, UsageKind OtherKind,
5956 bool IsModMod) {
5957 if (UI.Diagnosed)
5958 return;
5959
5960 const Usage &U = UI.Uses[OtherKind];
5961 if (!U.Use || !Tree.isUnsequenced(Region, U.Seq))
5962 return;
5963
5964 Expr *Mod = U.Use;
5965 Expr *ModOrUse = Ref;
5966 if (OtherKind == UK_Use)
5967 std::swap(Mod, ModOrUse);
5968
5969 SemaRef.Diag(Mod->getExprLoc(),
5970 IsModMod ? diag::warn_unsequenced_mod_mod
5971 : diag::warn_unsequenced_mod_use)
5972 << O << SourceRange(ModOrUse->getExprLoc());
5973 UI.Diagnosed = true;
5974 }
5975
5976 void notePreUse(Object O, Expr *Use) {
5977 UsageInfo &U = UsageMap[O];
5978 // Uses conflict with other modifications.
5979 checkUsage(O, U, Use, UK_ModAsValue, false);
5980 }
5981 void notePostUse(Object O, Expr *Use) {
5982 UsageInfo &U = UsageMap[O];
5983 checkUsage(O, U, Use, UK_ModAsSideEffect, false);
5984 addUsage(U, O, Use, UK_Use);
5985 }
5986
5987 void notePreMod(Object O, Expr *Mod) {
5988 UsageInfo &U = UsageMap[O];
5989 // Modifications conflict with other modifications and with uses.
5990 checkUsage(O, U, Mod, UK_ModAsValue, true);
5991 checkUsage(O, U, Mod, UK_Use, false);
5992 }
5993 void notePostMod(Object O, Expr *Use, UsageKind UK) {
5994 UsageInfo &U = UsageMap[O];
5995 checkUsage(O, U, Use, UK_ModAsSideEffect, true);
5996 addUsage(U, O, Use, UK);
5997 }
5998
5999public:
Robert Wilhelmb869a8f2013-08-10 12:33:24 +00006000 SequenceChecker(Sema &S, Expr *E, SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &WorkList)
6001 : Base(S.Context), SemaRef(S), Region(Tree.root()), ModAsSideEffect(0),
6002 WorkList(WorkList), EvalTracker(0) {
Richard Smithc406cb72013-01-17 01:17:56 +00006003 Visit(E);
6004 }
6005
6006 void VisitStmt(Stmt *S) {
6007 // Skip all statements which aren't expressions for now.
6008 }
6009
6010 void VisitExpr(Expr *E) {
6011 // By default, just recurse to evaluated subexpressions.
Richard Smithe3dbfe02013-06-30 10:40:20 +00006012 Base::VisitStmt(E);
Richard Smithc406cb72013-01-17 01:17:56 +00006013 }
6014
6015 void VisitCastExpr(CastExpr *E) {
6016 Object O = Object();
6017 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
6018 O = getObject(E->getSubExpr(), false);
6019
6020 if (O)
6021 notePreUse(O, E);
6022 VisitExpr(E);
6023 if (O)
6024 notePostUse(O, E);
6025 }
6026
6027 void VisitBinComma(BinaryOperator *BO) {
6028 // C++11 [expr.comma]p1:
6029 // Every value computation and side effect associated with the left
6030 // expression is sequenced before every value computation and side
6031 // effect associated with the right expression.
6032 SequenceTree::Seq LHS = Tree.allocate(Region);
6033 SequenceTree::Seq RHS = Tree.allocate(Region);
6034 SequenceTree::Seq OldRegion = Region;
6035
6036 {
6037 SequencedSubexpression SeqLHS(*this);
6038 Region = LHS;
6039 Visit(BO->getLHS());
6040 }
6041
6042 Region = RHS;
6043 Visit(BO->getRHS());
6044
6045 Region = OldRegion;
6046
6047 // Forget that LHS and RHS are sequenced. They are both unsequenced
6048 // with respect to other stuff.
6049 Tree.merge(LHS);
6050 Tree.merge(RHS);
6051 }
6052
6053 void VisitBinAssign(BinaryOperator *BO) {
6054 // The modification is sequenced after the value computation of the LHS
6055 // and RHS, so check it before inspecting the operands and update the
6056 // map afterwards.
6057 Object O = getObject(BO->getLHS(), true);
6058 if (!O)
6059 return VisitExpr(BO);
6060
6061 notePreMod(O, BO);
6062
6063 // C++11 [expr.ass]p7:
6064 // E1 op= E2 is equivalent to E1 = E1 op E2, except that E1 is evaluated
6065 // only once.
6066 //
6067 // Therefore, for a compound assignment operator, O is considered used
6068 // everywhere except within the evaluation of E1 itself.
6069 if (isa<CompoundAssignOperator>(BO))
6070 notePreUse(O, BO);
6071
6072 Visit(BO->getLHS());
6073
6074 if (isa<CompoundAssignOperator>(BO))
6075 notePostUse(O, BO);
6076
6077 Visit(BO->getRHS());
6078
Richard Smith83e37bee2013-06-26 23:16:51 +00006079 // C++11 [expr.ass]p1:
6080 // the assignment is sequenced [...] before the value computation of the
6081 // assignment expression.
6082 // C11 6.5.16/3 has no such rule.
6083 notePostMod(O, BO, SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? UK_ModAsValue
6084 : UK_ModAsSideEffect);
Richard Smithc406cb72013-01-17 01:17:56 +00006085 }
6086 void VisitCompoundAssignOperator(CompoundAssignOperator *CAO) {
6087 VisitBinAssign(CAO);
6088 }
6089
6090 void VisitUnaryPreInc(UnaryOperator *UO) { VisitUnaryPreIncDec(UO); }
6091 void VisitUnaryPreDec(UnaryOperator *UO) { VisitUnaryPreIncDec(UO); }
6092 void VisitUnaryPreIncDec(UnaryOperator *UO) {
6093 Object O = getObject(UO->getSubExpr(), true);
6094 if (!O)
6095 return VisitExpr(UO);
6096
6097 notePreMod(O, UO);
6098 Visit(UO->getSubExpr());
Richard Smith83e37bee2013-06-26 23:16:51 +00006099 // C++11 [expr.pre.incr]p1:
6100 // the expression ++x is equivalent to x+=1
6101 notePostMod(O, UO, SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? UK_ModAsValue
6102 : UK_ModAsSideEffect);
Richard Smithc406cb72013-01-17 01:17:56 +00006103 }
6104
6105 void VisitUnaryPostInc(UnaryOperator *UO) { VisitUnaryPostIncDec(UO); }
6106 void VisitUnaryPostDec(UnaryOperator *UO) { VisitUnaryPostIncDec(UO); }
6107 void VisitUnaryPostIncDec(UnaryOperator *UO) {
6108 Object O = getObject(UO->getSubExpr(), true);
6109 if (!O)
6110 return VisitExpr(UO);
6111
6112 notePreMod(O, UO);
6113 Visit(UO->getSubExpr());
6114 notePostMod(O, UO, UK_ModAsSideEffect);
6115 }
6116
6117 /// Don't visit the RHS of '&&' or '||' if it might not be evaluated.
6118 void VisitBinLOr(BinaryOperator *BO) {
6119 // The side-effects of the LHS of an '&&' are sequenced before the
6120 // value computation of the RHS, and hence before the value computation
6121 // of the '&&' itself, unless the LHS evaluates to zero. We treat them
6122 // as if they were unconditionally sequenced.
Richard Smith40238f02013-06-20 22:21:56 +00006123 EvaluationTracker Eval(*this);
Richard Smithc406cb72013-01-17 01:17:56 +00006124 {
6125 SequencedSubexpression Sequenced(*this);
6126 Visit(BO->getLHS());
6127 }
6128
6129 bool Result;
Richard Smith40238f02013-06-20 22:21:56 +00006130 if (Eval.evaluate(BO->getLHS(), Result)) {
Richard Smith01a7fba2013-01-17 22:06:26 +00006131 if (!Result)
6132 Visit(BO->getRHS());
6133 } else {
6134 // Check for unsequenced operations in the RHS, treating it as an
6135 // entirely separate evaluation.
6136 //
6137 // FIXME: If there are operations in the RHS which are unsequenced
6138 // with respect to operations outside the RHS, and those operations
6139 // are unconditionally evaluated, diagnose them.
Richard Smithd33f5202013-01-17 23:18:09 +00006140 WorkList.push_back(BO->getRHS());
Richard Smith01a7fba2013-01-17 22:06:26 +00006141 }
Richard Smithc406cb72013-01-17 01:17:56 +00006142 }
6143 void VisitBinLAnd(BinaryOperator *BO) {
Richard Smith40238f02013-06-20 22:21:56 +00006144 EvaluationTracker Eval(*this);
Richard Smithc406cb72013-01-17 01:17:56 +00006145 {
6146 SequencedSubexpression Sequenced(*this);
6147 Visit(BO->getLHS());
6148 }
6149
6150 bool Result;
Richard Smith40238f02013-06-20 22:21:56 +00006151 if (Eval.evaluate(BO->getLHS(), Result)) {
Richard Smith01a7fba2013-01-17 22:06:26 +00006152 if (Result)
6153 Visit(BO->getRHS());
6154 } else {
Richard Smithd33f5202013-01-17 23:18:09 +00006155 WorkList.push_back(BO->getRHS());
Richard Smith01a7fba2013-01-17 22:06:26 +00006156 }
Richard Smithc406cb72013-01-17 01:17:56 +00006157 }
6158
6159 // Only visit the condition, unless we can be sure which subexpression will
6160 // be chosen.
6161 void VisitAbstractConditionalOperator(AbstractConditionalOperator *CO) {
Richard Smith40238f02013-06-20 22:21:56 +00006162 EvaluationTracker Eval(*this);
Richard Smith83e37bee2013-06-26 23:16:51 +00006163 {
6164 SequencedSubexpression Sequenced(*this);
6165 Visit(CO->getCond());
6166 }
Richard Smithc406cb72013-01-17 01:17:56 +00006167
6168 bool Result;
Richard Smith40238f02013-06-20 22:21:56 +00006169 if (Eval.evaluate(CO->getCond(), Result))
Richard Smithc406cb72013-01-17 01:17:56 +00006170 Visit(Result ? CO->getTrueExpr() : CO->getFalseExpr());
Richard Smith01a7fba2013-01-17 22:06:26 +00006171 else {
Richard Smithd33f5202013-01-17 23:18:09 +00006172 WorkList.push_back(CO->getTrueExpr());
6173 WorkList.push_back(CO->getFalseExpr());
Richard Smith01a7fba2013-01-17 22:06:26 +00006174 }
Richard Smithc406cb72013-01-17 01:17:56 +00006175 }
6176
Richard Smithe3dbfe02013-06-30 10:40:20 +00006177 void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *CE) {
6178 // C++11 [intro.execution]p15:
6179 // When calling a function [...], every value computation and side effect
6180 // associated with any argument expression, or with the postfix expression
6181 // designating the called function, is sequenced before execution of every
6182 // expression or statement in the body of the function [and thus before
6183 // the value computation of its result].
6184 SequencedSubexpression Sequenced(*this);
6185 Base::VisitCallExpr(CE);
6186
6187 // FIXME: CXXNewExpr and CXXDeleteExpr implicitly call functions.
6188 }
6189
Richard Smithc406cb72013-01-17 01:17:56 +00006190 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *CCE) {
Richard Smithe3dbfe02013-06-30 10:40:20 +00006191 // This is a call, so all subexpressions are sequenced before the result.
6192 SequencedSubexpression Sequenced(*this);
6193
Richard Smithc406cb72013-01-17 01:17:56 +00006194 if (!CCE->isListInitialization())
6195 return VisitExpr(CCE);
6196
6197 // In C++11, list initializations are sequenced.
Robert Wilhelmb869a8f2013-08-10 12:33:24 +00006198 SmallVector<SequenceTree::Seq, 32> Elts;
Richard Smithc406cb72013-01-17 01:17:56 +00006199 SequenceTree::Seq Parent = Region;
6200 for (CXXConstructExpr::arg_iterator I = CCE->arg_begin(),
6201 E = CCE->arg_end();
6202 I != E; ++I) {
6203 Region = Tree.allocate(Parent);
6204 Elts.push_back(Region);
6205 Visit(*I);
6206 }
6207
6208 // Forget that the initializers are sequenced.
6209 Region = Parent;
6210 for (unsigned I = 0; I < Elts.size(); ++I)
6211 Tree.merge(Elts[I]);
6212 }
6213
6214 void VisitInitListExpr(InitListExpr *ILE) {
6215 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
6216 return VisitExpr(ILE);
6217
6218 // In C++11, list initializations are sequenced.
Robert Wilhelmb869a8f2013-08-10 12:33:24 +00006219 SmallVector<SequenceTree::Seq, 32> Elts;
Richard Smithc406cb72013-01-17 01:17:56 +00006220 SequenceTree::Seq Parent = Region;
6221 for (unsigned I = 0; I < ILE->getNumInits(); ++I) {
6222 Expr *E = ILE->getInit(I);
6223 if (!E) continue;
6224 Region = Tree.allocate(Parent);
6225 Elts.push_back(Region);
6226 Visit(E);
6227 }
6228
6229 // Forget that the initializers are sequenced.
6230 Region = Parent;
6231 for (unsigned I = 0; I < Elts.size(); ++I)
6232 Tree.merge(Elts[I]);
6233 }
6234};
6235}
6236
6237void Sema::CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E) {
Robert Wilhelmb869a8f2013-08-10 12:33:24 +00006238 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> WorkList;
Richard Smithd33f5202013-01-17 23:18:09 +00006239 WorkList.push_back(E);
6240 while (!WorkList.empty()) {
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +00006241 Expr *Item = WorkList.pop_back_val();
Richard Smithd33f5202013-01-17 23:18:09 +00006242 SequenceChecker(*this, Item, WorkList);
6243 }
Richard Smithc406cb72013-01-17 01:17:56 +00006244}
6245
Fariborz Jahaniane735ff92013-01-24 22:11:45 +00006246void Sema::CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc,
6247 bool IsConstexpr) {
Richard Smithc406cb72013-01-17 01:17:56 +00006248 CheckImplicitConversions(E, CheckLoc);
6249 CheckUnsequencedOperations(E);
Fariborz Jahaniane735ff92013-01-24 22:11:45 +00006250 if (!IsConstexpr && !E->isValueDependent())
6251 CheckForIntOverflow(E);
Richard Smithc406cb72013-01-17 01:17:56 +00006252}
6253
John McCall1f425642010-11-11 03:21:53 +00006254void Sema::CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc,
6255 FieldDecl *BitField,
6256 Expr *Init) {
6257 (void) AnalyzeBitFieldAssignment(*this, BitField, Init, InitLoc);
6258}
6259
Mike Stump0c2ec772010-01-21 03:59:47 +00006260/// CheckParmsForFunctionDef - Check that the parameters of the given
6261/// function are appropriate for the definition of a function. This
6262/// takes care of any checks that cannot be performed on the
6263/// declaration itself, e.g., that the types of each of the function
6264/// parameters are complete.
Reid Kleckner5a115802013-06-24 14:38:26 +00006265bool Sema::CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl *const *P,
6266 ParmVarDecl *const *PEnd,
Douglas Gregorb524d902010-11-01 18:37:59 +00006267 bool CheckParameterNames) {
Mike Stump0c2ec772010-01-21 03:59:47 +00006268 bool HasInvalidParm = false;
Douglas Gregorb524d902010-11-01 18:37:59 +00006269 for (; P != PEnd; ++P) {
6270 ParmVarDecl *Param = *P;
6271
Mike Stump0c2ec772010-01-21 03:59:47 +00006272 // C99 6.7.5.3p4: the parameters in a parameter type list in a
6273 // function declarator that is part of a function definition of
6274 // that function shall not have incomplete type.
6275 //
6276 // This is also C++ [dcl.fct]p6.
6277 if (!Param->isInvalidDecl() &&
6278 RequireCompleteType(Param->getLocation(), Param->getType(),
Douglas Gregor7bfb2d02012-05-04 16:32:21 +00006279 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
Mike Stump0c2ec772010-01-21 03:59:47 +00006280 Param->setInvalidDecl();
6281 HasInvalidParm = true;
6282 }
6283
6284 // C99 6.9.1p5: If the declarator includes a parameter type list, the
6285 // declaration of each parameter shall include an identifier.
Douglas Gregorb524d902010-11-01 18:37:59 +00006286 if (CheckParameterNames &&
6287 Param->getIdentifier() == 0 &&
Mike Stump0c2ec772010-01-21 03:59:47 +00006288 !Param->isImplicit() &&
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00006289 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Mike Stump0c2ec772010-01-21 03:59:47 +00006290 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_parameter_name_omitted);
Sam Weinigdeb55d52010-02-01 05:02:49 +00006291
6292 // C99 6.7.5.3p12:
6293 // If the function declarator is not part of a definition of that
6294 // function, parameters may have incomplete type and may use the [*]
6295 // notation in their sequences of declarator specifiers to specify
6296 // variable length array types.
6297 QualType PType = Param->getOriginalType();
Fariborz Jahanian4289a5a2013-04-29 22:01:25 +00006298 while (const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(PType)) {
Sam Weinigdeb55d52010-02-01 05:02:49 +00006299 if (AT->getSizeModifier() == ArrayType::Star) {
Stefanus Du Toitb3318502013-03-01 21:41:22 +00006300 // FIXME: This diagnostic should point the '[*]' if source-location
Sam Weinigdeb55d52010-02-01 05:02:49 +00006301 // information is added for it.
6302 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_array_star_in_function_definition);
Fariborz Jahanian4289a5a2013-04-29 22:01:25 +00006303 break;
Sam Weinigdeb55d52010-02-01 05:02:49 +00006304 }
Fariborz Jahanian4289a5a2013-04-29 22:01:25 +00006305 PType= AT->getElementType();
Sam Weinigdeb55d52010-02-01 05:02:49 +00006306 }
Reid Kleckner23f4c4b2013-06-21 12:45:15 +00006307
6308 // MSVC destroys objects passed by value in the callee. Therefore a
6309 // function definition which takes such a parameter must be able to call the
Hans Wennborg0f3c10c2014-01-13 17:23:24 +00006310 // object's destructor. However, we don't perform any direct access check
6311 // on the dtor.
Reid Kleckner739756c2013-12-04 19:23:12 +00006312 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Context.getTargetInfo()
6313 .getCXXABI()
6314 .areArgsDestroyedLeftToRightInCallee()) {
Hans Wennborg13ac4bd2014-01-13 19:24:31 +00006315 if (!Param->isInvalidDecl()) {
6316 if (const RecordType *RT = Param->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) {
6317 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
6318 if (!ClassDecl->isInvalidDecl() &&
6319 !ClassDecl->hasIrrelevantDestructor() &&
6320 !ClassDecl->isDependentContext()) {
6321 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(ClassDecl);
6322 MarkFunctionReferenced(Param->getLocation(), Destructor);
6323 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, Param->getLocation());
6324 }
Hans Wennborg0f3c10c2014-01-13 17:23:24 +00006325 }
6326 }
Reid Kleckner23f4c4b2013-06-21 12:45:15 +00006327 }
Mike Stump0c2ec772010-01-21 03:59:47 +00006328 }
6329
6330 return HasInvalidParm;
6331}
John McCall2b5c1b22010-08-12 21:44:57 +00006332
6333/// CheckCastAlign - Implements -Wcast-align, which warns when a
6334/// pointer cast increases the alignment requirements.
6335void Sema::CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange) {
6336 // This is actually a lot of work to potentially be doing on every
6337 // cast; don't do it if we're ignoring -Wcast_align (as is the default).
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1cb0de12010-12-15 18:44:22 +00006338 if (getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_cast_align,
6339 TRange.getBegin())
David Blaikie9c902b52011-09-25 23:23:43 +00006340 == DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
John McCall2b5c1b22010-08-12 21:44:57 +00006341 return;
6342
6343 // Ignore dependent types.
6344 if (T->isDependentType() || Op->getType()->isDependentType())
6345 return;
6346
6347 // Require that the destination be a pointer type.
6348 const PointerType *DestPtr = T->getAs<PointerType>();
6349 if (!DestPtr) return;
6350
6351 // If the destination has alignment 1, we're done.
6352 QualType DestPointee = DestPtr->getPointeeType();
6353 if (DestPointee->isIncompleteType()) return;
6354 CharUnits DestAlign = Context.getTypeAlignInChars(DestPointee);
6355 if (DestAlign.isOne()) return;
6356
6357 // Require that the source be a pointer type.
6358 const PointerType *SrcPtr = Op->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
6359 if (!SrcPtr) return;
6360 QualType SrcPointee = SrcPtr->getPointeeType();
6361
6362 // Whitelist casts from cv void*. We already implicitly
6363 // whitelisted casts to cv void*, since they have alignment 1.
6364 // Also whitelist casts involving incomplete types, which implicitly
6365 // includes 'void'.
6366 if (SrcPointee->isIncompleteType()) return;
6367
6368 CharUnits SrcAlign = Context.getTypeAlignInChars(SrcPointee);
6369 if (SrcAlign >= DestAlign) return;
6370
6371 Diag(TRange.getBegin(), diag::warn_cast_align)
6372 << Op->getType() << T
6373 << static_cast<unsigned>(SrcAlign.getQuantity())
6374 << static_cast<unsigned>(DestAlign.getQuantity())
6375 << TRange << Op->getSourceRange();
6376}
6377
Kaelyn Uhrain2e7aa5a2011-08-05 23:18:04 +00006378static const Type* getElementType(const Expr *BaseExpr) {
6379 const Type* EltType = BaseExpr->getType().getTypePtr();
6380 if (EltType->isAnyPointerType())
6381 return EltType->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
6382 else if (EltType->isArrayType())
6383 return EltType->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe();
6384 return EltType;
6385}
6386
Chandler Carruth28389f02011-08-05 09:10:50 +00006387/// \brief Check whether this array fits the idiom of a size-one tail padded
6388/// array member of a struct.
6389///
6390/// We avoid emitting out-of-bounds access warnings for such arrays as they are
6391/// commonly used to emulate flexible arrays in C89 code.
6392static bool IsTailPaddedMemberArray(Sema &S, llvm::APInt Size,
6393 const NamedDecl *ND) {
6394 if (Size != 1 || !ND) return false;
6395
6396 const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ND);
6397 if (!FD) return false;
6398
6399 // Don't consider sizes resulting from macro expansions or template argument
6400 // substitution to form C89 tail-padded arrays.
Sean Callanan06a48a62012-05-04 18:22:53 +00006401
6402 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = FD->getTypeSourceInfo();
Ted Kremenek7ebb4932012-05-09 05:35:08 +00006403 while (TInfo) {
6404 TypeLoc TL = TInfo->getTypeLoc();
6405 // Look through typedefs.
David Blaikie6adc78e2013-02-18 22:06:02 +00006406 if (TypedefTypeLoc TTL = TL.getAs<TypedefTypeLoc>()) {
6407 const TypedefNameDecl *TDL = TTL.getTypedefNameDecl();
Ted Kremenek7ebb4932012-05-09 05:35:08 +00006408 TInfo = TDL->getTypeSourceInfo();
6409 continue;
6410 }
David Blaikie6adc78e2013-02-18 22:06:02 +00006411 if (ConstantArrayTypeLoc CTL = TL.getAs<ConstantArrayTypeLoc>()) {
6412 const Expr *SizeExpr = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(CTL.getSizeExpr());
Chad Rosier70299922013-02-06 00:58:34 +00006413 if (!SizeExpr || SizeExpr->getExprLoc().isMacroID())
6414 return false;
6415 }
Ted Kremenek7ebb4932012-05-09 05:35:08 +00006416 break;
Sean Callanan06a48a62012-05-04 18:22:53 +00006417 }
Chandler Carruth28389f02011-08-05 09:10:50 +00006418
6419 const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext());
Matt Beaumont-Gayc93b4892011-11-29 22:43:53 +00006420 if (!RD) return false;
6421 if (RD->isUnion()) return false;
6422 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
6423 if (!CRD->isStandardLayout()) return false;
6424 }
Chandler Carruth28389f02011-08-05 09:10:50 +00006425
Benjamin Kramer8c543672011-08-06 03:04:42 +00006426 // See if this is the last field decl in the record.
6427 const Decl *D = FD;
6428 while ((D = D->getNextDeclInContext()))
6429 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D))
6430 return false;
6431 return true;
Chandler Carruth28389f02011-08-05 09:10:50 +00006432}
6433
Kaelyn Uhrain2e7aa5a2011-08-05 23:18:04 +00006434void Sema::CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr,
Matt Beaumont-Gay5533a552011-12-14 16:02:15 +00006435 const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE,
Richard Smith13f67182011-12-16 19:31:14 +00006436 bool AllowOnePastEnd, bool IndexNegated) {
Eli Friedman84e6e5c2012-02-27 21:21:40 +00006437 IndexExpr = IndexExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
Matt Beaumont-Gay5533a552011-12-14 16:02:15 +00006438 if (IndexExpr->isValueDependent())
6439 return;
6440
Matt Beaumont-Gay9d570c42011-12-12 22:35:02 +00006441 const Type *EffectiveType = getElementType(BaseExpr);
Kaelyn Uhrain2e7aa5a2011-08-05 23:18:04 +00006442 BaseExpr = BaseExpr->IgnoreParenCasts();
Chandler Carruth2a666fc2011-02-17 20:55:08 +00006443 const ConstantArrayType *ArrayTy =
Kaelyn Uhrain2e7aa5a2011-08-05 23:18:04 +00006444 Context.getAsConstantArrayType(BaseExpr->getType());
Chandler Carruth2a666fc2011-02-17 20:55:08 +00006445 if (!ArrayTy)
Ted Kremenek64699be2011-02-16 01:57:07 +00006446 return;
Chandler Carruth1af88f12011-02-17 21:10:52 +00006447
Chandler Carruth2a666fc2011-02-17 20:55:08 +00006448 llvm::APSInt index;
Matt Beaumont-Gay5533a552011-12-14 16:02:15 +00006449 if (!IndexExpr->EvaluateAsInt(index, Context))
Ted Kremenek64699be2011-02-16 01:57:07 +00006450 return;
Richard Smith13f67182011-12-16 19:31:14 +00006451 if (IndexNegated)
6452 index = -index;
Ted Kremenek108b2d52011-02-16 04:01:44 +00006453
Chandler Carruth126b1552011-08-05 08:07:29 +00006454 const NamedDecl *ND = NULL;
Chandler Carruth126b1552011-08-05 08:07:29 +00006455 if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(BaseExpr))
6456 ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
Chandler Carruth28389f02011-08-05 09:10:50 +00006457 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(BaseExpr))
Chandler Carruth126b1552011-08-05 08:07:29 +00006458 ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
Chandler Carruth126b1552011-08-05 08:07:29 +00006459
Ted Kremeneke4b316c2011-02-23 23:06:04 +00006460 if (index.isUnsigned() || !index.isNegative()) {
Ted Kremeneka7ced2c2011-02-18 02:27:00 +00006461 llvm::APInt size = ArrayTy->getSize();
Chandler Carruth1af88f12011-02-17 21:10:52 +00006462 if (!size.isStrictlyPositive())
6463 return;
Kaelyn Uhrain2e7aa5a2011-08-05 23:18:04 +00006464
6465 const Type* BaseType = getElementType(BaseExpr);
Nico Weber7c299802011-09-17 22:59:41 +00006466 if (BaseType != EffectiveType) {
Kaelyn Uhrain2e7aa5a2011-08-05 23:18:04 +00006467 // Make sure we're comparing apples to apples when comparing index to size
6468 uint64_t ptrarith_typesize = Context.getTypeSize(EffectiveType);
6469 uint64_t array_typesize = Context.getTypeSize(BaseType);
Kaelyn Uhrain0fb0bb12011-08-10 19:47:25 +00006470 // Handle ptrarith_typesize being zero, such as when casting to void*
Kaelyn Uhraine5353762011-08-10 18:49:28 +00006471 if (!ptrarith_typesize) ptrarith_typesize = 1;
Kaelyn Uhrain2e7aa5a2011-08-05 23:18:04 +00006472 if (ptrarith_typesize != array_typesize) {
6473 // There's a cast to a different size type involved
6474 uint64_t ratio = array_typesize / ptrarith_typesize;
6475 // TODO: Be smarter about handling cases where array_typesize is not a
6476 // multiple of ptrarith_typesize
6477 if (ptrarith_typesize * ratio == array_typesize)
6478 size *= llvm::APInt(size.getBitWidth(), ratio);
6479 }
6480 }
6481
Chandler Carruth2a666fc2011-02-17 20:55:08 +00006482 if (size.getBitWidth() > index.getBitWidth())
Eli Friedman84e6e5c2012-02-27 21:21:40 +00006483 index = index.zext(size.getBitWidth());
Ted Kremeneka7ced2c2011-02-18 02:27:00 +00006484 else if (size.getBitWidth() < index.getBitWidth())
Eli Friedman84e6e5c2012-02-27 21:21:40 +00006485 size = size.zext(index.getBitWidth());
Ted Kremeneka7ced2c2011-02-18 02:27:00 +00006486
Kaelyn Uhrain2e7aa5a2011-08-05 23:18:04 +00006487 // For array subscripting the index must be less than size, but for pointer
6488 // arithmetic also allow the index (offset) to be equal to size since
6489 // computing the next address after the end of the array is legal and
6490 // commonly done e.g. in C++ iterators and range-based for loops.
Eli Friedman84e6e5c2012-02-27 21:21:40 +00006491 if (AllowOnePastEnd ? index.ule(size) : index.ult(size))
Chandler Carruth126b1552011-08-05 08:07:29 +00006492 return;
6493
6494 // Also don't warn for arrays of size 1 which are members of some
6495 // structure. These are often used to approximate flexible arrays in C89
6496 // code.
Kaelyn Uhrain2e7aa5a2011-08-05 23:18:04 +00006497 if (IsTailPaddedMemberArray(*this, size, ND))
Ted Kremenek108b2d52011-02-16 04:01:44 +00006498 return;
Chandler Carruth2a666fc2011-02-17 20:55:08 +00006499
Matt Beaumont-Gay5533a552011-12-14 16:02:15 +00006500 // Suppress the warning if the subscript expression (as identified by the
6501 // ']' location) and the index expression are both from macro expansions
6502 // within a system header.
6503 if (ASE) {
6504 SourceLocation RBracketLoc = SourceMgr.getSpellingLoc(
6505 ASE->getRBracketLoc());
6506 if (SourceMgr.isInSystemHeader(RBracketLoc)) {
6507 SourceLocation IndexLoc = SourceMgr.getSpellingLoc(
6508 IndexExpr->getLocStart());
Eli Friedman5ba37d52013-08-22 00:27:10 +00006509 if (SourceMgr.isWrittenInSameFile(RBracketLoc, IndexLoc))
Matt Beaumont-Gay5533a552011-12-14 16:02:15 +00006510 return;
6511 }
6512 }
6513
Kaelyn Uhrain2e7aa5a2011-08-05 23:18:04 +00006514 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_ptr_arith_exceeds_bounds;
Matt Beaumont-Gay5533a552011-12-14 16:02:15 +00006515 if (ASE)
Kaelyn Uhrain2e7aa5a2011-08-05 23:18:04 +00006516 DiagID = diag::warn_array_index_exceeds_bounds;
6517
6518 DiagRuntimeBehavior(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), BaseExpr,
6519 PDiag(DiagID) << index.toString(10, true)
6520 << size.toString(10, true)
6521 << (unsigned)size.getLimitedValue(~0U)
6522 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Chandler Carruth2a666fc2011-02-17 20:55:08 +00006523 } else {
Kaelyn Uhrain2e7aa5a2011-08-05 23:18:04 +00006524 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_array_index_precedes_bounds;
Matt Beaumont-Gay5533a552011-12-14 16:02:15 +00006525 if (!ASE) {
Kaelyn Uhrain2e7aa5a2011-08-05 23:18:04 +00006526 DiagID = diag::warn_ptr_arith_precedes_bounds;
6527 if (index.isNegative()) index = -index;
6528 }
6529
6530 DiagRuntimeBehavior(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), BaseExpr,
6531 PDiag(DiagID) << index.toString(10, true)
6532 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Ted Kremenek64699be2011-02-16 01:57:07 +00006533 }
Chandler Carruth1af88f12011-02-17 21:10:52 +00006534
Matt Beaumont-Gayb2339822011-11-29 19:27:11 +00006535 if (!ND) {
6536 // Try harder to find a NamedDecl to point at in the note.
6537 while (const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE =
6538 dyn_cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(BaseExpr))
6539 BaseExpr = ASE->getBase()->IgnoreParenCasts();
6540 if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(BaseExpr))
6541 ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
6542 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(BaseExpr))
6543 ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
6544 }
6545
Chandler Carruth1af88f12011-02-17 21:10:52 +00006546 if (ND)
Kaelyn Uhrain2e7aa5a2011-08-05 23:18:04 +00006547 DiagRuntimeBehavior(ND->getLocStart(), BaseExpr,
6548 PDiag(diag::note_array_index_out_of_bounds)
6549 << ND->getDeclName());
Ted Kremenek64699be2011-02-16 01:57:07 +00006550}
6551
Ted Kremenekdf26df72011-03-01 18:41:00 +00006552void Sema::CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *expr) {
Kaelyn Uhrain2e7aa5a2011-08-05 23:18:04 +00006553 int AllowOnePastEnd = 0;
6554 while (expr) {
6555 expr = expr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
Ted Kremenekdf26df72011-03-01 18:41:00 +00006556 switch (expr->getStmtClass()) {
Kaelyn Uhrain2e7aa5a2011-08-05 23:18:04 +00006557 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
6558 const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(expr);
Matt Beaumont-Gay5533a552011-12-14 16:02:15 +00006559 CheckArrayAccess(ASE->getBase(), ASE->getIdx(), ASE,
Kaelyn Uhrain2e7aa5a2011-08-05 23:18:04 +00006560 AllowOnePastEnd > 0);
Ted Kremenekdf26df72011-03-01 18:41:00 +00006561 return;
Kaelyn Uhrain2e7aa5a2011-08-05 23:18:04 +00006562 }
6563 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
6564 // Only unwrap the * and & unary operators
6565 const UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(expr);
6566 expr = UO->getSubExpr();
6567 switch (UO->getOpcode()) {
6568 case UO_AddrOf:
6569 AllowOnePastEnd++;
6570 break;
6571 case UO_Deref:
6572 AllowOnePastEnd--;
6573 break;
6574 default:
6575 return;
6576 }
6577 break;
6578 }
Ted Kremenekdf26df72011-03-01 18:41:00 +00006579 case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
6580 const ConditionalOperator *cond = cast<ConditionalOperator>(expr);
6581 if (const Expr *lhs = cond->getLHS())
6582 CheckArrayAccess(lhs);
6583 if (const Expr *rhs = cond->getRHS())
6584 CheckArrayAccess(rhs);
6585 return;
6586 }
6587 default:
6588 return;
6589 }
Peter Collingbourne91147592011-04-15 00:35:48 +00006590 }
Ted Kremenekdf26df72011-03-01 18:41:00 +00006591}
John McCall31168b02011-06-15 23:02:42 +00006592
6593//===--- CHECK: Objective-C retain cycles ----------------------------------//
6594
6595namespace {
6596 struct RetainCycleOwner {
6597 RetainCycleOwner() : Variable(0), Indirect(false) {}
6598 VarDecl *Variable;
6599 SourceRange Range;
6600 SourceLocation Loc;
6601 bool Indirect;
6602
6603 void setLocsFrom(Expr *e) {
6604 Loc = e->getExprLoc();
6605 Range = e->getSourceRange();
6606 }
6607 };
6608}
6609
6610/// Consider whether capturing the given variable can possibly lead to
6611/// a retain cycle.
6612static bool considerVariable(VarDecl *var, Expr *ref, RetainCycleOwner &owner) {
Sylvestre Ledru33b5baf2012-09-27 10:16:10 +00006613 // In ARC, it's captured strongly iff the variable has __strong
John McCall31168b02011-06-15 23:02:42 +00006614 // lifetime. In MRR, it's captured strongly if the variable is
6615 // __block and has an appropriate type.
6616 if (var->getType().getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Strong)
6617 return false;
6618
6619 owner.Variable = var;
Jordan Rosefa9e4ba2012-09-15 02:48:31 +00006620 if (ref)
6621 owner.setLocsFrom(ref);
John McCall31168b02011-06-15 23:02:42 +00006622 return true;
6623}
6624
Fariborz Jahanianedbc3452012-01-10 19:28:26 +00006625static bool findRetainCycleOwner(Sema &S, Expr *e, RetainCycleOwner &owner) {
John McCall31168b02011-06-15 23:02:42 +00006626 while (true) {
6627 e = e->IgnoreParens();
6628 if (CastExpr *cast = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(e)) {
6629 switch (cast->getCastKind()) {
6630 case CK_BitCast:
6631 case CK_LValueBitCast:
6632 case CK_LValueToRValue:
John McCall2d637d22011-09-10 06:18:15 +00006633 case CK_ARCReclaimReturnedObject:
John McCall31168b02011-06-15 23:02:42 +00006634 e = cast->getSubExpr();
6635 continue;
6636
John McCall31168b02011-06-15 23:02:42 +00006637 default:
6638 return false;
6639 }
6640 }
6641
6642 if (ObjCIvarRefExpr *ref = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(e)) {
6643 ObjCIvarDecl *ivar = ref->getDecl();
6644 if (ivar->getType().getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Strong)
6645 return false;
6646
6647 // Try to find a retain cycle in the base.
Fariborz Jahanianedbc3452012-01-10 19:28:26 +00006648 if (!findRetainCycleOwner(S, ref->getBase(), owner))
John McCall31168b02011-06-15 23:02:42 +00006649 return false;
6650
6651 if (ref->isFreeIvar()) owner.setLocsFrom(ref);
6652 owner.Indirect = true;
6653 return true;
6654 }
6655
6656 if (DeclRefExpr *ref = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(e)) {
6657 VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ref->getDecl());
6658 if (!var) return false;
6659 return considerVariable(var, ref, owner);
6660 }
6661
John McCall31168b02011-06-15 23:02:42 +00006662 if (MemberExpr *member = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(e)) {
6663 if (member->isArrow()) return false;
6664
6665 // Don't count this as an indirect ownership.
6666 e = member->getBase();
6667 continue;
6668 }
6669
John McCallfe96e0b2011-11-06 09:01:30 +00006670 if (PseudoObjectExpr *pseudo = dyn_cast<PseudoObjectExpr>(e)) {
6671 // Only pay attention to pseudo-objects on property references.
6672 ObjCPropertyRefExpr *pre
6673 = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(pseudo->getSyntacticForm()
6674 ->IgnoreParens());
6675 if (!pre) return false;
6676 if (pre->isImplicitProperty()) return false;
6677 ObjCPropertyDecl *property = pre->getExplicitProperty();
6678 if (!property->isRetaining() &&
6679 !(property->getPropertyIvarDecl() &&
6680 property->getPropertyIvarDecl()->getType()
6681 .getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong))
6682 return false;
6683
6684 owner.Indirect = true;
Fariborz Jahanianedbc3452012-01-10 19:28:26 +00006685 if (pre->isSuperReceiver()) {
6686 owner.Variable = S.getCurMethodDecl()->getSelfDecl();
6687 if (!owner.Variable)
6688 return false;
6689 owner.Loc = pre->getLocation();
6690 owner.Range = pre->getSourceRange();
6691 return true;
6692 }
John McCallfe96e0b2011-11-06 09:01:30 +00006693 e = const_cast<Expr*>(cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(pre->getBase())
6694 ->getSourceExpr());
6695 continue;
6696 }
6697
John McCall31168b02011-06-15 23:02:42 +00006698 // Array ivars?
6699
6700 return false;
6701 }
6702}
6703
6704namespace {
6705 struct FindCaptureVisitor : EvaluatedExprVisitor<FindCaptureVisitor> {
6706 FindCaptureVisitor(ASTContext &Context, VarDecl *variable)
6707 : EvaluatedExprVisitor<FindCaptureVisitor>(Context),
6708 Variable(variable), Capturer(0) {}
6709
6710 VarDecl *Variable;
6711 Expr *Capturer;
6712
6713 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *ref) {
6714 if (ref->getDecl() == Variable && !Capturer)
6715 Capturer = ref;
6716 }
6717
John McCall31168b02011-06-15 23:02:42 +00006718 void VisitObjCIvarRefExpr(ObjCIvarRefExpr *ref) {
6719 if (Capturer) return;
6720 Visit(ref->getBase());
6721 if (Capturer && ref->isFreeIvar())
6722 Capturer = ref;
6723 }
6724
6725 void VisitBlockExpr(BlockExpr *block) {
6726 // Look inside nested blocks
6727 if (block->getBlockDecl()->capturesVariable(Variable))
6728 Visit(block->getBlockDecl()->getBody());
6729 }
Fariborz Jahanian0e337542012-08-31 20:04:47 +00006730
6731 void VisitOpaqueValueExpr(OpaqueValueExpr *OVE) {
6732 if (Capturer) return;
6733 if (OVE->getSourceExpr())
6734 Visit(OVE->getSourceExpr());
6735 }
John McCall31168b02011-06-15 23:02:42 +00006736 };
6737}
6738
6739/// Check whether the given argument is a block which captures a
6740/// variable.
6741static Expr *findCapturingExpr(Sema &S, Expr *e, RetainCycleOwner &owner) {
6742 assert(owner.Variable && owner.Loc.isValid());
6743
6744 e = e->IgnoreParenCasts();
Jordan Rose67e887c2012-09-17 17:54:30 +00006745
6746 // Look through [^{...} copy] and Block_copy(^{...}).
6747 if (ObjCMessageExpr *ME = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(e)) {
6748 Selector Cmd = ME->getSelector();
6749 if (Cmd.isUnarySelector() && Cmd.getNameForSlot(0) == "copy") {
6750 e = ME->getInstanceReceiver();
6751 if (!e)
6752 return 0;
6753 e = e->IgnoreParenCasts();
6754 }
6755 } else if (CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(e)) {
6756 if (CE->getNumArgs() == 1) {
6757 FunctionDecl *Fn = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(CE->getCalleeDecl());
Ted Kremenekb67c6cc2012-10-02 04:36:54 +00006758 if (Fn) {
6759 const IdentifierInfo *FnI = Fn->getIdentifier();
6760 if (FnI && FnI->isStr("_Block_copy")) {
6761 e = CE->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenCasts();
6762 }
6763 }
Jordan Rose67e887c2012-09-17 17:54:30 +00006764 }
6765 }
6766
John McCall31168b02011-06-15 23:02:42 +00006767 BlockExpr *block = dyn_cast<BlockExpr>(e);
6768 if (!block || !block->getBlockDecl()->capturesVariable(owner.Variable))
6769 return 0;
6770
6771 FindCaptureVisitor visitor(S.Context, owner.Variable);
6772 visitor.Visit(block->getBlockDecl()->getBody());
6773 return visitor.Capturer;
6774}
6775
6776static void diagnoseRetainCycle(Sema &S, Expr *capturer,
6777 RetainCycleOwner &owner) {
6778 assert(capturer);
6779 assert(owner.Variable && owner.Loc.isValid());
6780
6781 S.Diag(capturer->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_arc_retain_cycle)
6782 << owner.Variable << capturer->getSourceRange();
6783 S.Diag(owner.Loc, diag::note_arc_retain_cycle_owner)
6784 << owner.Indirect << owner.Range;
6785}
6786
6787/// Check for a keyword selector that starts with the word 'add' or
6788/// 'set'.
6789static bool isSetterLikeSelector(Selector sel) {
6790 if (sel.isUnarySelector()) return false;
6791
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00006792 StringRef str = sel.getNameForSlot(0);
John McCall31168b02011-06-15 23:02:42 +00006793 while (!str.empty() && str.front() == '_') str = str.substr(1);
Ted Kremenek764d63a2011-12-01 00:59:21 +00006794 if (str.startswith("set"))
John McCall31168b02011-06-15 23:02:42 +00006795 str = str.substr(3);
Ted Kremenek764d63a2011-12-01 00:59:21 +00006796 else if (str.startswith("add")) {
6797 // Specially whitelist 'addOperationWithBlock:'.
6798 if (sel.getNumArgs() == 1 && str.startswith("addOperationWithBlock"))
6799 return false;
6800 str = str.substr(3);
6801 }
John McCall31168b02011-06-15 23:02:42 +00006802 else
6803 return false;
6804
6805 if (str.empty()) return true;
Jordan Rosea7d03842013-02-08 22:30:41 +00006806 return !isLowercase(str.front());
John McCall31168b02011-06-15 23:02:42 +00006807}
6808
6809/// Check a message send to see if it's likely to cause a retain cycle.
6810void Sema::checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg) {
6811 // Only check instance methods whose selector looks like a setter.
6812 if (!msg->isInstanceMessage() || !isSetterLikeSelector(msg->getSelector()))
6813 return;
6814
6815 // Try to find a variable that the receiver is strongly owned by.
6816 RetainCycleOwner owner;
6817 if (msg->getReceiverKind() == ObjCMessageExpr::Instance) {
Fariborz Jahanianedbc3452012-01-10 19:28:26 +00006818 if (!findRetainCycleOwner(*this, msg->getInstanceReceiver(), owner))
John McCall31168b02011-06-15 23:02:42 +00006819 return;
6820 } else {
6821 assert(msg->getReceiverKind() == ObjCMessageExpr::SuperInstance);
6822 owner.Variable = getCurMethodDecl()->getSelfDecl();
6823 owner.Loc = msg->getSuperLoc();
6824 owner.Range = msg->getSuperLoc();
6825 }
6826
6827 // Check whether the receiver is captured by any of the arguments.
6828 for (unsigned i = 0, e = msg->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i)
6829 if (Expr *capturer = findCapturingExpr(*this, msg->getArg(i), owner))
6830 return diagnoseRetainCycle(*this, capturer, owner);
6831}
6832
6833/// Check a property assign to see if it's likely to cause a retain cycle.
6834void Sema::checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument) {
6835 RetainCycleOwner owner;
Fariborz Jahanianedbc3452012-01-10 19:28:26 +00006836 if (!findRetainCycleOwner(*this, receiver, owner))
John McCall31168b02011-06-15 23:02:42 +00006837 return;
6838
6839 if (Expr *capturer = findCapturingExpr(*this, argument, owner))
6840 diagnoseRetainCycle(*this, capturer, owner);
6841}
6842
Jordan Rosefa9e4ba2012-09-15 02:48:31 +00006843void Sema::checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init) {
6844 RetainCycleOwner Owner;
6845 if (!considerVariable(Var, /*DeclRefExpr=*/0, Owner))
6846 return;
6847
6848 // Because we don't have an expression for the variable, we have to set the
6849 // location explicitly here.
6850 Owner.Loc = Var->getLocation();
6851 Owner.Range = Var->getSourceRange();
6852
6853 if (Expr *Capturer = findCapturingExpr(*this, Init, Owner))
6854 diagnoseRetainCycle(*this, Capturer, Owner);
6855}
6856
Ted Kremenek9304da92012-12-21 08:04:28 +00006857static bool checkUnsafeAssignLiteral(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
6858 Expr *RHS, bool isProperty) {
6859 // Check if RHS is an Objective-C object literal, which also can get
6860 // immediately zapped in a weak reference. Note that we explicitly
6861 // allow ObjCStringLiterals, since those are designed to never really die.
6862 RHS = RHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
Ted Kremenek44c2a2a2012-12-21 21:59:39 +00006863
Ted Kremenek64873352012-12-21 22:46:35 +00006864 // This enum needs to match with the 'select' in
6865 // warn_objc_arc_literal_assign (off-by-1).
6866 Sema::ObjCLiteralKind Kind = S.CheckLiteralKind(RHS);
6867 if (Kind == Sema::LK_String || Kind == Sema::LK_None)
6868 return false;
Ted Kremenek44c2a2a2012-12-21 21:59:39 +00006869
6870 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_arc_literal_assign)
Ted Kremenek64873352012-12-21 22:46:35 +00006871 << (unsigned) Kind
Ted Kremenek9304da92012-12-21 08:04:28 +00006872 << (isProperty ? 0 : 1)
6873 << RHS->getSourceRange();
Ted Kremenek44c2a2a2012-12-21 21:59:39 +00006874
6875 return true;
Ted Kremenek9304da92012-12-21 08:04:28 +00006876}
6877
Ted Kremenekc1f014a2012-12-21 19:45:30 +00006878static bool checkUnsafeAssignObject(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
6879 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime LT,
6880 Expr *RHS, bool isProperty) {
6881 // Strip off any implicit cast added to get to the one ARC-specific.
6882 while (ImplicitCastExpr *cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHS)) {
6883 if (cast->getCastKind() == CK_ARCConsumeObject) {
6884 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_arc_retained_assign)
6885 << (LT == Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone)
6886 << (isProperty ? 0 : 1)
6887 << RHS->getSourceRange();
6888 return true;
6889 }
6890 RHS = cast->getSubExpr();
6891 }
6892
6893 if (LT == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak &&
6894 checkUnsafeAssignLiteral(S, Loc, RHS, isProperty))
6895 return true;
6896
6897 return false;
6898}
6899
Ted Kremenekb36234d2012-12-21 08:04:20 +00006900bool Sema::checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc,
6901 QualType LHS, Expr *RHS) {
6902 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime LT = LHS.getObjCLifetime();
6903
6904 if (LT != Qualifiers::OCL_Weak && LT != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone)
6905 return false;
6906
6907 if (checkUnsafeAssignObject(*this, Loc, LT, RHS, false))
6908 return true;
6909
6910 return false;
6911}
6912
Fariborz Jahanian5f98da02011-06-24 18:25:34 +00006913void Sema::checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc,
6914 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS) {
Fariborz Jahanianc72a8072012-01-17 22:58:16 +00006915 QualType LHSType;
6916 // PropertyRef on LHS type need be directly obtained from
Alp Tokerf6a24ce2013-12-05 16:25:25 +00006917 // its declaration as it has a PseudoType.
Fariborz Jahanianc72a8072012-01-17 22:58:16 +00006918 ObjCPropertyRefExpr *PRE
6919 = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(LHS->IgnoreParens());
6920 if (PRE && !PRE->isImplicitProperty()) {
6921 const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PRE->getExplicitProperty();
6922 if (PD)
6923 LHSType = PD->getType();
6924 }
6925
6926 if (LHSType.isNull())
6927 LHSType = LHS->getType();
Jordan Rose657b5f42012-09-28 22:21:35 +00006928
6929 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime LT = LHSType.getObjCLifetime();
6930
6931 if (LT == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak) {
6932 DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level =
6933 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, Loc);
6934 if (Level != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
6935 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(LHS);
6936 }
6937
Fariborz Jahanian5f98da02011-06-24 18:25:34 +00006938 if (checkUnsafeAssigns(Loc, LHSType, RHS))
6939 return;
Jordan Rose657b5f42012-09-28 22:21:35 +00006940
Fariborz Jahanian5f98da02011-06-24 18:25:34 +00006941 // FIXME. Check for other life times.
6942 if (LT != Qualifiers::OCL_None)
6943 return;
6944
Fariborz Jahanianc72a8072012-01-17 22:58:16 +00006945 if (PRE) {
Fariborz Jahanian5f98da02011-06-24 18:25:34 +00006946 if (PRE->isImplicitProperty())
6947 return;
6948 const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PRE->getExplicitProperty();
6949 if (!PD)
6950 return;
6951
Bill Wendling44426052012-12-20 19:22:21 +00006952 unsigned Attributes = PD->getPropertyAttributes();
6953 if (Attributes & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_assign) {
Fariborz Jahanianc72a8072012-01-17 22:58:16 +00006954 // when 'assign' attribute was not explicitly specified
6955 // by user, ignore it and rely on property type itself
6956 // for lifetime info.
6957 unsigned AsWrittenAttr = PD->getPropertyAttributesAsWritten();
6958 if (!(AsWrittenAttr & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_assign) &&
6959 LHSType->isObjCRetainableType())
6960 return;
6961
Fariborz Jahanian5f98da02011-06-24 18:25:34 +00006962 while (ImplicitCastExpr *cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHS)) {
John McCall2d637d22011-09-10 06:18:15 +00006963 if (cast->getCastKind() == CK_ARCConsumeObject) {
Fariborz Jahanian5f98da02011-06-24 18:25:34 +00006964 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_arc_retained_property_assign)
6965 << RHS->getSourceRange();
6966 return;
6967 }
6968 RHS = cast->getSubExpr();
6969 }
Fariborz Jahanianc72a8072012-01-17 22:58:16 +00006970 }
Bill Wendling44426052012-12-20 19:22:21 +00006971 else if (Attributes & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_weak) {
Ted Kremenekb36234d2012-12-21 08:04:20 +00006972 if (checkUnsafeAssignObject(*this, Loc, Qualifiers::OCL_Weak, RHS, true))
6973 return;
Fariborz Jahaniandabd1332012-07-06 21:09:27 +00006974 }
Fariborz Jahanian5f98da02011-06-24 18:25:34 +00006975 }
6976}
Dmitri Gribenko800ddf32012-02-14 22:14:32 +00006977
6978//===--- CHECK: Empty statement body (-Wempty-body) ---------------------===//
6979
6980namespace {
6981bool ShouldDiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(const SourceManager &SourceMgr,
6982 SourceLocation StmtLoc,
6983 const NullStmt *Body) {
6984 // Do not warn if the body is a macro that expands to nothing, e.g:
6985 //
6986 // #define CALL(x)
6987 // if (condition)
6988 // CALL(0);
6989 //
6990 if (Body->hasLeadingEmptyMacro())
6991 return false;
6992
6993 // Get line numbers of statement and body.
6994 bool StmtLineInvalid;
6995 unsigned StmtLine = SourceMgr.getSpellingLineNumber(StmtLoc,
6996 &StmtLineInvalid);
6997 if (StmtLineInvalid)
6998 return false;
6999
7000 bool BodyLineInvalid;
7001 unsigned BodyLine = SourceMgr.getSpellingLineNumber(Body->getSemiLoc(),
7002 &BodyLineInvalid);
7003 if (BodyLineInvalid)
7004 return false;
7005
7006 // Warn if null statement and body are on the same line.
7007 if (StmtLine != BodyLine)
7008 return false;
7009
7010 return true;
7011}
7012} // Unnamed namespace
7013
7014void Sema::DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc,
7015 const Stmt *Body,
7016 unsigned DiagID) {
7017 // Since this is a syntactic check, don't emit diagnostic for template
7018 // instantiations, this just adds noise.
7019 if (CurrentInstantiationScope)
7020 return;
7021
7022 // The body should be a null statement.
7023 const NullStmt *NBody = dyn_cast<NullStmt>(Body);
7024 if (!NBody)
7025 return;
7026
7027 // Do the usual checks.
7028 if (!ShouldDiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceMgr, StmtLoc, NBody))
7029 return;
7030
7031 Diag(NBody->getSemiLoc(), DiagID);
7032 Diag(NBody->getSemiLoc(), diag::note_empty_body_on_separate_line);
7033}
7034
7035void Sema::DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S,
7036 const Stmt *PossibleBody) {
7037 assert(!CurrentInstantiationScope); // Ensured by caller
7038
7039 SourceLocation StmtLoc;
7040 const Stmt *Body;
7041 unsigned DiagID;
7042 if (const ForStmt *FS = dyn_cast<ForStmt>(S)) {
7043 StmtLoc = FS->getRParenLoc();
7044 Body = FS->getBody();
7045 DiagID = diag::warn_empty_for_body;
7046 } else if (const WhileStmt *WS = dyn_cast<WhileStmt>(S)) {
7047 StmtLoc = WS->getCond()->getSourceRange().getEnd();
7048 Body = WS->getBody();
7049 DiagID = diag::warn_empty_while_body;
7050 } else
7051 return; // Neither `for' nor `while'.
7052
7053 // The body should be a null statement.
7054 const NullStmt *NBody = dyn_cast<NullStmt>(Body);
7055 if (!NBody)
7056 return;
7057
7058 // Skip expensive checks if diagnostic is disabled.
7059 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(DiagID, NBody->getSemiLoc()) ==
7060 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
7061 return;
7062
7063 // Do the usual checks.
7064 if (!ShouldDiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceMgr, StmtLoc, NBody))
7065 return;
7066
7067 // `for(...);' and `while(...);' are popular idioms, so in order to keep
7068 // noise level low, emit diagnostics only if for/while is followed by a
7069 // CompoundStmt, e.g.:
7070 // for (int i = 0; i < n; i++);
7071 // {
7072 // a(i);
7073 // }
7074 // or if for/while is followed by a statement with more indentation
7075 // than for/while itself:
7076 // for (int i = 0; i < n; i++);
7077 // a(i);
7078 bool ProbableTypo = isa<CompoundStmt>(PossibleBody);
7079 if (!ProbableTypo) {
7080 bool BodyColInvalid;
7081 unsigned BodyCol = SourceMgr.getPresumedColumnNumber(
7082 PossibleBody->getLocStart(),
7083 &BodyColInvalid);
7084 if (BodyColInvalid)
7085 return;
7086
7087 bool StmtColInvalid;
7088 unsigned StmtCol = SourceMgr.getPresumedColumnNumber(
7089 S->getLocStart(),
7090 &StmtColInvalid);
7091 if (StmtColInvalid)
7092 return;
7093
7094 if (BodyCol > StmtCol)
7095 ProbableTypo = true;
7096 }
7097
7098 if (ProbableTypo) {
7099 Diag(NBody->getSemiLoc(), DiagID);
7100 Diag(NBody->getSemiLoc(), diag::note_empty_body_on_separate_line);
7101 }
7102}
Dmitri Gribenkoe4a5a902012-08-17 00:08:38 +00007103
7104//===--- Layout compatibility ----------------------------------------------//
7105
7106namespace {
7107
7108bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, QualType T1, QualType T2);
7109
7110/// \brief Check if two enumeration types are layout-compatible.
7111bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, EnumDecl *ED1, EnumDecl *ED2) {
7112 // C++11 [dcl.enum] p8:
7113 // Two enumeration types are layout-compatible if they have the same
7114 // underlying type.
7115 return ED1->isComplete() && ED2->isComplete() &&
7116 C.hasSameType(ED1->getIntegerType(), ED2->getIntegerType());
7117}
7118
7119/// \brief Check if two fields are layout-compatible.
7120bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, FieldDecl *Field1, FieldDecl *Field2) {
7121 if (!isLayoutCompatible(C, Field1->getType(), Field2->getType()))
7122 return false;
7123
7124 if (Field1->isBitField() != Field2->isBitField())
7125 return false;
7126
7127 if (Field1->isBitField()) {
7128 // Make sure that the bit-fields are the same length.
7129 unsigned Bits1 = Field1->getBitWidthValue(C);
7130 unsigned Bits2 = Field2->getBitWidthValue(C);
7131
7132 if (Bits1 != Bits2)
7133 return false;
7134 }
7135
7136 return true;
7137}
7138
7139/// \brief Check if two standard-layout structs are layout-compatible.
7140/// (C++11 [class.mem] p17)
7141bool isLayoutCompatibleStruct(ASTContext &C,
7142 RecordDecl *RD1,
7143 RecordDecl *RD2) {
7144 // If both records are C++ classes, check that base classes match.
7145 if (const CXXRecordDecl *D1CXX = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD1)) {
7146 // If one of records is a CXXRecordDecl we are in C++ mode,
7147 // thus the other one is a CXXRecordDecl, too.
7148 const CXXRecordDecl *D2CXX = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD2);
7149 // Check number of base classes.
7150 if (D1CXX->getNumBases() != D2CXX->getNumBases())
7151 return false;
7152
7153 // Check the base classes.
7154 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator
7155 Base1 = D1CXX->bases_begin(),
7156 BaseEnd1 = D1CXX->bases_end(),
7157 Base2 = D2CXX->bases_begin();
7158 Base1 != BaseEnd1;
7159 ++Base1, ++Base2) {
7160 if (!isLayoutCompatible(C, Base1->getType(), Base2->getType()))
7161 return false;
7162 }
7163 } else if (const CXXRecordDecl *D2CXX = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD2)) {
7164 // If only RD2 is a C++ class, it should have zero base classes.
7165 if (D2CXX->getNumBases() > 0)
7166 return false;
7167 }
7168
7169 // Check the fields.
7170 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field2 = RD2->field_begin(),
7171 Field2End = RD2->field_end(),
7172 Field1 = RD1->field_begin(),
7173 Field1End = RD1->field_end();
7174 for ( ; Field1 != Field1End && Field2 != Field2End; ++Field1, ++Field2) {
7175 if (!isLayoutCompatible(C, *Field1, *Field2))
7176 return false;
7177 }
7178 if (Field1 != Field1End || Field2 != Field2End)
7179 return false;
7180
7181 return true;
7182}
7183
7184/// \brief Check if two standard-layout unions are layout-compatible.
7185/// (C++11 [class.mem] p18)
7186bool isLayoutCompatibleUnion(ASTContext &C,
7187 RecordDecl *RD1,
7188 RecordDecl *RD2) {
7189 llvm::SmallPtrSet<FieldDecl *, 8> UnmatchedFields;
7190 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field2 = RD2->field_begin(),
7191 Field2End = RD2->field_end();
7192 Field2 != Field2End; ++Field2) {
7193 UnmatchedFields.insert(*Field2);
7194 }
7195
7196 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field1 = RD1->field_begin(),
7197 Field1End = RD1->field_end();
7198 Field1 != Field1End; ++Field1) {
7199 llvm::SmallPtrSet<FieldDecl *, 8>::iterator
7200 I = UnmatchedFields.begin(),
7201 E = UnmatchedFields.end();
7202
7203 for ( ; I != E; ++I) {
7204 if (isLayoutCompatible(C, *Field1, *I)) {
7205 bool Result = UnmatchedFields.erase(*I);
7206 (void) Result;
7207 assert(Result);
7208 break;
7209 }
7210 }
7211 if (I == E)
7212 return false;
7213 }
7214
7215 return UnmatchedFields.empty();
7216}
7217
7218bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, RecordDecl *RD1, RecordDecl *RD2) {
7219 if (RD1->isUnion() != RD2->isUnion())
7220 return false;
7221
7222 if (RD1->isUnion())
7223 return isLayoutCompatibleUnion(C, RD1, RD2);
7224 else
7225 return isLayoutCompatibleStruct(C, RD1, RD2);
7226}
7227
7228/// \brief Check if two types are layout-compatible in C++11 sense.
7229bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, QualType T1, QualType T2) {
7230 if (T1.isNull() || T2.isNull())
7231 return false;
7232
7233 // C++11 [basic.types] p11:
7234 // If two types T1 and T2 are the same type, then T1 and T2 are
7235 // layout-compatible types.
7236 if (C.hasSameType(T1, T2))
7237 return true;
7238
7239 T1 = T1.getCanonicalType().getUnqualifiedType();
7240 T2 = T2.getCanonicalType().getUnqualifiedType();
7241
7242 const Type::TypeClass TC1 = T1->getTypeClass();
7243 const Type::TypeClass TC2 = T2->getTypeClass();
7244
7245 if (TC1 != TC2)
7246 return false;
7247
7248 if (TC1 == Type::Enum) {
7249 return isLayoutCompatible(C,
7250 cast<EnumType>(T1)->getDecl(),
7251 cast<EnumType>(T2)->getDecl());
7252 } else if (TC1 == Type::Record) {
7253 if (!T1->isStandardLayoutType() || !T2->isStandardLayoutType())
7254 return false;
7255
7256 return isLayoutCompatible(C,
7257 cast<RecordType>(T1)->getDecl(),
7258 cast<RecordType>(T2)->getDecl());
7259 }
7260
7261 return false;
7262}
7263}
7264
7265//===--- CHECK: pointer_with_type_tag attribute: datatypes should match ----//
7266
7267namespace {
7268/// \brief Given a type tag expression find the type tag itself.
7269///
7270/// \param TypeExpr Type tag expression, as it appears in user's code.
7271///
7272/// \param VD Declaration of an identifier that appears in a type tag.
7273///
7274/// \param MagicValue Type tag magic value.
7275bool FindTypeTagExpr(const Expr *TypeExpr, const ASTContext &Ctx,
7276 const ValueDecl **VD, uint64_t *MagicValue) {
7277 while(true) {
7278 if (!TypeExpr)
7279 return false;
7280
7281 TypeExpr = TypeExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->IgnoreParenCasts();
7282
7283 switch (TypeExpr->getStmtClass()) {
7284 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
7285 const UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(TypeExpr);
7286 if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf || UO->getOpcode() == UO_Deref) {
7287 TypeExpr = UO->getSubExpr();
7288 continue;
7289 }
7290 return false;
7291 }
7292
7293 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: {
7294 const DeclRefExpr *DRE = cast<DeclRefExpr>(TypeExpr);
7295 *VD = DRE->getDecl();
7296 return true;
7297 }
7298
7299 case Stmt::IntegerLiteralClass: {
7300 const IntegerLiteral *IL = cast<IntegerLiteral>(TypeExpr);
7301 llvm::APInt MagicValueAPInt = IL->getValue();
7302 if (MagicValueAPInt.getActiveBits() <= 64) {
7303 *MagicValue = MagicValueAPInt.getZExtValue();
7304 return true;
7305 } else
7306 return false;
7307 }
7308
7309 case Stmt::BinaryConditionalOperatorClass:
7310 case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
7311 const AbstractConditionalOperator *ACO =
7312 cast<AbstractConditionalOperator>(TypeExpr);
7313 bool Result;
7314 if (ACO->getCond()->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Result, Ctx)) {
7315 if (Result)
7316 TypeExpr = ACO->getTrueExpr();
7317 else
7318 TypeExpr = ACO->getFalseExpr();
7319 continue;
7320 }
7321 return false;
7322 }
7323
7324 case Stmt::BinaryOperatorClass: {
7325 const BinaryOperator *BO = cast<BinaryOperator>(TypeExpr);
7326 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) {
7327 TypeExpr = BO->getRHS();
7328 continue;
7329 }
7330 return false;
7331 }
7332
7333 default:
7334 return false;
7335 }
7336 }
7337}
7338
7339/// \brief Retrieve the C type corresponding to type tag TypeExpr.
7340///
7341/// \param TypeExpr Expression that specifies a type tag.
7342///
7343/// \param MagicValues Registered magic values.
7344///
7345/// \param FoundWrongKind Set to true if a type tag was found, but of a wrong
7346/// kind.
7347///
7348/// \param TypeInfo Information about the corresponding C type.
7349///
7350/// \returns true if the corresponding C type was found.
7351bool GetMatchingCType(
7352 const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind,
7353 const Expr *TypeExpr, const ASTContext &Ctx,
7354 const llvm::DenseMap<Sema::TypeTagMagicValue,
7355 Sema::TypeTagData> *MagicValues,
7356 bool &FoundWrongKind,
7357 Sema::TypeTagData &TypeInfo) {
7358 FoundWrongKind = false;
7359
7360 // Variable declaration that has type_tag_for_datatype attribute.
7361 const ValueDecl *VD = NULL;
7362
7363 uint64_t MagicValue;
7364
7365 if (!FindTypeTagExpr(TypeExpr, Ctx, &VD, &MagicValue))
7366 return false;
7367
7368 if (VD) {
7369 for (specific_attr_iterator<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>
7370 I = VD->specific_attr_begin<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(),
7371 E = VD->specific_attr_end<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>();
7372 I != E; ++I) {
7373 if (I->getArgumentKind() != ArgumentKind) {
7374 FoundWrongKind = true;
7375 return false;
7376 }
7377 TypeInfo.Type = I->getMatchingCType();
7378 TypeInfo.LayoutCompatible = I->getLayoutCompatible();
7379 TypeInfo.MustBeNull = I->getMustBeNull();
7380 return true;
7381 }
7382 return false;
7383 }
7384
7385 if (!MagicValues)
7386 return false;
7387
7388 llvm::DenseMap<Sema::TypeTagMagicValue,
7389 Sema::TypeTagData>::const_iterator I =
7390 MagicValues->find(std::make_pair(ArgumentKind, MagicValue));
7391 if (I == MagicValues->end())
7392 return false;
7393
7394 TypeInfo = I->second;
7395 return true;
7396}
7397} // unnamed namespace
7398
7399void Sema::RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind,
7400 uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type,
7401 bool LayoutCompatible,
7402 bool MustBeNull) {
7403 if (!TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues)
7404 TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues.reset(
7405 new llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData>);
7406
7407 TypeTagMagicValue Magic(ArgumentKind, MagicValue);
7408 (*TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues)[Magic] =
7409 TypeTagData(Type, LayoutCompatible, MustBeNull);
7410}
7411
7412namespace {
7413bool IsSameCharType(QualType T1, QualType T2) {
7414 const BuiltinType *BT1 = T1->getAs<BuiltinType>();
7415 if (!BT1)
7416 return false;
7417
7418 const BuiltinType *BT2 = T2->getAs<BuiltinType>();
7419 if (!BT2)
7420 return false;
7421
7422 BuiltinType::Kind T1Kind = BT1->getKind();
7423 BuiltinType::Kind T2Kind = BT2->getKind();
7424
7425 return (T1Kind == BuiltinType::SChar && T2Kind == BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
7426 (T1Kind == BuiltinType::UChar && T2Kind == BuiltinType::Char_U) ||
7427 (T1Kind == BuiltinType::Char_U && T2Kind == BuiltinType::UChar) ||
7428 (T1Kind == BuiltinType::Char_S && T2Kind == BuiltinType::SChar);
7429}
7430} // unnamed namespace
7431
7432void Sema::CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr,
7433 const Expr * const *ExprArgs) {
7434 const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind = Attr->getArgumentKind();
7435 bool IsPointerAttr = Attr->getIsPointer();
7436
7437 const Expr *TypeTagExpr = ExprArgs[Attr->getTypeTagIdx()];
7438 bool FoundWrongKind;
7439 TypeTagData TypeInfo;
7440 if (!GetMatchingCType(ArgumentKind, TypeTagExpr, Context,
7441 TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues.get(),
7442 FoundWrongKind, TypeInfo)) {
7443 if (FoundWrongKind)
7444 Diag(TypeTagExpr->getExprLoc(),
7445 diag::warn_type_tag_for_datatype_wrong_kind)
7446 << TypeTagExpr->getSourceRange();
7447 return;
7448 }
7449
7450 const Expr *ArgumentExpr = ExprArgs[Attr->getArgumentIdx()];
7451 if (IsPointerAttr) {
7452 // Skip implicit cast of pointer to `void *' (as a function argument).
7453 if (const ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgumentExpr))
Dmitri Gribenko5ac744e2012-11-03 16:07:49 +00007454 if (ICE->getType()->isVoidPointerType() &&
Dmitri Gribenkof21203b2012-11-03 22:10:18 +00007455 ICE->getCastKind() == CK_BitCast)
Dmitri Gribenkoe4a5a902012-08-17 00:08:38 +00007456 ArgumentExpr = ICE->getSubExpr();
7457 }
7458 QualType ArgumentType = ArgumentExpr->getType();
7459
7460 // Passing a `void*' pointer shouldn't trigger a warning.
7461 if (IsPointerAttr && ArgumentType->isVoidPointerType())
7462 return;
7463
7464 if (TypeInfo.MustBeNull) {
7465 // Type tag with matching void type requires a null pointer.
7466 if (!ArgumentExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
7467 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull)) {
7468 Diag(ArgumentExpr->getExprLoc(),
7469 diag::warn_type_safety_null_pointer_required)
7470 << ArgumentKind->getName()
7471 << ArgumentExpr->getSourceRange()
7472 << TypeTagExpr->getSourceRange();
7473 }
7474 return;
7475 }
7476
7477 QualType RequiredType = TypeInfo.Type;
7478 if (IsPointerAttr)
7479 RequiredType = Context.getPointerType(RequiredType);
7480
7481 bool mismatch = false;
7482 if (!TypeInfo.LayoutCompatible) {
7483 mismatch = !Context.hasSameType(ArgumentType, RequiredType);
7484
7485 // C++11 [basic.fundamental] p1:
7486 // Plain char, signed char, and unsigned char are three distinct types.
7487 //
7488 // But we treat plain `char' as equivalent to `signed char' or `unsigned
7489 // char' depending on the current char signedness mode.
7490 if (mismatch)
7491 if ((IsPointerAttr && IsSameCharType(ArgumentType->getPointeeType(),
7492 RequiredType->getPointeeType())) ||
7493 (!IsPointerAttr && IsSameCharType(ArgumentType, RequiredType)))
7494 mismatch = false;
7495 } else
7496 if (IsPointerAttr)
7497 mismatch = !isLayoutCompatible(Context,
7498 ArgumentType->getPointeeType(),
7499 RequiredType->getPointeeType());
7500 else
7501 mismatch = !isLayoutCompatible(Context, ArgumentType, RequiredType);
7502
7503 if (mismatch)
7504 Diag(ArgumentExpr->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_type_safety_type_mismatch)
Aaron Ballman25dc1e12014-01-03 02:14:08 +00007505 << ArgumentType << ArgumentKind
Dmitri Gribenkoe4a5a902012-08-17 00:08:38 +00007506 << TypeInfo.LayoutCompatible << RequiredType
7507 << ArgumentExpr->getSourceRange()
7508 << TypeTagExpr->getSourceRange();
7509}